4327 Architectural Specification

7/31/2019 4327 Architectural Specification

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/4327-architectural-specification 1/230

Tab le of Contents

Title Page

C Existing site/ build ings/ servic es 4

6Site surveyC10

8Site inve stiga tionC11

F Masonry 9

11Brick/ bloc k wa llingF10

G Struc tura l/ Carc assing meta l/ timber 14

16Isolated structural metal membersG12

19Ca rpentry/ timb er fram ing/ first fixingG20

H Cladd ing/ Covering 23

25Curtain wa llingH11

35Rigid sheet claddingH20

38Meta l profiled/ flat sheet c ladd ing/ c overingH31

44Natural stone slab c ladd ing/ lining/ featuresH51

50Aluminium strip/ shee t c ove rings/ flashingsH72

J Waterp roofing 53

55Liquid ap plied tanking/ da mp proofingJ30

59Reinforc ed b itume n mem brane roof cov eringsJ41

K Linings/ Sheathing/ Dry pa rtitioning 64

66Plasterbo ard d ry linings/ pa rtitions/ c eilingsK10

73Rigid shee t fine linings and panellingK13

78Pane l cubic lesK32

L Windows/ Doors/ Sta irs 79

81Wind ow s/ Roofligh ts/ Sc reens/ LouvresL10

84Doors/ shutte rs/ ha tc hesL20

90Sta irs/ lad ders/ wa lkwa ys/ handra ils/ ba lustradesL30

93Fixed utilitarian a c c ess systemsL35

97General glazingL40

1 of 230 Revision [-]

327 - GIFTQ-C2 TOWERrchitectural Spe cific ation

28 July 2011 Brewe r Smith Brewer Gulf



M Surfac e finishes 100

102Cem ent b ased levelling/ w ea ring sc reed sM10

108Plastered/ Rend ered/ Roug hca st c oa tingsM20

114Insulation with rendered finishM21

119Stone/ c onc rete/ qua rry/ c eramic tiling/ m osaicM40

127Painting/ c lear finishingM60

136Intumesc ent c oa tings for fire p rote c tion of stee lworkM61

N Furniture/ Equipment 138

140General fixtures/ furnishings/ eq uipmentN10

145San itary app lianc es and fittingsN13

150General signa ge system sN14

156Fire and safety signage systemsN15

159Portable fire fighting systemsN17

162Lifts, Esc a lato rs and Travela to rsN20

164Permanent a c c ess and safety e quipm entN25

P Build ing fab ric sundries 169

171Sundry insulation/ p roo fing w orkP10

173Fire stopp ing systemsP12

177Unfram ed isola ted t rims/ skirtings/ sund ry item sP20

179Door/ window ironmongeryP21

182Holes, chases, c overs and sup ports for servicesP31

186Sc hed ule of builde rs wo rk in conne c tion with servicesP32

Q Paving/ Planting/ Fenc ing/ Site furniture 187

189Kerbs/ ed gings/ c hannels/ pa ving a c c essoriesQ10

193Granular sub -ba ses to roads/ pa vingsQ20

196Interloc king b rick/ b lock roa ds/ pa vingsQ24

199Barriers/ guardrailsQ41

Z Build ing fab ric referenc e spec ific a tion 202

204Purpose m ad e joineryZ10

207Purpo se m ad e m eta lworkZ11

211Preservative/ fire retardant treatmentZ12






214Fixings and adhesivesZ20

218MortarsZ21

221Sea lantsZ22

223Powd er co atingsZ31

228AnodizingZ33






C

Existing site/ build ings/ services



C10

Site survey



C10 Site survey

REFER TO EXCAVATION SPECIFICATION

4327 - GIFTQ-C2 TOWERArchitectural Spe cific ation

Brewe r Smith Brewer Gulf28 July 2011

C10Site surve y




C11

Site investigation



C11 Site investiga tion

REFER TO EXCAVATION SPECIFICATION.



C11Site investiga tion




F

Masonry



F10

Brick/ bloc k walling



F10 Brick/ block walling

TO BE READ WITH PRELIMINARIES/ GENERAL CONDITIONS. REFER TO STRUCTURALGENERAL SPECIFICATION.

TESTING - REFER TO STRUCTURAL GENERAL SPECIFICATION

WORKMANSHIP GENERALLY

500A LAYING GENERALLY• Mortar joints: Fill vertical joints. Lay bricks, solid and cellular blocks on a full bed with Voids

facing down.

• Bond whe re not spec ified : Ha lf lap stretcher.

• Vertical joints in facework: Even widths. Plumb at every fifth cross joint.Bed Joint thickness: 10mm uniform on ho rizonta l and vertica lCo ursing - Gauge 5 course o f bloc kwork to 1050mm

520 ACCURACY• Courses: Level and true to line.

• Fac es, ang les and fea tures: Plumb.• Permissible dev iat ions:

- Position in plan of any po int in

relation to the spe cified b uildingreference line and/ or point atthe same level ± 10 mm .

- Straightness in any 5 m length ± 5 mm .- Vertica lity up to 3 m height ± 10 mm.- Vertica lity up to 7 m height ± 14 mm.

- Ove ra ll thickness of wa lls ± 10 mm .- Level of bed joints up to 5 m

(brick ma sonry) ± 11 mm .

- Level of bed joints up to 5 m(bloc k ma sonry) ± 13 mm .

535A HEIGHT OF LIFTS IN WALLING USING CEMENT GAUGED OR HYDRAULIC LIME MORTAR• Quoins and ad vanc e wo rk: Rac k bac k.

• Lift height (ma ximum ): 1.2 m a bo ve a ny other pa rt of w ork at any time.

• Daily lift height (ma ximum ): 1.2 m for any o ne lea f.

545 LEVELLING OF SEPARATE LEAVES• Loc at ions for eq ual leve lling o f c avity wa ll leaves: As follows:

- Every co urse c onta ining ve rtica l twist type ties or other rigid ties.

- Every third tie c ourse for doub le triangle/ butterfly ties.- Courses in which lintels are to be bed ded .

595 LINTELS• Bea ring: Ensure full leng th m asonry units oc c ur immed iate ly unde r lintel end s.

610 SUPPORT OF EXISTING WORK• Joint ab ove inserted lintel or ma sonry: Fully consolida ted with sem idry morta r to suppo rt

existing struc ture.



F10Brick/ block walling




635A JOINTING• Profile: Consistent in ap pe aranc e.

- Which a re to be visible in the finished work, to b e struck o ff with trowe l as the w orkproc eed s, to be p ointed, clea ned ne atly at the end of everyda ys work.

- In order to have a prope r key to plaster, mo rter joint on the fac e of Block work which a re

to b e p lastered should b e rec ked to a de pth 10mm d uring the c ourse o f Block wo rk

laying.

645 AC CESSIBLE JOINTS NOT EXPOSED TO VIEW• Jointing : Struck flush as wo rk proc ee ds.

671 FIRE STOPPING• Avoida nce of fire a nd smo ke p enetration: Fit tightly be twee n c avity b arriers and ma sonry.

Lea ve no g ap s.

690 ADVERSE WEATHER• Ge neral: Do no t use frozen ma terials or lay o n frozen surfac es.• Air tem pe rature req uirem ents: Do not lay bricks/ bloc ks:

- In cem ent g auge d m ortars whe n at o r below 3°C and fa lling or unless it is a t least 1°C a nd

rising.- In hydraulic lime:sand m ortars whe n at o r below 5°C a nd fa lling or below 3°C a nd rising.- In thin joint mortar glue when outside the limits set b y the m ortar manufac turer.

• Tem pe rature o f wa lling d uring c uring: Abo ve freezing until hardened .• Newly erected walling: Protect at all times from:

- Rain and snow.

- Drying out to o rapidly in hot co nditions and in drying winds.

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FACEWORK

710 THE TERM FACEWORK• Definition: Applicable in this specification to brick/ block walling finished fair.

- Painted fa c ewo rk: The only req uireme nt to be wa ived is that relating to c olour.

730 BRICK/ CO NCRETE BLOCK SAMPLES• Gene ral: Before p lac ing orders with supp liers subm it for ap prova l of a pp ea ranc e labe lled

samp les of the following: None .

• Selection o f sam ples: Rep resenta tive of the rang e in variation o f a pp ea ranc e.

740 FINISHED M ASONRY WORK REFERENCE PANELS• Gene ral: Before p roc eed ing to c onstruct the following wa lling type s, co nstruct pa nels as

spe c ified. Give notic e w hen p ane ls are d ry.• Selec tion of ma sonry units: Rea sona bly rep resenta tive of the a verag e quality of the whole

order to be de livered .

• Pane l types:- Walling type: All .

Loc ation: To Engineers ap proval .

Size: 2m x 2m .Other req uireme nts: with lintel and d uctw ork op ening .

760A APPEARANCE• Bric k/ bloc k selec tion: Do no t use un its with d am ag ed fac es or arrises.

• Cut m asonry units: Use ta b le ma sonry saw to have c ut b loc ks. Usag e o f hand c ut b loc ks are

prohibited.• Quality control: Lay masonry units to match relevant reference panels.

- Setting o ut: To p rod uc e sa tisfac tory junc tions and joints with built-in eleme nts and

components.- Coursing: Evenly spa c ed using ga uge rod s.

• Lifts: Complete in one operation.

• Me thod s of prote c ting fac ew ork: Submit proposa ls.







830 CLEANLINESS• Fac ewo rk: Keep c lean.

• Mo rtar on fac ework: Allow to d ry be fore rem oving with stiff bristled brush.• Rem ova l of ma rks and sta ins: Rubb ing not p ermitted .







G

Struc tural/ Carc assing metal/ timber



G12

Isolated structural metal members



G12 Isola ted struc tural meta l mem bers

To b e rea d with Preliminaries/ General c ond itions.

PRODUCTS

320A STEEL (FOR INFORMATION ONLY)• Stee l: To the releva nt Indian sta ndards as required .

- Grad e: S275JR internally, S275J0 externa lly.- Sec tion prope rties and dime nsions: all to the relevant Indian stand ards as req uired .

- Surfac e c ond ition: Free from hea vy pitting a nd rust, burrs, sharp e dg es and flam e c uttingdross.

340 BOLT ASSEMBLIES• Designa tion: Blac k bolts to Indian Sta ndards.

• Size: To b e a s per Spec ialist Req uirem ent & Eng ineer's Ap prova l.

• Nuts and wa shers: Ma terial grad e and finish to suit bo lts.• Coa ting ap plied by ma nufac turer: Sherardized .

• Other req uirem ents: Diam eter of wa shers in conta c t with timber fac es to b e m inimum 3

times bolt d iamete r, with a thickness not less tha n 0.25 times bolt d iamete r.

FABRICATION

510 FABRICATION O F STEEL MEMBERS• Cuts and holes: Acc urate and nea t.

• Welding : Meta l arc m ethod to BS EN 1011-2.

- Welded joints: Fully fused , with me c han ica l prop erties not less tha n those of the p arentmetal.

- Site welding: Obtain approval.

• Joints: Loc ation a nd layout of fa stenings as drawing in ac c ordanc e w ith struc tural eng ineersdrawings and specifications.

EXECUTION

610 INSTALLATION• Ac c urac y: Membe rs positione d true to line and level using, if nec essa ry, stee l pa c ks of

sufficient a rea to allow full transfer of loa ds to be a ring surfac es.• Fixing : Use w ashers und er bolt he ads and nuts.

- Tap ered w ashers: Provide under bo lt head s and nuts be aring o n sloping surfac es. Matc h

tap er to slope a ngle and align co rrec tly.

620 BONDED ANCHORS

• Holes: Clean a nd free from d ust a t time o f insta lling anc hor.• Permea ble sleeve s: Use in c ond itions whe re o therwise the loss of b ond ing a ge nt wo uld b e

unacceptably high.• Othe r req uirem ents: 24 hours afte r insta llat ion, tighten anchors in ma sonry to insta llat ion

torque + Rep ort mov eme nts..

630 SITE TESTING OF ANCHORS TO MASONRY• Sta nd ard: To BS 5080.

• Preliminary tests: 2 No. tests for shea r loa d ing to failure, in loc at ions tha t w ill be hidd en incompleted structure.

• Proof te sts: As per Struc tural Eng ineers requirem ent.

• Test results: Rep ort fa ilures and see k instruc tions.



G12Isolated structural meta l mem be rs




640 PREPARATION AND PRIMING• Seq uenc e of w orking: Fab rica te, p rep are, prime .

• Surfac es inac c essible a fter assem bly: App ly full trea tme nt a nd c oa ting system includ ing, ifnecessary, local application of site coatings.

• Ga lvanized / sherad ized fastene rs: After stee lwork erec tion and b efo re ap plying site

c oa tings, thoroug hly de grease a nd c lean. Etc h p rime.

650 SHOP PRIMING GENERALLY• Preparation: To BS EN ISO 12944-4. Rem ove fins, burrs, sha rp e dges and we ld spatte r and

c lean out crevices.

- Surfac e finish: Blast cleaned .- Prep ared surfac es: Keep in a dry atmo sphe re a nd a pp ly first c oa ting w ithout delay.

• Priming:

- Primer: As M60.Numbe r of c oa ts: As M60.Dry film thickness (minimum): As M60.

- Ap p lica tion: To BS EN ISO 12944-7.• Othe r req uirem ents: Confirm tha t prop osed primer is suitab le for use on ha nd c leane d stee l.

.

COMPLETION

910 STEEL TO TIMBER JOINTS• Gene ral: Inspe c t a c c essible bo lted a nd c oa c h sc rewe d joints and tighten fasteners if

necessary.- Timing: Imm ed iately prior to installation of finishes, on Co mp letion, and at end of Defec ts

Rectification or Liability Period.- Confirma tion: Give notice when inspec tions and ad justments have bee n ma de.



G12Isolated structural meta l mem be rs




G20

Carpentry/ timber framing/ first fixing



G20 Carpentry/ timber framing/ first fixing


GENERAL

USGBC LEED REQUIREMENTS

To c om ply with India n Gree n Building Co unc il LEED Co re & Shell ra ting system, Ma teria ls andResources Credit 6, ensure that wood products are certified in accordance with the Forest

Stew ardship Co unc il's (FSC) Principa ls and Criteria fo r wood building c om po nents. Thec ont rac tor is respo nsible for p rovid ing do c ume nta tion for the wo od prod uc t's FSC deta ilsalong with Cha in-of-Custod y c ertific ation de tails.

105 TIMBER PROCUREMENT• Timbe r (including timbe r for wood ba sed produc ts): Ob tained from well mana ge d forests/

plantations in accordance with:- The laws go verning forest ma nag eme nt in the p rod uce r c ountry or countries.- Internationa l agreeme nts such as the C onvention o n International Trad e in Enda ngered

Spec ies of wild fauna and flora (C ITES).• Doc umenta tion: Provide either:

- Documenta ry evidenc e (which ha s been o r ca n be indep endently verified) regarding the

provena nce of a ll timber supp lied , or- Evidenc e that suppliers have a dop ted and are implementing a formal environmental

purcha sing policy for timber and w ood ba sed p rod ucts.

115B CONTRACTOR DESIGNED STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS• Design sta nd ard: To BS 5268-2 or Equiva lent India n Sta nd ards.

• Com pletion of d esign: Design and de tail mem be rs and c onnec tions to satisfy loa dingreq uireme nts spe c ified or otherwise c alc ulab le from the information g iven.

• Design p a rameters: BS 6399-1/ BS 6399-2 or Equiva lent Indian Sta nd ard.

• Drawings:- Conte nt: Draw ings must show:

Geometry of structure.

Wood spe c ies and g rades/ strength c lasses.Target / Finished sizes of a ll timb er sec tions.Joints not d eta iled on Enginee r's draw ings, their loc at ions, and evid enc e a s to the ir

structural adequacy.- Submission: At least three weeks before c omm encing fab rica tion..

Cop ies: 2.

• Com pliance with design stand ard: Demonstrate by c alc ulation or by prototyp e load testingin ac c orda nc e with BS 5268-2, Sec tion 8.

• The d esigner must ha ve in plac e a de qua te a nd ap propriate Professional Inde mnityInsuranc e to c ove r the d esign liab ility of the projec t. Evide nc e o f this MUST be subm ittedalong w ith the prequa lific ation do c uments.

150A STRENGTH GRADING OF TIMBER• Grade r: A c omp any c urrently reg istered under a third pa rty q uality a ssuranc e sc heme

op erated b y a c ertific ation bo dy a pp roved by rec og nised Indian Authorities.



G20Carpentry/ timber framing/ first fixing




160 GRADING AND MARKING OF SOFTWOOD• Timber of a ta rge t/ finished thickness less than 100 mm and not spec ified for wet expo sure:

Grade d a t an a verage m oisture c ontent not e xceed ing 20% with no rea ding b eing in exce ssof 24% and c lea rly marked as 'DRY' or 'KD' (kiln dried ).

• Timber graded undried (green) and spe c ified for insta llat ion at higher moisture co ntents:

Clea rly marked as 'WET' or 'GRN'.

• Structural timber mem be rs c ut from large grad ed sec tions: Reg rad ed to a pp rova l andma rked a cc ordingly.

PRODUCTS

230 STRUCTURAL SOFTWOOD (STRENGTH CLASS NOT SPECIFIED) FOR STRUCTURAL USE

GENERALLY• Spe c ies and origin: Contrac tor to propo se as per Design Req uireme nt.

• Grading stand ard: To the a pp rop riate stand ard o r rules for the spe c ified g rad e and so

marked.- Grade : GS to BS 4978 or Equivalent Indian Stand ard.

• Treatm ent: Fire reta rda nt imp regna tion to NBS sec tion Z12.

270 UNGRADED SOFTWOOD FOR INTERNAL NON STRUCTURAL USE• Qua lity of timb er: Free from de c ay, insec t a ttac k (exc ep t p inhole b orers) and with no knots

wider than ha lf the width of the sec tion.• Surfac e finish: Reg ularized .

• Treatm ent: Fire reta rda nt imp regna tion to NBS sec tion Z12.

311A NONSTRUCTURAL PLYWOOD DOOR LININGS, PAC KING G ENERALLY, GENERALJOINERY AND DUCTS

• Stand ard: Marine Plywoo d to a n ap proved nationa l stand ard.

• Thickness: 18mm / 15mm / 6mm a s show n on d rawings.• Ap pea ranc e c lass to BS EN 635: II or bette r or Equ ivalent Indian Sta ndard.

• Bond qua lity to BS EN 314-2: Cla ss 3 or Equiva lent Ind ian Sta nd ard.

• Finish: Sande d .

• Trea tme nt: As spe c ificed on d raw ings.

WORKMANSHIP GENERALLY

401A CROSS SECTION DIMENSIONS OF STRUCTURAL SOFTWOOD AND HARDWOOD• Dimensions: Dimensions in this specification and shown on drawings are target sizes as

define d in BS EN 336 or Equ iva lent Ind ian Sta nd ard.

• Toleranc es: The toleranc e ind ica tors (T1) and (T2) spe c ify the m aximum pe rmitted devia tions

from ta rge t sizes as sta ted in BS EN 336, cla use 4.3:- Toleranc e c lass 1 (T1) for sawn surfac es.- Toleranc e c lass 2 (T2) for further p roce ssed surfac es.

402A CROSS SECTION DIMENSIONS OF NONSTRUCTURAL SOFTWOOD• Dimensions: Dimensions in this spec ifica tion a nd shown on d rawings are finished sizes.

• Ma ximum permitted dev iat ions from finished sizes: As sta ted in BS EN 1313-1 or Equiva lentIndian Standard :- Clause 6 for saw n sec tions.

- Clause NA.2 for further p roc essed sec tions.

403 CROSS SECTION DIMENSIONS OF NONSTRUCTURAL HARDWOO D• Dimensions: Dimensions in this spec ifica tion a nd shown on d rawings are finished sizes.• Ma ximum permitted dev iat ions from finished sizes: As sta ted in BS EN 1313-2:

- Clause 6 for saw n sec tions.

- Clause NA.3 for further p roc essed sec tions.

420A WARPING O F TIMBER• Bow , sp ring , tw ist a nd c up : Not greater tha n the limits set dow n in BS 4978 or BS EN 14081-1

for softw oo d , or BS 5756 for hardwo od or Equ ivalent Ind ian Sta ndard.







430 SELECTION AND USE OF TIMBER• Timber mem bers da ma ge d , c rushed or split beyo nd the limits pe rmitted b y their grad ing: Do

not use.• Notc hes and holes: Position in relat ion to knots or othe r defe c ts suc h tha t the strength o f

me mb ers will not be red uc ed .

• Sc arf joints, finge r joints and sp lic e p lates: Do no t use w ithout a pp rova l.

440 PROCESSING TREATED TIMBER• Cutting a nd ma c hining: Ca rry out a s muc h a s po ssible be fore treatm ent.

• Extensively proc essed timber: Retrea t timbe r saw n leng thwa ys, thicknessed , planed ,

ploughed, etc.• Surfac es expo sed by m inor cutting / d rilling : Trea t with tw o flood c oa ts of a solution

rec om mend ed b y main trea tment solution ma nufac turer.

450 MOISTURE CONTENT• Moisture c ontent o f wood and woo d b ased produc ts at time o f installation: Not mo re than:

- Cove red in ge nerally unheate d spa c es: 24%.- Cove red in ge nerally hea ted spa c es: 20%.- Internal in c ontinuously hea ted spa ce s: 20%.

451 MOISTURE CONTENT TESTING• Proc ed ure: When instructe d , test timb er sec tions with an ap prove d e lec tric a l moisture

meter.• Test samp le: Test 5% but no t less tha n 10 leng ths of e ac h c ross-sec tion in the c entre o f the

length.

• Test results: 90% of va lues ob ta ined to be within the spe c ified range . Provide reco rds of a lltests.

510 PROTECTION• Ge nerally: Keep timb er dry and do no t ov erstress, distort or disfigure sec tions or com po nents

during transit, storage, lifting, erection or fixing.

• Timbe r and c omp onents: Store under co ver, c lear of the ground a nd w ith good ventilation.

Supp ort on regula rly spac ed , leve l bea rers on a d ry, firm b ase. Op en p ile to ensure freemo vem ent of a ir throug h the stac k.

• Trussed ra fters: Keep vertica l during ha nd ling and storag e.

520 EXPOSED END GRAIN• Com po nents: Sea l exposed end grain of the following be fore d elivery to site:

..

• Sea ler: Clea r end g ra in sea ler.

540 CLEAR FINISHES• Structural timbe r to b e c lear finished : Keep c lean a nd a pp ly first c oa t of spe c ified finish

befo re d elivery to site.

550 EXPOSED TIMBER• Planed struc tural timbe r expo sed to view in com pleted work: Prevent da ma ge to a nd

marking of surfaces and arrises.

JOINTING TIMBER

570 JOINTING/ FIXING GENERALLY• Ge nerally: Where no t spe c ified p rec isely, selec t me thod s of jointing and fixing a nd t ype s,

sizes and spa c ings of fastene rs in c om plianc e with sec tion Z20.







ERECTION AND INSTALLATION

710A PROPOSALS FOR ERECTING STRUCTURAL TIMBER• Proposals: Sub mit d eta ils for Eng ineer's Ap prova l

- Method and sequence of erection.- Type of cranage.

- Tem po rary guys and brac ing proposed for use d uring erec tion.• Latest d a te for subm ission: Three w eeks prior to insta laltion .

740 PRE-ERECTION CHECKING• Timing: Not less tha n 10 da ys be fore p ropo sed erec tion sta rt d ate.

• Checklist:- Found ations and other structures to whic h timber structure will be a ttac hed : Check for

ac curacy of setting o ut.

- Holding d own bo lts: Chec k for position, protruding length, c ond ition a nd slackness.• Inac c urac ies and de fec ts: Rep ort without d elay.

• Erec tion: Obta in pe rmission to c omm enc e.

750 MODIFICATIONS/ REPAIRS

• Defects due to detailing or fabrication errors: Report without delay.• Metho ds of rectific ation: Obta in app rova l of proposals be fore starting m od ifica tion or

reme dial w ork.

• Defective/d ama ged co mpo nents: Timber membe rs/ co mpo nents ma y be rejected if the

nature a nd/ or numb er of d efec ts would result in an excessive a mount of site rep air.

760 TEMPORARY BRACING• Provision: As nec essary to ma intain structural timb er com po nents in p osition and to ensure

c omp lete stab ility during c onstruc tion.

770 ADDITIONAL SUPPORTS• Provision: Position and fix add itiona l stud s, nogg ings and / or ba ttens to suppo rt ed ge s of

shee ts ma terials, and w all/ floo r/ c eiling m ounte d a pp lianc es, fixtures, etc . show n on

drawings• Ma terial p rop erties: Add itiona l studs, nogg ings and ba ttens to b e o f ad eq uate size and

have the sam e treatm ent, if any, as adjac ent timb er supp orts.

775 BEARING S• Timber surfac es whic h a re to transmit loa ds: Finished to ensure c lose c onta c t over the who le

of the d esigned b earing a rea.

• Pac kings: Where provided , to c over the who le of the d esigned be aring a rea .

- Crushing streng th: Not less than timber b eing supp orted.- In external loca tions: Rot a nd c orrosion proof.

780 WALL PLATES• Position and a lignme nt: To give the c orrec t span and level fo r trusses, joists, etc .

• Bed d ing: Fully in fresh mortar.

• Joints: At c orners and elsewhere where joints a re una vo ida ble use na iled ha lf lap joints. Donot use short leng ths of t imber.

850 INSPECTION G ENERALLY• Structural timbe r-work: Give rea sona ble notice be fore c overing up.

860 BOLTED JOINTS INSPECTION• Timing: Inspe c t a ll ac c essible bolts at the e nd of the Defec ts Liab ility Period and tighte n if

necessary.







H

Cladding/Covering



H11

Curtain walling



H11 Curtain wa lling


TENDERING

10 INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED WITH TENDER• Subm it the following c urtain wa lling p a rticula rs:

- Typica l plan, sec tion and elevation d raw ings at suitable sc ales.- Typica l deta iled drawings at large sc ales, including typica l head , sill, transom and mullion

sec tions .- Tec hnica l information a nd ce rtifica tion d emonstrating c omp liance with spec ification of

prop osed inco rporate d p rod uc ts and finishes, includ ing glass units, structural sea lant .

- Certific ation, rep orts and c alculations de mo nstrating c omp lianc e with spe c ifica tion ofpropo sed c urtain wa lling.

- Prop osals for connec tions to a nd supp ort from the b uilding structure and building

components.

- Prop osals for ame ndm ents to prima ry supp orting structure a nd for sec ond ary supp ortingstructure additional to that shown on preliminary design drawings.

- Sc hed ule of b uilde r's work, spe c ial provisions and spe c ial attend anc e b y others.

- Examp les of standa rd do cume ntation from which projec t qua lity plan will be p repa red.- Preliminary fab rica tion and installation metho d state ments and programm e.- Sc hed ule of produc ts and finishes with a d esign life expec tanc y less than tha t spe c ified in

clause 440, with proposals for frequencies and methods of replacement.- Propo sals for replac ing da ma ged or failed products.- Areas of non-co mplianc e with the spec ifica tion.



H11Curtain walling




TYPES OF CURTAIN WALLING

110 CURTAIN WALLING AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS• Suppo rting structure: Conc rete .

• Curtain wa lling system :- Manufac turer: Thomas Bennett Group of Com pa nies or Equal ap proved .

Prod uct reference : UCC65 / FW50+ .- Type: Unitised / Stick system, drained a nd ventilated .

• Internal fram ing me mb er:

- Materia l: A luminium .- Finish: Powder coa ting .

Colour/ texture: Refer to Architects drawings - to be ap proved by the Architect .

Minimum film thickness: 60 mic rom etres .• External c ove r ca p:

- Materia l: A luminium .

- Finish: Powder coa ting .Colour/ texture: Refer to Architects drawings - to be ap proved by the Architect .Minimum film thickness: 60 mic rom etres .

• Glazing: Insulating gla ss units .- Inner pane: See L40 .- Outer pane: See L40 .

• Glazing system : Structural sea lant, four side b ond ed .• Panel/ fac ing type: Not app lica ble .

- External material: N/A .

- External f inish: N/A .- Internal materia l: N/A .- Internal f inish: N/A .

- Core insulat ion: N/A .• Ac c essories: Powd er coa ted aluminium b ac king p ane to b e used in all loca tions where

glazing is ba c ked b y either a c olumn or wall. Aluminium b ac king p ane l offset w ithin fram e a s

required - refe r to Fac ad e Spe c ialist Deta ils .• Incorporated comp onents: None .

• Other requirements: None .

135A ACCESS PANELS• Ma nufac turer: Thoma s Bennett G roup of Co mp anies or similar ap proved .

- Produc t reference : To b e p ropo sed for Engineers ap proval .• Material: Aluminium .

• Finish: Powd er c oating .

- Colour/ texture: Refer to Architects drawings - to be ap proved by the Architect .- Minimum film thic kness: 60 microme tres .

• Fixing: As pe r ma nufac turers rec om mend ations .

• Other req uireme nts: To b e c om pletely integrated into curtain wa lling. .

140A LOUVRESGLAZED

• Ma nufac turer: Thoma s Bennett G roup of Co mp anies or similar ap proved .

- Produc t reference: Aluminium Louvre blade s to be a pp roved b y the Architect .• Material: Aluminium .

• Finish: Powd er c oating .- Colour/ texture: Refer to Architects drawings - to be ap proved by the Architect .- Minimum film thic kness: 60 microme tres .

• Fixing: As pe r ma nufac turers rec om mend ations .• Other req uireme nts: Hidde n Sc rew fixing .

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS/ PREPARATORY WORK

210 DESIGN• Curtain walling and assoc iated features: Com plete the d eta iled de sign. Subm it befo re

co mmenc ement of fabrica tion.

• Related works: Coo rdinate in the d eta iled de sign.



H11Curtain walling




220 SPECIFICATION• Co mp lianc e standard : The Ce ntre for Window a nd C lad ding Tec hnolog y (CWCT) 'Stand ard

for system ised bu ild ing enve lope s'.• Reference information: For the duration of the c ontrac t, keep ava ilab le at the de sign offic e,

workshop and on site c op ies of:

- The C WCT 'Sta ndard fo r system ised bu ild ing env elop es'.

- Pub lic at ions invoked by the CWCT 'Standard fo r system ised building e nvelop es'.

230 INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED DURING DETAILED DESIGN STAG E• Subm it the following c urtain wa lling p a rticula rs:

- A sc hed ule of deta iled drawings and da tes for subm ission for c om ment.- A sc hed ule of loa ds that w ill be transmitted from the c urtain wa lling to the structure.- Prop osed fixing a ncho r deta ils relevant to structural de sign a nd c onstruction.

- A deta iled testing program me in comp liance with the Ma in Contrac t master programm e.- A de tailed fabrica tion and installation programme in co mplianc e with the Main Contrac t

ma ster program me.

- Propo sals to suppo rt outsta nd ing ap plica tions for Build ing Reg ulation c onsents orrelaxations.

232 QUALITY PLAN• Req uirem ent: Submit during de ta iled design.

• Co nte nt: In ac c ordanc e w ith BS 5750, BS EN ISO 9001 and inc luding the follow ing:

- Name of the quality manage r.- Qua lity assessme nt p roc ed ures.- Inspec tion proced ures to be a dop ted in checking the work.

- Stage s at w hich c hec k lists will be used and samp les of the lists.- List of w ork proc ed ures on the c orrec t use o f ma terials or co mp onents, both off site and

on site.

- List of prod uc t informa tion with latest revisions.- Subc ontracto rs involved in the work.- Subc ontracto rs' qua lity plans.

- Storage , hand ling, transpo rt and p rotec tion proc ed ures.- Proc ed ure for reg istering and rep orting non c om pliance s.- Maintenance p roc edures and c alibration rec ords.

- Certifica tion that c omp leted work co mplies with spec ification.- Chec k list reg ister to ensure a ll items have be en inspe c ted a nd non c om pliance s

discharged.

235 INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED BEFORE COMMENCEMENT TESTING OR

FABRICATION OF CURTAIN WALLING• Subm it the following c urtain wa lling p a rticula rs:

- Detailed draw ings to fully de sc ribe fab rica tion and installation.- Detailed ca lculations to p rove co mp lianc e w ith de sign/ p erformanc e requirements.- Projec t spe c ific fab rica tion, hand ling a nd installation me thod state ments.

- Certifica tion for incorporated co mp onents manufac tured by o thers co nfirming theirsuitab ility for p rop osed loc at ions in the curtain wa lling.

- Rec om mend ations for spa re p arts for future repa irs or rep lace ments.

• Rec om mend ations for safe disma ntling and rec ycling or dispo sal o f p rod ucts.

240 INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF STRUCTURAL SEALANT

GLAZING• Subm it structural bond ing sea lant ma nufac turer's projec t spe c ific a pprova l for:

- Com pa tibility and ad hesion of produc ts and finishes.- Full de ta ils of structural sea lant g lazing design.

- Struc tural sea lant dime nsions.- Project spec ific sealant ap plica tion method stateme nt.

250 PRODUCT SAMPLES

• Gene ral: Before co mm enc ing de tailed d esign, subm it lab elled sam ples of: Powd er coa tingfinishes, structural sea lant, m ullion a nd transom sec tions. .



H11Curtain walling




260 SAMPLES OF FIXINGS• Gene ral: During d eta iled de sign, subm it lab elled sam ples of e ac h type of fixing a nc hor,

includ ing c asting-in restraints and shims, tog ethe r with ma nufac turers' rec om me nd ed torquefigures.

280 MOCK-UP

• Gene ral: Construct d uring deta iled de sign work in an a pp roved loca tion. Ob tain ap provalof ap pe aranc e be fore proc eed ing. Reta in undisturbe d until c om pletion of curtain wa llinginstallation.

• Extent: Storey height ba y of main eleva tion .

• Purpose: To serve as an insta lla tion referenc e panel and referenc e for Clients app roval .

DESIGN/ PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

305 CWCT 'STANDARD FOR SYSTEMISED BUILDING ENVELOPES'• Ge neral: Unless spec ified or ag reed othe rwise c om ply with:

Part 2 - Loa ds, fixings and mo vem ent.

Part 3 - Air, wa ter and wind resistanc e.Part 4 - Op erable c om po nents, add itiona l eleme nts and mea ns of a c c ess.

Part 5 - Therma l, mo isture and ac oustic p erformanc e.Part 6 - Fire p erformanc ePart 7 - Robustness, durability, tolerances and workmanship.

• Projec t pe rforma nc e requ irem ents spec ified in this subsect ion: Rea d in c onjunc tion with

CWCT pe rforma nc e c riteria.

313 INTEGRITY• Req uirem ent: The c urtain wa lling m ust resist wind load s, de ad load s and design live loa ds,

and a cc ommo da te deflec tions and mo vements without dama ge.

• Design w ind p ressure: Calc ulate in ac c orda nc e w ith BS 6399-2.

• Hard b od y imp ac t loa ds: To BS 8200:- Loc ation and ca tegory: Areas within 1.5m of GFL ca tegory A, areas above 1.5m ca tegory

E.

• Soft bod y imp ac t loa ds - curta in wa lling to BS EN 14019:- Loc ation and c lassifica tion: Contrac tor to subm it propo sals.

• Soft bod y imp ac t loa ds - gla ss to BS EN 12600:

- Loc ation and c lassifica tion: Contrac tor to subm it propo sals.• Permanent imp osed load s: none .

• Temp orary impo sed load s: maintenance ac ce ss, occ upa nt impac t.

320 DEFLECTION UNDER DEAD LOADS• Req uirem ent: Framing m em bers pa rallel to the c urta in walling p lane m ust not:

- Red uc e g lass b ite to less tha n 75% of d esign d imension.- Reduc e edg e clearance to less than 3 mm b etween mem bers and immed iately adjac ent

glazing units, pa nel/ fac ing units or othe r fixed un its.

- Reduc e c learanc e to less than 2 mm b etween me mbe rs and mova ble com ponents such

as doors and windows.

332 APPEARANCE AND FIT• Req uirem ent: De sign c urta in wa lling system :

- To ensure position a nd a lignm ent o f all pa rts and fea tures as show n on p reliminary design

drawings.- To a cc om mo da te de viations in the prima ry supp ort struc ture.

• Primary suppo rt structure: Befo re c om me nc ing insta llat ion o f c urta in wa lling system , ca rry

out survey suffic ient to verify that req uired ac c urac y of erection c an b e a c hieved.- Give notice : If the structure will not allow the req uired ac c urac y or sec urity of erection.- Design tolerances: 10mm .

• Curtain wall envelope zone toleranc es:- Width: As per manaufac turers rec omme ndations.

Critic al reference loc ation: To b e d ec ided by c ontrac tor.• Ma ximum p ermitted c om po nent and installation tolerance s: Pane l toleranc e ±2 mm ,

insta llat ion toleranc e ±2 mm , overall = ±4 mm .



H11Curtain walling




335 THERMAL MOVEMENT - SERVICE TEMPERATURE RANGES• Req uirem ent: To CWCT 'Sta ndard for system ised bu ild ing enve lope s' c lause 2.7.2 ame nded

and / or with the ad dition of the following: 0 - 90 deg rees C.

340 AIR PERMEABILITY• Req uirem ent: Permissible a ir leaka ge rates of 1.5m³/ hr/m ² for fixed ligh ts and 2.0 m³/ hr/lin.m

for opening lights must not b e exce ed ed when the c urtain wa lling is subjec ted to the p ea kte st p ressure.

• Perme ab ility cla ss to BS EN 12152: A4.- Peak test pressure: 600 Pa.

345 AIR PERMEABILITY EXFILTRATION• Req uirem ent: The ma ximum permissible a ir exfiltration rate through the c urtain wa lling

system must not e xcee d : All external wa lls: 4 m³/ (h.m²) at a test pressure of 50 Pa .

350 WATER PENETRATION• Wat ertig htness c lass to BS EN 12154: R7.

- Pea k test pressure: 600 Pa .

• Ad ditional req uireme nts: none .

370 THERMAL PROPERTIES• Metho d o f ca lculating the thermal transmittanc e (U-value) of c urtain wa lling/ ea c h zone o f

curtain walling: Weighted U-value.

• Averag e U-value of c urtain wa lling: To a c hieve minimum DM stand ards. Refer to MEPSpe c ific at ions.

• Curtain wall zone interfac es: Co-ordinate to a c hieve required ave rag e U-value.

• Me thod for assessing the rmal transmitta nce (U-value) o f assem b lies: By c a lculat ion.

385 THERMAL STRESS IN GLAZING• Glass pa nes/ units: Must ha ve a de quate resistanc e to therma l stress ge nerate d b y

orientation, shading, solar control and construction.

420 FIRE RESISTANCE OF CURTAIN WALLING• Sta nd ard: To BS 476-22.

- Minimum pe riods and c riteria: 15 min. integrity, 15 min, insulation .

425 INTERNAL SURFACE SPREAD OF FLAME OF CURTAIN WALLING• Sta nd ard: To BS 476-7.

- Class 1.

430 FIRE STOPPING• Loc a tions: At junc tions of c urta in walling w ith comp artme nt wa lls and floo rs.• Ma terials and me thod s of fixing : To ensure fire resista nc e not less tha n tha t spec ified for

c omp artment w alls and floors.

436 DOO RS AND OTHER ACCESS FACILITIES• Performanc e c riteria: To CWCT 'Sta ndard for system ised building enve lope s' Pa rt 3.

• Ac c ess fac ilities de signa ted for use b y disab led p ersons: none.• Streng th a nd durab ility: To CWCT 'Sta nd ard for systemised building env elopes' c lause 4.3.3.

- Forc es and tests: Profile Toleranc es DIN 12020-2, Air Perme ability DIN EN 12207,

Watertig htness DIN EN 12208, Wind Load DIN EN 12210.• Sec urity:

- Applica ble doors: All.

- Sec urity rating: burglar resistanc e in a c c ordanc e w ith DIN ENV 1627.

450 SAFETY• Finished surfac es of c urta in wa lling: Ac c essible internal a nd external a reas must no t:

- Have irreg ularities c ap ab le of inflicting p ersona l injury.- Relea se irrita nt or sta ining substanc es.



H11Curtain walling




460 STRUCTURAL SEALANT GLAZING REQUIREMENTS• Structural sea lant g lazing units: Insta llab le, rem ova b le and rep lac ea b le without site

ap plica tion of structural bond ing sea lant.• Struc tural sea lant gla zing design: Must limit d esign tensile stress of sea lants to 138 kPa.

TESTING

510 COMPARISON (TYPE) TESTING• Req uireme nt: To C WCT 'Sta nd ard for systemised building env elopes', Part 8.• Test results and rep orts: Befo re co mm enc em ent o f curta in walling fa b rica tion and

installation, submit proof of compliance with this specification.

520 PROJECT TESTING (SITE)• Test results and reports: Befo re insta lla tion o f ge neral area s of c urta in wa lling, sub mit p roof o f

c omp lianc e w ith this spe c ifica tion.

635 SITE HOSE TEST• Req uirem ent: To CWCT 'Sta ndard for system ised build ing enve lope s', 'Standard test m etho ds

for building e nvelop es' Sec tion 9.- Joints to be tested: All.

PRODUCTS

710 ALUMINIUM ALLOY FRAMING SECTIONS• Sta nd ard: To releva nt pa rts of BS EN 515, BS EN 573, BS EN 755 a nd BS EN 12020.

• Alloy, tem pe r and thickness: Suitab le for the ap p lic at ion and spec ified finish.

• Struc tural m em bers: To BS 8118.

712 ALUMINIUM ALLOY SHEET• Sta nd ards: To releva nt parts of BS EN 485, BS EN 515 a nd BS EN 573.• Alloy, tem pe r and thickness: Suitab le for the ap p lic at ion and spec ified finish.

730 MECHANICAL FIXINGS• Sta inless steel: To BS EN ISO 3506, grade A2 ge nerally, grad e A 4 whe n used in sev ere ly

c orrosive environme nts.

• Ca rbon steel: To BS 4190 and suitab le for ga lvanizing o r other protec tive c oa ting.• Aluminium b rac kets, rivets and shear pins: To releva nt pa rts of BS EN 755.

732 ADHESIVES• Gene ral: Not d eg rad ab le by moisture or wate r vap our.

735 FIXING ANCHORS• Type and use: Reviewed and ap proved by fixing m anufa c turers. Subm it c onfirma tory

information on request.• Dimensions: Not less tha n reco mm end ed by their ma nufac turers.

• Ad justme nt c ap ab ility: Suffic ient in three dimensions to ac c omm od ate building structure

and c urtain wa lling fab rica tion/ installation to leranc es.



H11Curtain walling




737 GLASS GENERALLY• Sta nd ards: To BS 952 and releva nt p a rts of:

- BS EN 572 for ba sic soda lime silic a te g lass.- BS EN 1096 for c oa ted glass.- BS EN 1748 for bo rosilic a te g lass.

- BS EN 1863 for heat strengthene d sod a lime silica te gla ss.

- BS EN 12150 for therma lly toughene d sod a lime silica te glass.- BS EN 13024 for therma lly toughene d bo rosilica te glass.

- BS EN ISO 12543 for laminated g lass.• Glass quality: Clean a nd free from ob vious sc rat c hes, bub b les, crac ks, ripp lings, dimp les and

other defec ts.

• Glass ed ge s: Generally unda ma ge d. Shells and c hips not m ore than 2 mm de ep andextending not mo re tha n 5 mm a c ross the surfac e a re a c c ep tab le if ground out.

739 DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES ON GLASS• Mea sureme nt of toleranc es: Before a ny thermal toug hening/ hea t streng thening.

• Pane d imensions less tha n 1500 mm :- For 3 to 6 mm thick g lass: ± 1.0 mm.- For 8 to 12 mm thick glass: ± 1.5 mm.- For 15 mm thick g lass: ± 2.0 mm.

- For 19 mm a nd 25 mm thick lass: ± 2.5 mm.• Pane d imensions mo re than 1500 mm:

- For 3 to 6 mm thick g lass: ± 1.5 mm.

- For 8 to 12 mm thick glass: ± 2.0 mm.- For 15 mm thick g lass: ± 2.5 mm.- For 19 mm a nd 25 mm thick lass: ± 3.0 mm.

• Pane squareness: Not more than 4 mm difference in diagonal measurements.

741A DISTORTIONAL TOLERANCES ON GLASS• Mea sureme nt of to leranc es: After any therma l toughening/ hea t strengthe ning.

• Ma ximum bo w: 0.2% of inside p ane d imension.

• Ma ximum roller wa ve:- For 3 to 5 mm thick glass: 0.5 mm .- For 6 to 10 mm thic k glass: 0.3 mm .

- For 12 mm and thicker glass: 0.15 mm.• Maximum ed ge dip:

- For 3 to 5 mm thick glass: 0.8 mm .- For 6 to 10 mm thic k glass: 0.5 mm .

- For 12 mm and thicker glass: 0.25 mm.

742 HEAT SOAKED THERMALLY TOUGHENED GLASS• Sta nd ard: To BS EN 14179.

- Holding period : 2 hours.

• Loc ations of hea t soa ked g lass: As anno tate d .

745 INSULATING GLASS UNITS• Sta nd ard a nd lab els for he rmet ica lly sea led units: To BS EN 1279.• Lab el: Eac h p ane.

• Colour of aluminium pe rimeter spa c ers: Black.

• Perimete r taping: Not to b e used .• Perimeter seals:

- Resistant to UV light d eg rad ation on expo sed ed ge s.

- Com pa tible with structural, assem bly and wea ther sea lants.

747 GLASS EDGE CONDITION FOR STRUCTURAL SEALANT GLAZING• Bond ed , unfram ed oute r edg es: Flat g round w ith a sma ll arris suitab le for open jointing o r for

weatherseal jointing.



H11Curtain walling




750 INFILL PANELS/ FACINGS• Toleranc es:

- Deviation in size (ma ximum ): ± 1 mm .- Deviation in flatness from plane pe r 2 m length (ma ximum ): ± 1 mm.

• Rigidity: Adeq uate to c omp ly with design/ pe rforma nc e requirem ents.

765 WEATHERSTRIPPING OF OPENING UNITS• Material:

- Nonc ellula r rubber to BS 4255-1.- Ce llular rubber to ASTM-C509.

- Polyprop ylene wov en pile, silicone treated .• Atta c hme nt: Fixed in unde rc ut g roove s in framing sec tions using p refo rme d c orners, with

any joints in the leng th.

770 GENERAL SEALANTS• Selec tion: In a c c orda nc e with BS 6213 from :

- Silicone.- One part polysulfide.- Two pa rt po lysulfide.

- One or two part polyurethane.• Classifica tion a nd req uiremen ts: To BS EN ISO 11600.

• Rea c tion to c onta c t produc ts and finishes: Stab le and c omp atible.

780 THERMAL INSULATION• Material: expa nded polystyrene with DM c ertifica tion .

- Prop erties: Durab le, rot a nd ve rmin proof and not d eg rad ab le by moisture or watervapour.

• Fixing: Attac hed to o r supp orted within the curtain walling so a s not to bu lge, sag,

delam inate o r de tac h during insta lla tion or in situ during the life of the c urtain walling.

785 VAPOUR CONTROL LAYER• Ac ce pta ble m aterials:

- Aluminium alloy.- Carbon steel, ga lvanized or protec tive co ated .

- Sta inless stee l.- Reinforce d m em branes: Foil, pla stics or rubbers, prote c ted bo th sides by rigid fa c ings/

linings.

• Loc a tion: Warm side o f therma l insulation.• Integrity: Continuous, free from ga ps and sea led a t joints.

FINISHES

830 POWDER COATING• Req uireme nt: As sec tion Z31.

FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION

910 GENERALLY• Elec trolytic c orrosion: Prevent. Subm it p ropo sed me thod s.

• Fixings: Concealed unless indicated on detailed drawings. Where exposed they must match

ma terial and finish of the p rod uc ts fixed .• Fabrication: Machine cut and drill products in the workshop wherever possible.

• Ide ntific ation o f p rod uc ts: Mark or tag to fa c ilitate identific ation d uring a ssemb ly, hand ling,

storag e a nd insta llat ion. Do not m ark surfac es visible in the c om plete d insta llat ion.

912 METALWORK• Req uireme nt: As sec tion Z11, unless spec ified otherwise in this sec tion.



H11Curtain walling




915 GLAZING• Req uireme nt: As sec tion L40, unless spec ified otherwise in this sec tion.

• Direc tional pa tterned/ wired glass: Generally fix parallel to surround and align a djac entpanes whe re seen tog ethe r a t c lose q uarters.

917 FIXINGS/ ADHESIVES APPLICATION

• Req uireme nt: As sec tion Z20, unless spec ified otherwise in this sec tion.

920 SEALANT APPLICATION• Req uireme nt: As sec tion Z22, unless spec ified otherwise in this sec tion.

925 STRUCTURAL SEALANT GLAZING• Working conditions: Prepare for and apply structural bonding sealant in a favourable

workshop environment.• Curing: Do not transpo rt units until structural bo nd ing sea lant ha s ad eq uately cured for the

pe riod state d in the projec t spe c ific ap proval.

930 ASSEMBLY•

Ge neral: Ca rry ou t a s muc h a ssem b ly as po ssible in the wo rkshop .• Joints (other tha n move me nt joints): Rigidly sec ured, reinforc ed whe re ne c essa ry and fixedwith hairline abutments.

• Disp lac em ent of c om po nents in assem b led units: Submit p rop osa ls for rea ssem b ly on site.

955 FIXING ANCHOR INSTALLATION• Site drilling or cutting into structure: Submit proposals for positions other than shown on

de tailed drawings.

• Concrete supporting structure:

- Ca st-in inserts: Provid e d eta iled loc at iona l informa tion. Protec t c av ities in inserts from entryof conc rete.

- Edg e fixing distanc es: Not less than rec omm end ed by fixing anc hor manufa c turers.

• Co rrec tive fab rica tion: Minimize. Where nec essary, submit p ropo sa ls.

965 PRELIMINARY CURTAIN WALLING INSTALLATION• Req uireme nt: Com plete a n area for inspe c tion and a pp rova l of ap pe aranc e as follows: Gro

und floor main entranc e .

970 CURTAIN WALLING INSTALLATION• Sec uring to fixing a nc hors: Through holes formed during fab rica tion only.

• Tightening me c hanica l fastene rs: To manu fac turer's rec om me nded torque figures. Do not

ove rtighten fa steners intended to p ermit d ifferential mov eme nt.• Prote c tive c ove rings: Rem ove on ly whe re nec essa ry to fa c ilitate insta lla tion and from

surfac es that will be inacc essible on c omp letion.

980 INTERFACES

• Flashings, closers, etc : Loc ate a nd form c orrec tly to p rovid e w ea thertight junc tions with thec urtain wa lling.

982 IRONMONGERY• Assem bly a nd fixing: Ac c urately, using fa stene rs with ma tc hing finish supp lied by

ironm onge ry ma nufac turer.

• Com pletion: Chec k, ad just a nd lubrica te a s nec essary to e nsure c orrec t func tioning.

985 MAINTENANCE• Ma intenanc e ma nual: Inco rpo rate de tails within the Building Ma nual in ac c ordanc e with

CWCT 'Sta nd ard for systemised building e nve lop es' cla use 7.6.1.- Materials ce rtifica tion a nd test repo rts to b e included: ..



H11Curtain walling




H20

Rigid sheet c ladding



H20 Rigid shee t c lad ding


TYPE(S) OF SHEET CLADDING

150A SHEET CLADDING AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS• Support structure: Co nc rete Sub Structure/ Stee l Sub-Framing .• Boa rd/ Shee t:

- Manufac turer: Thomas Bennett Group of Com pa nies or similar app roved .

Prod uct reference : AlucoBond.- Material: Aluminium c omp osite (ACMs).- Thickness: 4mm.

- Therma l Expa nsion: 24mm / m 100 deg ree s C- Sound Insulat ion Prop erties: To c onform to ISO / DIS 717 -1 and EN ISO 140-3- Ave rage a irborne sound transmission loss R: 25dB for req uenc y rang e of 100-3200Hz

- Vibration Damp ening: In ac c orda nce with EN ISO 6721

- Loss fac tor d: a t freque nc y of 200Hz = 0.0087- Tensile Strength: Rm - Grate r tha n or eq ua l to 130N/mm 2- 0.2% Proo f strength : Rp - Grater than or equa l to 90N/ mm 2

- Elonga tion: A50_>5%- Mo du lus of Elasticity: E 70000N/mm2- Fire Prop ertie s: BS 476 Part 6 & 7

- Installation: To b e fac tory be nd, installed in ac c ordanc e with drawings andmanufacturer's recommendations

- Finish/ Co lour: Co il coa ted KYNAR ba sed POLYVINYDENE FLORIDE (PVDF) resin c oa ting

c ross I 65%/ White .- Fasteners: Manufac turers recom mend ations.

Numbe r and loca tion: As req uired to stab le installation.

- Joints:

Type / Trea tme nt: EPDM Ga sket/ As d rawings. Colour: Light Grey to b e a pp rove d b yArchitect.

Width: 10mm.• Air ga p: As drawings.

• Supp ort system : Vertic al a nd horizonta l meta l ca rrier ra ils.

- Manufac turer: Submit propo sals.Prod uct reference : n/a .

- Materia l: A luminium .

- Fasteners: subm it propo sals.Numbe r and loc ation: Subm it prop osals.

• Brea ther mem brane: Not req uired .

• Ca vity barriers: As c lause P10/432.• Therma l insulat ion: As clause P10.

• Vap our c ontrol layer: from BASF.

• Ac c essories: None.• Other req uireme nts: All ed ge s of ACM pa nels to b e fac tory terminated .

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

210 CONTROL SAMPLES• General: Comp lete an area of the cladd ing a nd ob tain ap proval of app earance b efore

proceeding.- Loca tion: To be ad vised.- Extent of area: 10 m².

260 FIXING SHEETS

• Ge neral: Sec ure to suppo rts withou t prod uc ing d istortion.• Fasteners: Evenly spac ed in straight lines, in pa irs ac ross joints and suffic ient d ista nc e fromedg e of sheet to prevent da mag e.



H20Rigid sheet cladding




270 COVER STRIPS• Ge neral: Form stra ight runs in single leng ths wherever possible .

• Loc ation a nd metho d of forming joints: Subm it proposals where not de tailed .



H20Rigid sheet cladding




H31

Metal profiled / flat sheet clad ding/ covering



H31 Metal p rofiled/ flat sheet c ladd ing/ covering


TYPES OF CLADDING/ COVERING SYSTEM

110 METAL Stainless Steel c lad ding to Ground Floor Lobb y Columns• Humid ity load : To BS EN ISO 13788, Class: Class 1.• Supp ort structure: ga lvanized stee l rectangula r hollow sec tions c ast in c onc rete .

- Bearing width (minimum): 35 mm .

- Pitch: As pe r Design Req uireme nt.• Clad ding/ c ove ring system type: Single skin.

• External sheets: Alum inium to BS EN 508-2.

- Ma terial: Austenitic sta inless stee l designa tion X5CrNi18-10 numb er 1.4301 (304).- Thickness (nominal): As de termined by c lause 195.- Profile: As drawings.

- Cover wid th: 10 mm.

- Finish side 1 (outer): Natural pla in mill.Co lour: As pe r ID Spe c ific at ion.

- Finish side 2 (inner): As pe r ma nufac turer rec om mend ation .

Colour: Subm it p rop osal.- Add itional requirements: None.

• Ac c essories: As req uired to c om p lete insta llat ion.

• Primary clad d ing/ c ove ring shee t fa stene rs: Self drilling and ta pp ing sta inless stee l stand offsc rew s with a ssem bled sta inless stee l .- Fastener profile loc ation: Valley.

- Numbe r and loc ation of fasteners: As c lause 195.• End lap s size (minimum): 100 mm .

• Sea ling laps:

- End laps: Two rows of pa rtially c ross linked butyl rubb er sea lant ta pe .

- Side lap s: One row o f pa rtially cross linked b utyl rubb er sea lant tap e.• Stitching laps:

- End lap s: Self d rilling stainless steel sc rews with assem b led sta inless steel EPDM e lastome rfac ed sea ling wa sher and plastics c ap s.

- Side lap s: Self d rilling sta inless steel sc rews with a ssem bled sta inless steel EPDM elastome r

fac ed sea ling wa sher and plastics c ap c olours.• Spa c ers: As Req uired .

- Depth of spa ce r: To b e such that insulation is not c om pressed be twee n external and lining

sheets.- Fasteners: As req uired .

• Brea ther me mb rane: As clause 280.

• U-value (plane): None.• Therma l insulation: Not req uired .

• Vap our co ntrol layer: Virgin p olyethylene sheet.

• Sound transmitta nc e: To BS 5821-3.• Sound ab sorption: Not req uired .

• Ac oustic insulation: Not required .

• Lining shee ts: Not req uired .• Ad ditional req uireme nts: None.



H31Metal profiled/ flat sheet cladding/

covering




110A METAL Sta inless Steel c ladding to Ground Floor Foye r Ceiling• Humid ity load : To BS EN ISO 13788, Class: Class 1.

• Suppo rt structure: ga lvanized stee l rec tangular hollow sec tions.- Bearing width (minimum): 35 mm .- Pitch: As pe r Design Req uireme nt.

• Clad ding/ c ove ring system type: Single skin.

• External sheets: Alum inium to BS EN 508-2.- Ma terial: Austenitic sta inless stee l designa tion X5CrNi18-10 numb er 1.4301 (304).

- Thickness (nominal): As de termined by c lause 195.- Profile: As drawings.- Cover wid th: 10 mm.

- Finish side 1 (outer): Natural pla in mill.Co lour: As pe r ID Spe c ific at ion.

- Finish side 2 (inner): As pe r ma nufac turer rec om mend ation .

Colour: Subm it p rop osal.- Add itional requirements: None.

• Ac c essories: As req uired to c om p lete insta llat ion.

• Primary clad d ing/ c ove ring shee t fa stene rs: Self drilling and ta pp ing sta inless stee l stand offsc rew s with a ssem bled sta inless stee l .- Fastener profile loc ation: Valley.

- Numbe r and loc ation of fasteners: As c lause 195.• End lap s size (minimum): 100 mm .

• Sea ling laps:

- End laps: Two rows of pa rtially c ross linked butyl rubb er sea lant ta pe .- Side lap s: One row o f pa rtially cross linked b utyl rubb er sea lant tap e.

• Stitching laps:

- End lap s: Self d rilling stainless steel sc rews with assem b led sta inless steel EPDM e lastome rfac ed sea ling wa sher and plastics c ap s.

- Side lap s: Self d rilling sta inless steel sc rews with a ssem bled sta inless steel EPDM elastome r

fac ed sea ling wa sher and plastics c ap c olours.• Spa c ers: As Req uired .

- Depth of spa ce r: To b e such that insulation is not c om pressed be twee n external and lining

sheets.

- Fasteners: As req uired .• Brea ther me mb rane: As clause 280.

• U-value (plane): None.• Therma l insula tion: Flexib le g lass wo ol ma t to BS EN 13162.

• Vap our co ntrol layer: Virgin p olyethylene sheet.

• Sound transmitta nc e: To BS 5821-3.• Sound absorp tion: To BS EN ISO 354.

• Ac oustic insulation: Roc k wo ol slab.

• Lining sheets: Ga lvanized steel lining to BS EN 10346.• Ad d itiona l req uirem ents: Guided fall arrest system , as sec tion N25.

150A GRP Lining to Water Tanks• Refe r MEP Eng ineers Spec ifica tion


170 DESIGN• Cladd ing/ co vering system: Com plete d etailed design a nd submit be fore co mme ncem ent

of fabrication.- Sta nd ard: To BS 5427-1.

• Related works: Coordinate in detailed design.

172 THERMAL PERFORMANCE/ BRIDGING• Req uirem ent: Comp lete the thermal design of the c ladd ing/ c overing system to avo id

excessive therma l bridg ing.- Stand ards: MCRMA Tec hnica l Pap er 14 and BRE Informa tion Pap er 1/ 06.




covering




175 PRODUCT SAMPLES• Gene ral: Before c omm enc ing d eta iled de sign, subm it lab elled sam ples of the following:

Roo fing p rofile.

176 FASTENER SAMPLES• Gene ral: During d eta iled de sign, subm it lab elled sam ples of e ac h typ e o f fastener.


195A INTEGRITY OF CLADDING/ COVERING• Req uireme nt: Determine p rofiles, sizes and thic knesses of sheets, the sizes, num ber and

spa c ing of fixings, co nfiguration a nd loca tion of spa c er systems and incorporation of otherac c essories and fittings to e nsure cladd ing/ c ove ring system will resist fac tored dea d ,imposed and design live loads, and a cc omm oda te de flec tions and thermal move ments

without d am ag e, in ac c ordanc e w ith BS 5427-1.• Wind load s: Ca lcula te to BS 6399-2, Sta nda rd Metho d and BS 5427-1 approp ria te to

location, exposure, height, building shape and size, taking account of existing and known

future ad jac ent structures.

198 WATER PENETRATION• Req uirem ent: Under site exposure cond itions, moisture must no t p ene trate onto internal

surfac es, or into c avities not d esigned to b e w etted .

FIXING CLADDING/ COVERING

215A PAINTING STRUCTURE• Seq uenc e: Ga lvanise a nd pa int outer surfac e of supp orting structure b efore fixing c ladd ing/

covering.

219 FASTENERS• Unspe c ified fa steners: Rec om mend ed for the purpose b y the c ladd ing/ c ove ring

manufacturer.

221 FITTINGS AND AC CESSORIES• Unspe c ified fittings and ac c essories: Rec om mend ed for the p urpo se by the c ladd ing/

covering manufacturer.

223 PREVENTION OF ELECTROLYTIC ACTION• Isolating ta pe: Type rec omm ended by c lad ding/ co vering ma nufac turer.

- Loc at ion: To c onta c t surfac es of suppo rts and shee ts of d issimilar me ta ls.




covering




234A GUTTERSVALLEY• Ma nufac turer: Spe c ialist Struc tural Contrac otor.

- Produc t reference: Fac tory Fab ricated to de tails.• Sizes: As per drawing s.

• Ma terial: Aluminium.

- Ga uge/ Thickness: 2.0 mm ga uge aluminium, c olour to be as roof sheet. Gutter outlet

nozzles sha ll be c onic a l shape in sec tion and m ay b e m anu fac tured in GRP..- External finish: To m atc h the roof sheeting.

• Insulation: 50 mm thick aluminium foil fac ed rigid p olyisoc yanurate foa m b oa rd.• Internal liner shee t: Aluminium 1.5mm.

• Jointing method : Joint sec tions to b e 200 mm wide fab rica ted from the sam e ma terial. Joint

ga skets are to be self ad hesive neop rene strip 100 mm x 3 mm thick. Joints should befastened with M8 x 30 mm aluminium b olts and nuts with aluminium a nd neop rene wa sher at75 mm c entres. 2 Nos. neop rene joint ga skets are required fo r ea c h joint..

• Fixing metho d : Gutte r Straps sha ll be 2mm Ga lv. Stee l pa inted , Gutters sha ll be isolated fromsuppo rt stee lwork using PVC purlin b a rrier ta pe . Ensure gutte rs are fully supported at ea c h join t a nd a t inte rme d ia te positions not m ore tha n 900mm apart.

• Ac c essories: Rainwater dow np ipes and outlets are to b e similarly designed , Ca lculat ions a reto b e p rovided for the ap prova l of the Engineer, Downspo uts sha ll be 100mm d ia. PVC)..Gutters are to be sized in ac c orda nc e w ith the releva nt sta ndards (BS 6367) to suit 75 mm

per hour rainfall intensity design.- Teting of Gutte r: The who le of the sheeting a nd c ladd ing shall be tested for drainag e a nd

leaks by flushing with wa ter where direc ted by and in the presenc e of the Eng ineer.

- All c ladd ing and sheeting shall have test results showing c omp lianc e w ith the relevantstand ards for the type c onc erned.

311 PURPOSE MADE COLD FORMED METAL AC CESSORIESas req uired by spe c ialist stee l

engineer

• Ma terial: aluminium or steel.

410 FIXING SHEETS GENERALLY• Cut e dge s: Clean t rue lines.• Penetrations: Openings to minimum size necessary.

- Edg e reinforce ment: as rec omm ended by spec ialist steel engineer.

• Shee t o rienta tion: Exposed joints of side lap s aw ay from preva iling w ind unless show notherwise on d rawings.

• Shee t end s, lap s and raking c ut ed ge s: Fully suppo rted and w ith fixings at top of lap .

• Fasteners: Drill ho les. Position a t reg ular intervals in straight lines, c ent red on sup port b ea rings.

- Position of fa stene rs in ove rsized drilled holes: Cent ra l.- Fasteners torque : Sufficient to c orrec tly co mp ress wa shers.

• Deb ris: Rem ove dust a nd othe r foreign ma tter befo re fina lly fixing shee ts.

• Co mp letion: Chec k fixings to e nsure w atertightness and tha t shee ts are sec ure.• Cut e dg es: Paint to m atc h fac e finish.

480 FLASHINGS/ TRIMS GENERALLY• Lap joint treatme nt:

- Vertica l and sloping flashings/ trims: End laps to be sam e a s for ad jac ent sheeting.- Horizonta l flashings/ trims: End laps to b e 150 mm , sea led a nd w here possible arrange d

with lap s aw ay from p reva iling wind.

• Me thod of fixing: To structure in co njunction w ith ad jac ent shee ting. Otherwise to shee ting.- Fasteners: It is important a ll fastene rs a re fixed a t right angles to the shee t. Co rrect

fastene r tightne ss is of p rime imp ortanc e a s ove r or unde r tighte ning ma y ultima tely leadto leakag e. Overtighte ning o f fasteners ma y lead to d eformation of the sea ling w ashers,

sheet d am ag e a nd in the worst c ase d ama ge to the fastener thread ..

540 ABUTMENTS• Junctions with flashings: Wea thertight a nd nea tly dressed dow n.




covering




550 SEALING LAPS ON EXTERNAL SHEETS• Sea lant tap e: Types rec omm end ed by sheet ma nufac turer.

- Position: Below fixing p ositions in straight unbroken lines, pa rallel to a nd slight ly ba c k fromed ge of sheet.

• Sea l quality: Effec tive, co ntinuous and no t ove rc om pressed .

• End lap s: Sea lant t ape p ositions:

- Single line ta pe : Imm ed iately below line o f fasteners.- Sec ond line ta pe (where spe c ified): Slightly set b ac k from ed ge of external sheet.

• Side lap s: Sea lant t ape p ositions:- Single line ta pe : Outside line of fastene rs.- Sec ond line ta pe (where spe c ified): On other side o f fasteners.




covering




H51

Natural stone slab c ladd ing/ lining/ features



H51 Natural stone slab c ladd ing/ lining/ features


10 INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED WITH TENDER• Subm it the following c lad ding p articula rs:

- Typica l plan, sec tion and elevation d raw ings at suitable sc ales.- Typica l deta iled drawings at large sc ales, including interfac e d eta ils, junction d eta ils, fixing

details.

- Tec hnica l information a nd ce rtifica tion d emonstrating c omp liance with spec ification ofpropo sed incorporated produc ts and finishes, inc luding test Certific ate s .

- Certific ation, rep orts and c alculations de mo nstrating c omp lianc e with spe c ifica tion of

proposed c lad ding.- Prop osals for connec tions to a nd supp ort from the supp ort structure/ ba c kground .- Prop osals for add itiona l supp ort structure/ ba c kground to tha t shown o n preliminary

de sign d rawings.

- Sc hed ule of b uilde r's work, spe c ial provisions and spe c ial attend anc e b y others.

- Examp les of standa rd do cume ntation from which projec t qua lity plan will be p repa red.- Preliminary fab rica tion and installation metho d state ments and programm e.

- Propo sals for replac ing da ma ged or failed products.- Areas of non-co mplianc e with spec ification.

TYPES OF CLADDING

110 CLADDING TO EXTERIOR BUILDING FAC ADE (Ground Leve l) REFER ARCHITECTURALDRAWINGS

• Supp ort struc ture/ ba c kground : Reinforc ed c onc rete frame with co ncrete infill.• Sto ne slabs to BS EN 1469:

- Fac e d imensions, leng th (l) x width (b): As shown o n d raw ings.

- Thickness (d): Minimum 20 mm.

- Petrographic nam e to BS EN 12407: Natural Stone.- Denomina tion to BS EN 12440:

Name (trad itiona l): Granite.Petrologica l family: Granite.Colour: Dark grey.

Origin: India.- Finish: Flam e/ torch textured .- Supplier: Contrac tor's Choice.

- Qua lity: Free from vents, crac ks, fissures, disc olouration, o r other defec ts delete rious tostrength, d urab ility or ap pea ranc e. Befo re de livery to site, sea son thoroug hly, d ress andwork in ac c orda nce with shop drawings prepa red by supp lier.

• Fixings: As per Co ntrac tor's ap prove d c alc ulations.

• Joints:

- Type: Ceme nt:lime:sand mortar filled.- Bond pattern: Stack bonded .

- Width (nomina l): 3 mm.- Profile: Flush.

• Ca vity width (nominal): 40 mm .

- Air gap: 10 mm minimum.• Ca vity ba rriers: As sec tion P10.

• Therma l insulat ion: As sec tion P10.

• Vap our co ntrol layer/ Wate rproofing: As sec tion J30.• Ac c essories/ Othe r req uireme nts: Not req uired .



H51Natural stone slab clad ding/ lining/

features





210 DESIGN• Cladd ing: Com plete d etailed design.

- Sta nd ard: To BS 8298.

• Related works: Coordinate in detailed design.

230 FIXINGS• Sta nd ard: To BS 8298, c lauses 2.3 and 3.10.• Designer/ Supp lier: Subm it propo sals .

• Type : Sec retly fixed .

• Mate rial: Sta inless steel to BS EN 10088 gra de 1,4301 (304 S16) .• Dimensions: Not less tha n rec om me nded by m anu fac turers.

• Extent of ad justment: To a c c om mod ate supp ort struc ture/ ba c kground and c ladd ing

fab rica tion/installation toleranc es.• Metho d of fixing to ba c king wa ll: subm it propo sals in ac c ordanc e with manufac turers

rec om mend ations and to architec ts and structural engineers ap proval .

245 INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED DURING DETAILED DESIGN

• Subm it the following c lad ding p articula rs:- A sc hed ule of deta iled drawings and da tes for subm ission for c om ment.- A sc hed ule of loa ds that w ill be transmitted from c ladd ing to the supp ort structure/

background.

- Propo sed fixing deta ils and system s releva nt to structural design and c onstruction withmetho ds of a djustment a nd to leranc es.

- A sc hed ule of fab rica tion tolerance s/ size toleranc es.

- A deta iled testing program me in comp liance with Main Contrac t master programm e.- A de tailed fabrica tion and installation programme in c omp lianc e with Main Contrac t

ma ster program me.

- Propo sals to suppo rt outsta nd ing ap plica tions for Build ing Reg ulation c onsents orrelaxations.

247 QUALITY PLAN• Req uirem ent: Submit during de ta iled design.

• Co nte nt: In ac c ordanc e w ith BS 5750, BS EN ISO 9001 and inc luding the follow ing:

- Name of the quality manage r.- Qua lity assessme nt p roc ed ures.- Inspec tion proced ures to be a dop ted in checking the work.

- Stage s at w hich c hec k lists will be used and samp les of the lists.- List of w ork proc ed ures on the c orrec t use o f ma terials or co mp onents, both off site and

on site.

- List of prod uc t informa tion with latest revisions.- Subc ontracto rs involved in the work.- Subc ontracto rs' qua lity plans.

- Storage , hand ling, transpo rt and p rotec tion proc ed ures.- Proc ed ure for reg istering and rep orting non c om pliance s.- Maintenance p roc edures and c alibration rec ords.

- Certifica tion that c omp leted work co mplies with spec ification- Chec k list reg ister to ensure a ll items have be en inspe c ted a nd non c om pliance s

discharged.

261 STONE SAMPLES• Gene ral: Before c om menc ing d eta iled de sign, subm it lab elled sam ples or arrang e fo r

sam ples that represent the range of va riation in ap pe aranc e to b e inspe c ted .

271 FIXING SAMPLES• Ge neral: During d eta iled design, subm it samp les of every type . Clea rly identify. Inc lude

ma nufac turer's rec omm end ed torque figures.

• Shims: Sub mit d ime nsions.




features




282 CONTROL SAMPLES• Gene ral: Com plete a rea s of finished w ork and ob tain ap prova l of ap pe aranc e be fore

proceeding.• Size: 20 m² or as req uired to ad eq uate ly review and ap prove the full rep resented variation

range in stone .

• Loc ation: to Architects final app rova l and to include all de tails ie/ c ill, hea d, interfac e .

• Co lour Range : supp lier/ c ontrac tor to ensure that the m oc k-up rep resents the d arkest andlightest sample range.


306 INTEGRITY OF CLADDING• Req uirem ent: De termine sizes and thickness of slab s/ pa nels, size, num ber and spac ing o f

fixings, configuration a nd loc at ion of suppo rt system s and inc orpo ra tion of a c c essories to

ensure the c lad d ing system , will resist fac tored de ad , imp osed and d esign live loa ds, andac co mmo da te deflections and thermal movem ents without dam ag e.

• Wind load s: Calc ulate to BS 6399-2 app rop ria te to loca tion, exposure, heigh t, building shape

and size, taking account of existing and known future adjacent structures.• Hard bod y impa c t loads to BS 8200:

- Loca tion and c ategory: Loca tion to be determined b y contrac tor and a pproved byEng ineer - Ca teg ory A.

• Soft bod y imp ac t loa ds to BS EN 14019:- Loc ation and classifica tion: Loc ation to be de termined by contrac tor and a pp roved b y

Eng ineer - Cla ss E4 minimum d rop heig ht.

• Tem po rary imp osed load s: For loa ds ca used by m aintena nce ac c ess eq uipment, p ersonnel,load ing, rac king, drift etc . Performanc e a nd testing of fixings for stone c ladd ing to ac c ountfor a single point loa d of p erson ta ken a t fixing (500 Newto ns pe r 10,000mm ²). Loc a tions for

testing to b e d etermined by c ontrac tor and ap proved b y Architect .

315 INTEGRITY OF LINING• Req uirem ent: De termine sizes and thickness of slab s/ pa nels, size, num ber and spac ing o f

fixings, configuration a nd loc at ion of suppo rt system s and inc orpo ra tion of a c c essories to

ensure the lining will resist fac tored dea d, imp osed and d esign live loa ds, andac co mmo da te deflections and thermal movem ents without dam ag e.

330 ACCURACY OF ERECTION• Elevation joint widths: Within joint lengths, including in-line continuations across tranverse

join ts, as follow s:

- Toleranc e: Greatest width not to exceed least width by more than 15% .- Variations: Evenly distribute, with no sudd en c hang es.

• Offset in eleva tion: Betw een nom inally in-line edge s ac ross transverse joints not t o exceed 15

% width of joint.• Offset in p lan or sec tion: Betwe en flat fa c es or ad jace nt pa nels ac ross joints not to excee d 1

5%w idth of joint.

• Sea lant joints width limita tions: To rec om me ndat ions of sea lant m anu fac turer.• Finished wo rk: Squa re, regu lar, true to line and pla ne with sat isfac tory fit a t junc tions.

TESTING

415 TESTING AUTHORITY• Testing: Carried o ut by the stone supp lier/ c ontrac tor and witnessed / c ertified by Engineer .

425 STONE PRODUCTION TESTS• Freque nc y of tests: Afte r quarrying eve ry 15 m³ of stone .

• Proc ed ures: Rea l and app arent d ensity to BS EN 1936. .• Results: Sub mit p rior to fabric a tion.




features




435 SITE TESTING OF FIXINGS TO DETERMINE ULTIMATE LOAD• Numb er and loc at ion of test fixings: 10 fixings into conc rete bloc kwork - a rea for testing to

be ag reed on site.• Test method : To BS 5080-1 and Co nstruc tion Fixings Assoc iat ion guidanc e no te 'Proc ed ure for

site te sting c onstruc tion fixings'.

445 SITE TESTING OF FIXINGS DURING INSTALLATION• Numb er and loc at ion of test fixings: 10 fixings into conc rete bloc kwork - a rea for testing to

be ag reed on site.

• Test method : To BS 5080-1 and Co nstruc tion Fixings Assoc iat ion guidanc e no te 'Proc ed ure for

site te sting c onstruc tion fixings'.

FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION

510 GENERALLY• Loc at ion of joints: Joints must oc c ur only at p ositions indicated on final deta iled d rawings.

• Elec trolytic c orrosion: Isola te d issimilar me ta ls.

• Prefabrication: Machine cut and drill products in workshop wherever possible.• Identifica tion: Mark or tag p rod uc ts. Do not ma rk surfac es visible in the com plete insta lla tion.

• Natural be d: Indic ate on a no n exposed surfac e of ea c h stone.• Cleanliness: Keep facework clean. Rubbing to remove marks and stains not permitted.

520 CUTTING OF STONE• Sta nd ard: To BS 8298 and BS EN 1469 for p roduc tion genera lly, inc luding permissible

deviations.

• Bed ding: Ap propriate to po sition.

• Ove rsize stone s: Lea ve selec ted stone units ove rsize, to ac c om mo date d evia tions withinbuilding structure. Cut t o p rec ise d imensions taken on site.- Selecte d units: Clearly identify on shop drawings.

530 INSPECTION OF STONE UNITS• Give notice :

- At app ropriate stage s of produc tion.- Before d ispa tch to site.

540 SUITABILITY OF STRUCTURE• Contractor's survey:

- Programme: Not less than 3 weeks before com menc ement of c lad ding installation.- Sc op e: Geo metric survey o f supp orting structure, che c king line, level and fixing po ints.- Coordinate: With surveys for adjacent clad ding.

- Give notice : If the structure will not allow the req uired ac c urac y or sec urity of erection.• Setting out: Establish erec tion da tum p oints, lines and levels for a c om plete eleva tion a t a

time unless othe rwise a greed .

550 INSTALLATION OF INTERFACES• Ge neral: Loc ate flashings, c losers etc . correc tly with nea t ove rlap s to c lad d ing to form

wea therproof junctions.

560 METALWORK• Ma terial stand ards and fab rica tion: As sec tion Z11.

570 WELDING• In situ welding: Not permitted.




features




580 FIXING• Torque figures and shim d imensions: Do no t exce ed fixing ma nufac turer's reco mm end at ions.

• Grouting: Sec ure fixings in plac e in clad ding and supp ort struc ture/ ba c kground withc em ent:sand , epoxy or mod ified p olymer mix, as rec omm end ed by the stone supp lier.

• Externa l c lad d ing: Do not use mortar spa c er dabs. Keep c av ity clea r of d eb ris.

• Give notice :

- Before co vering up load bea ring fixings.- Before proceed ing with next course on completion of N/A .

595 CEMENT:SAND:MORTAR JOINTING• Ge neral: As sec tion Z21.• Mix: Cement:sand 1:4.

• Prep ara tion: Wet stone s thoroug hly.

• Laying : Full mo rta r bed with joints and vo ids filled.- Cavities: Clear of mortar.

• Appearance: Neat and consistent.

• Tem po rary d istanc e spa c ers: Rem ove .

600 SEALANT JOINTING

• Sea lant: Silicone .- Cla ss to BS ISO 11600: F 7,5P .- Colour: To match the stone .

- Other requirements: None .- Ap plication: As sec tion Z22.




features




H72

Aluminium strip/ sheet coverings/ flashings



H72 Aluminium strip/ sheet cove rings/ flashings


TYPES OF ALUMINIUM WORK

410 APRON FLASHINGSTO ABUTMENTS• Aluminium: Natural shee t/ strip .

- Alloy designation: Not applica ble.- Temper: Not app licab le.

- Finish: Polyester Powd er Coa ting .- Thickness: 0.9 mm .

• Dimensions:

- Leng ths: Not m ore than 2 m, with end to e nd joints lapp ed not less than 100 mm.- Upstand : Not less than 100 mm.- Cove r to ab utment: Not less than 220mm or as req uired.

Bottom e dg e we lted 15 mm.

• Fixing: Aluminium wed ge s into b ed joint, clips to b otto m e dg e, at lap s and 450 mm c entres.

420 COVER FLASHINGSAS PER CURTAIN WALL SHOP DRAWINGS• Aluminium: Natural shee t/ strip .

- Alloy designation: Not applica ble.

- Temper: Not app licab le.- Finish: Polyester Powd er Coa ting .- Thickness: 0.9 mm .

• Dimensions:- Leng ths: Not m ore than 2 m, with end to e nd joints lapp ed not less than 100 mm.- Cove r to roofing upstand : Not less than 75 mm , with bottom ed ge w elted 15 mm .

• Fixing: Aluminium wed ge s into b ed joint, clips to b otto m e dg e, at lap s and 450 mm c entres.

470 MISCELLANEOUS FLASHINGSAS REQUIRED• Aluminium: Natural shee t/ strip .

- Alloy designation: Not app lica ble.- Temper: Not app licab le.

- Finish: Polyester Powd er Coa ting .- Thickness: 0.9 mm .

• Dimensions:

- Lengths: Not more than 2 m.• Fixing: Welt top and bo ttom ed ge s and sec ure w ith clips at 450 mm c entres.



H72Aluminium strip/ shee t c ove rings/

flashings





510 WORKMANSHIP GENERALLY• Sta nd ard: Generally to CP 143-15.

• Fab rica tion and fixing: To provide a sec ure, free draining and c omp letely we athe rtightinstallation.

• Op eratives: Tra ined in the a pp lic at ion of a luminium c overings/ flashings. Submit rec ords ofexperienc e o n request.

• Me asuring, ma rking, c utting and forming: Prior to a ssem bly whereve r possible.

• Ma rking out: With pe nc il, cha lk or crayon. Do not use sc ribers or othe r sha rp instrumentswithout approval.

• Fold ing: With mec hanica l or ma nua l presses to g ive straight, reg ular and tight b end s, lea ving

panels free from ripp les, kinks, buc kling a nd c rac ks. Use ha nd too ls only for folding deta ilsthat c anno t be p ressed .

• Surfac e p rotec tion: Fully c oa t surfac es to b e em be dd ed in conc rete or mortar with high

build bitumen b ased pa int, after folding.• Sharp me ta l edg es: Fold unde r or rem ove as wo rk proc eeds.

• Joints: Do not use sea lants to a tta in wa terproofing .

• Finished alum inium wo rk: Fully supp orted , ad eq uately fixed to resist wind up lift a nd able toac c om mo da te the rma l move ment without d istortion o r stress.- Protec tion: Prevent staining, d isc olouration a nd da ma ge by subseq uent wo rks.

535 INTEGRITY OF ALUMINIUM• Req uirem ent: Design c ove rings/ flashings and m etho ds of a tta c hme nt to p revent loss of

wea thertightness and pe rma nent d eformation d ue to wind p ressure o r suc tion.• Wind loa ds: Ca lculate to BS 6399-2.

610 SUITABILITY OF SUBSTRATES• Co nd ition: Dry and free o f dust, debris, grease a nd othe r delete rious ma tter.

FIXING

720 STANDING SEAM FIXED CLIPS• Aluminium c lips: Cut from sam e a lloy and thickness of me ta l as tha t be ing sec ured.• Sta inless steel (austenitic ) clips: Cut from same thic kness of m eta l as the a luminium b eing

secured.

• Dimensions:- Width: Not less than 50 mm .- Base length: Not less than 20 mm.

- Upsta nd : To suit sta nd ing sea m p rofile.• Fixing: Sec ure ea c h c lip to substrate with tw o fixings.

750 CLIPS FOR FLASHINGS/ CROSS JOINTS• Ma terial: Cut from same a lloy and th ickness as tha t be ing sec ured.

• Dimensions:

- Width: Not less than 50 mm .- Leng th: Suffic ient to suit deta il.

• Fixing: Sec ure eac h c lip to substrate w ith two fixings, not mo re than 50 mm from edge of

strip/ shee t being fixed.

760 CONTINUOUS CLIPS• Ma terial: Cut from same a lloy and th ickness as tha t be ing sec ured.• Dimensions:

- Width: Suffic ient to suit d eta il.

- Length: Not more than 1.8 m.• Fixing: To substrate a t 150 mm c entres. Welt ed ge of strip / shee t b eing fixed to c ontinuous

c lip a nd d ress do wn.




flashings




770 WEDGE FIXING INTO JOINTS/ CHASES• Joint/ c hase: Rake o ut to a de pth of not less than 25 mm.

• Aluminium: Fold 25 mm into joint/ c hase w ith a w ate rstop welted end .• Fixing: Aluminium w ed ge s at not m ore than 450 mm c entres, at e very cha nge of d irec tion,

and with at lea st two for ea c h piece o f aluminium.

• Sea lant: Submit p ropo sa ls.

Ap p lic a tion: As sec tion Z22.

JOINTING

810 FORMING DETAILS• Fold s and we lts: Form w ithout thinning or sp litting the strip/ sheet .• Thermal move me nt: Form de tails with ap propriate allowa nce for mo vem ent, without

impairment of security at full expansion or contraction.

860 DRIP/ STEP JOINTS• Strip/ sheet from be low step : Fold up full height of up stand and fix to top ed ge .

• Form a luminium unde rlap/ c ontinuous c lip:- Cov er to roof slope: Not less than 100 mm with antica pillary welt at to p e dg e.

- Projec tion: 25 mm for forming into d rip welt.- Downstand: Not less than 40 mm with welt at b ottom e dg e.- Fixing: To roof slope a t 100 mm c entres, avo iding throug h fixings at long itudina l joint

positions.

• Strip/ sheet from ab ove step : Fold a round unde rlap projection a nd single w elt to form a drip.

880 SINGLE LOCK WELT JOINTS• Joint allowanc es: 100 mm ove rlap a nd 50 mm und erlap .• Underlap: Welt and secure with clips, two per bay.

• Overlap : Welt around und erlap and c lips and dress do wn.

• Forming: Fold welts lightly to allow freedom of movement.

890 DOUBLE LOCK WELT JOINTS• Joint a llowa nce s: 90 mm overlap , 60 mm unde rlap.• Underlap : Welt and sec ure with clips, one pe r bay.

• Overlap : Double welt around und erlap and c lips, and dress do wn.




flashings




J

Waterproofing



J30

Liquid applied tanking/ damp proofing



J30 Liquid ap plied tank ing/ da mp proofing

To b e read with Preliminaries/ General cond itions

TYPES OF TANKING/ DAMP PROOFING

130A CO LD APPLIED DAM P PROOFINGBathroomsKitchensPantries

Garbag e roomsand all po tential wet areas to b e tiled .

As well as potable and fire water tanks and swimming pools.

Substrate: In-situ concrete.• Substrate: In situ c onc rete slab .

• Primer: Not required .

• Coating: 130B .

Corners: Sand cement fillet: 20 x 20mmApplication: Apply in accordance with manufacturers recommendation to the entire floora rea a nd 600mm up on w alls from FFL and 2000mm up on Show er and Ba th tub area .

Ensure fina l coat is spraye d w ith sand to ha ve b ette r bo nd ing the a dd on finishes - obtainad vise from the m anufa c turer.Warranty: 10 years wa rranty ag ainst any form of Mo isture pe netration from the d ate o f

Defec t liability period .

130B COATING• Ma nufac turer: BASF Co nstruction Che mic a ls or Equa l Approve d

- Produc t referenc e: Thorosea l® FX100

• Blinding: Not req uired .

• Dam pe n substrate prior to app lic ation of c oa ting.

135 COLD APPLIED DAMP PROOFING To all vertica l fac es of the superstructure

• Substrate : [In-situ Co nc rete / Bloc kwork].Primer: [Not req uired ].Coating: [As 135A].

135A COATING• Ma nufac turer: BASF Co nstruction Che mic a ls or Equa l Approve d

- Prod uct reference: Ma stersea l 420• Blinding: Not req uired .

136 COLD APPLIED DAMP PROOFING To a ll sewa ge, storage and wa ter trea tment tanks

• Substrate: [In-situ Concrete].

Primer: [Not req uired ].Coating: [As 136A].

136A COATING• Ma nufac turer: BASF Co nstruction Che mic a ls or Equa l Approve d

- Produc t referenc e: Mastersea l SP120• Blinding: Not req uired .



J30Liquid a pp lied tanking/ da mp proofing




EXECUTION

205 SUITABILITY OF SUBSTRATE• Substrate s genera lly:

- Smo oth, even textured , clean, dry and frost free.- Within toleranc es for level a nd surfac e regularity.

- Vertica l and horizonta l surfac es: Correc tly prepa red and free from irreg ularities.• Curing period for co nc rete substrates (minimum): 7 da ys.

• Mo isture c onte nt a nd sta bility of substrate: Must no t imp a ir integrity of finished tanking/

da mp proofing.• Preliminary work: Comp lete inc luding:

- Chases.

- External a ngles.- Formation of upstand s and kerbs.- Movement joints.

- Penetrations/ Outlets.

206 ADHESION TESTING• Tensile b ond streng th: Test in ac c ordanc e with BS EN ISO 4624.

• Test results: Sub mit.

207 PRIM ERS• Ap plica tion: Uniform, co ntinuous c overag e.

210 COATING APPLICATION• Ad jac ent surfac es expo sed to view in finished wo rk: Prote c t.

• Coatings:- Ap ply in dry atm osphe ric c ond itions when substrate is dry other than FX100.- Uniform, c ontinuous c ove rag e. Do not allow to po ol in hollows.

- Firmly ad hered to substrate and free from imp erfec tions.- Prevent dam ag e to finished c oatings.

• Penetrations: Impervious.

• Final co vering: App ly as soo n as possible a fter co a ting ha s ha rdene d.

220A COLD APPLIED COATINGS• Thinning: Not p ermitted unless rec omm end ed by ma nufac turer.• Suc c essive coa ts:

- Allow to dry before ap plying next.

- App ly at right ang les to p revious.Ensure fina l coat is sp rayed with sand to have p rope r bond ing with a dd on finishes -Ob tain a dv ise from m anufa c turers.

230 BITUMINOUS COATINGS• Air and surfac e tem pe ra tures (minimum): 5°C.• Weather co nd itions: Do not a pp ly if there is a risk of rain d uring a pp lic at ion and d rying unless

effec tive temp orary co ver is provided over working area.- Unavoidab le wetting of co nstruction or co atings: Minimize and ma ke good da mag e.

235 MODIFIED COATINGS• Air and surfac e tem pe ratures: Do not ap ply if below m inimum rec om mend ed by c oa ting

manufacturer.

• Curing: Kee p d ry until fully cured .

240A REINFORCEMENT• Laying: Laid into bed ding co at with two c oats ap plied loc ally over fabric .

• Edg e ove rlap (minimum): 75 mm• Finish: Smo oth and free from imperfec tions.







260 JUNCTIONS WITH DPCS• DPCs: Clea n, all ed ge s fully exposed .

• Ap plica tion: Fully c oa t dp c a nd ov erlap ad jac ent surfac es by (minimum ) 75 mm.

COMPLETION

310 INSPECTION• Interim and fina l inspec tions: Sub mit reports.

340 BACKFILLING• Timing: Carry out as soo n as po ssible afte r ta nking a nd p rote c tion are c om p lete.







J41

Reinforced bitumen membrane roof coverings



J41 Reinforced bitumen memb rane roof c overings


TYPES OF ROOF COVERING

110A BUILT-UP REINFORCED BITUMEN MEMBRANERAFT & Basement Leve l Reta ining Walls• Refer Structural G ene ral Spe c ific at ion.

120A BUILT-UP REINFORCED BITUMEN MEMBRANE INVERTED ROOF COVERING APP

Wate rproo fing Memb rane fo r Ground Floor Deck, Terraces & Roo fs• Substrate : [Conc rete dec k/c onc rete sc reed ].

Vap our c ontrol layer: [Determined by contrac tor].Insulation: [As rec om me nded by insulation manufa c turer].

Waterproof c overing:- System ma nufac turer: [ Contrac tor's c hoice , to engineer's ap proval].

- First layer: [Polyester fab ric reinforc em ent layer].Atta c hme nt: [Bed into the first c oa t of TEC ho t ap p lied me mrane while it is still hot, andthen c oa ted wtih sec ond layer of TEC to fully saturate the w ate rproofing me mb rane ].

- Intermed iate layer: [Not required].

Attac hment: [Not req uired ].Top laye r/ Capshee t: [To IS-2720].Colour: [Grey].

- Flashings and d eta il wo rk: [APP/ SBS mo dified mem brane protec tion laye r on expo sedupstand de tails. Install lap jointed by b edd ing into the final c oa t of hot ap pliedme mb rane w hite it is still hot] .

Surfac e p rote c tion: [Paving tiles / Varies, refe r d rawings].Accessories: [As required].

122 REINFORCED BITUMEN MEMBRANE PLANTERSLANDSCAPED AREAS - TO BE READ IN

CONJUNCTION WITH LANDSCAPE SPECIALIST DETAILS• Substrate: Ce me nt:sand/ lightwe ight sc reed a s Sec tion M10 laid to fa lls.

- Prepa ration: Primer.

• Waterproo f co vering: Ruberit 4P fully bonded , terminate a ll junctions as per drawings.System ma nufac turer: Rube roid.

• Alternative: Derbigum Cop olene

• Attachment: 600• Surfac e protec tion: 6mm thic k protec tion boa rds.

• Accessories: refer to landscape architects detailed requirements

Gua rante e: The c ontracto r is to o bta in a te n-yea r warranty a ga inst mo isture p enetrationfrom co mme ncem ent of d efect liab ility period.

PERFORMANCE

210 ROOF PERFORMANCE• Gene ral: Sec ure, free draining and wea thertight.

225A AVOIDANCE OF INTERSTITIAL CO NDENSATION: WARM AND INVERTED ROOFS• Dete rmine: Interstitial condensat ion risk of roo f co nstruction a s rec om me nded in releva nt

Indian Standards.

• Vap our control layer: If nec essary, provide a suitab le mem brane so tha t d am ag e a nd

nuisanc e from interstitial c ond ensation d o no t o c c ur.



J41Reinforced bitumen mem brane roof

coverings




241 ATTACHMENT OF ROOF COVERING• Req uirem ent: Dete rmine m etho ds of a tta c hme nt to resist wind load s. Provid e for relative

mo vem ent of m ate rials and effec ts of va po ur pressure. Do not reduc e p erformanc e ofvap our control layer.

• Wind load s: Ca lcula te to BS 6399-2, Sta ndard Me thod .

• Basic w ind spe ed (V): 45 m/ s to suit site c ond itions

• Ground roughne ss, build ing size a nd he ight fac tor (S2): As dete rmined from C P 3: Cha pterV: pa rt 2: Tab le 3.

• Sta tistic a l fac to r(S3): 1• Pressure co efficien t for pe rimete r and ce ntral areas of roof: As de termined from

CP3:Chap ter V:Part 2, Tab le 8

• Ensure that the method(s) of attachment make sufficient provision for relative movement ofma terials and effec ts of va po ur pressure, do not p erforate c overing, and do not reduc epe rformanc e of vap our c ontrol layer be low that req uired .

PRODUCTS

320 PRIMER• Type : Bitumen c ut ba c k with volatile solvent.

• Charac te ristics when tested to BS EN 13357:- Volatile solvent c ontent (minimum): 40% by m ass.- Visc osity (ma ximum) (STV at 25°C, 4 mm orifice ): 10s.

326 BONDING COMPOUND• Unless spe c ified othe rwise oxidized bitum en, grad e a s reco mm end ed by the shee t

ma nufac turer for the c ond itions and type o f surfac e. Hea t and lay at a te mp erature

suffic ient to ensure b ond ing o ver the whole surfac e. Do not o verheat.• For bonding o f and to hea t sensitive insulation materia ls use c old b ond ing bitum inous

ad hesive rec om mend ed by the insulation ma nufac turer.

395 VAPOUR CONTROL LAYER• Type: As mem brane m anufa c turer's rec om mend ations.

• Ma nufac turer: Subm it p rop osals.- Produc t reference : Submit p ropo sals.

• Thickness: As me mb rane manufac turer's rec om me nda tions.

• Vap our resistanc e: As mem brane m anufa cturer's rec om mend ations.

441 EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE (XPS) INVERTED ROOF INSULATION• Standard: To releva nt India n Standards.• Ma nufac turer and refe renc e: Refer Particula r Spe c ific at ion

• Do no t lay insulation until roo f is c lear of othe r subt rades.

• Clean off a ll dirt a nd de bris from ba se• Set out to m inimize c utting a nd a void sma ll c ut piec es at p erime ter and pe netrations.

• Lay b oa rds tightly butted and to b rick pa ttern, cut c leanly to fit c losely around p rojec tions,

up stands, rainwater outlets, etc .

• On c om pletion of laying ensure tha t b oa rds are in goo d c ond ition, with no springing, flexingor roc king. Insta ll surfac e p rotec tion as soo n as prac tica b le.

460 STONE BALLAST• Type: Washed, round ag gregate.

• Supp lier: Contrac tor's choice .• Size: Grad ed 20-40 mm, free from fines and sha rps.

• Colour: Natural.

• Rec ycled c ontent: Contrac tor's choice .

478 SOLAR REFLECTIVE PAINT• Ma nufac turer: Permonite Reflexo.

- Product reference: Contrac tor to propose.

• Co lour: TBC - minimum SRI (Sola r Reflec tive Ind ex) of 78. .




coverings




481 PIPE COLLARS• Ma nufac turer: Flexible neop rene.

EXECUTION GENERALLY

515 ADVERSE WEATHER• Ge neral: Do no t lay c overings in high w inds, wet o r dam p c ond itions or in extrem es of

tem pe rature unless effec tive tem po rary co ver is provided over wo rking area.

• Unfinished areas of roof: Keep dry. Protec t ed ge s of laid me mb rane from wind a ction.

520 INCOMPLETE WORK• End o f working d ay: Provide te mp orary sea l to prevent wa ter infiltration.• On resump tion of work: Cut aw ay ta il of memb rane from c om pleted area a nd remove from

roof.

530 APPLYING PRIMERS• Coverage per c oat (minimum): 0.2 L/ m².

• Surfac e c overag e: Even a nd full.• Coats: Fully bond. Allow volatiles to dry off thoroughly between coats.

SUBSTRATES/ VAPOUR CONTROL LAYERS/ WARM DECK ROOF INSULATION

610 SUITABILITY OF SUBSTRATES• Substrates gene rally: Sec ure, clea n, d ry, smo oth, free from frost, c onta minants, void s and

protrusions.

• Preliminary work: Comp lete inc luding:

- Grad ing to correc t falls.- Forma tion o f upsta nds, kerbs, box gutte rs, sump s, groove s, cha ses and expa nsion joints.- Fixing of b at tens, fillets and a nc horing plugs/ strips.

• Mo isture c onte nt a nd stab ility of substrate: Must no t imp air roo f integ rity.

WATERPROOF MEMBRANES/ ACCESSORIES

710 LAYING REINFORCED BITUMEN MEMBRANES GENERALLY• Direc tion o f laying: Unrolled up the slope .

- Where prac tica ble, install so tha t wa ter drains over and not into laps.

• Side a nd end laps: 50 mm and 75 mm respe c tively. Sea l using ma terials and metho d asbitumen membrane manufacturer's recommendations.

• Head and side lap s: Offset.

• Intermediate and top layer/ c ap sheet: Fully bo nd.• Suc c essive laye rs: Apply without d elay. Do not t rap mo isture.

• Strips of b itumen me mb rane fo r 'linea r' de ta ils: Cut from leng th o f roll.

• Com pleted c overings: Firmly atta c hed , fully sea led, smo oth, wea therproof and freedraining.

730 PARTIAL BONDING OF REINFORCED BITUMEN MEMBRANE• Venting first layer: Loo se lay, align a nd c ut to length. Do not c a rry up angle fillets and

vertica l surfac es or through de ta ils.

- Long ed ges: Overlap minimum 50 mm.- Ends: Butt togethe r.

• Interme d iate layer: Fully bo nd to first laye r and through to substrate.

735 POUR AND ROLL BONDING OF REINFORCED BITUMEN MEMBRANE• Bonding comp ound:

- Hot and fluid when b itumen memb ranes are laid.- Ap plic ation: Spread evenly so that a sma ll qua ntity is sque ezed o ut at ea c h edg e.

• Bond : Full over who le surfac e, with no a ir po c kets.

• Excess compound at laps:- First a nd intermed iate layers: Spread out.- Top layer/ Cap sheet: Remove.




coverings




740 TORCH-ON BONDING OF REINFORCED BITUMEN MEMBRANE• Bond : Full over who le surfac e, with no a ir po c kets.

• Exc ess c om po und a t laps of top layer/ c ap sheet: Lea ve a s c ontinuous be ad .

750 LAYING MINERAL FAC ED REINFORNCED BITUMEN MEMBRANES• Lap po sitions and deta iling o f ridge s, ea ves, verges, hips, ab utments, etc : Submit p rop osals.

• Setting out: Nea t, with carefully formed junctions.• Lap bo nding: Ca rry out o nly at p refinished ma rgins or prepa red 'blac k to b lac k' edge s.• Excess bo nd ing c om pound a t lap s: Rem ove whilst still wa rm.

755 LAYING METAL FAC ED REINFORCED BITUMEN MEMBRANES• Lap po sitions and deta iling o f ridge s, ea ves, verges, hips, ab utments, etc : Submit p rop osals.

• Setting o ut: Neat w ith ca refully formed junctions.

• Excess bo nd ing c om pound a t lap s: Rem ove whilst still wa rm.• Meta l fac e: Do not ma rk, c rea se o r stain.

775 SKIRTINGS AND UPSTANDS• Ang le fillets: Fix by b itumen bo nd ing o r nailing.

• Venting first layer of b itumen me mb rane: Stop a t angle fillet. Fully bo nd in bitume n for 300

mm strip a round perime ters. Ove rlap onto up sta nd with strips of BS 8747, Class S1P1 bitum enmem brane, fully bo nded .

• Other layers of b itume n mem brane: Ca rry in stag ge red forma tion up up stand , with ea c h

layer fully bo nde d. Where prac tica ble, ca rry top layer over top o f upstand .• Upstands:

- At e nds of rolls: Form with bitumen mem brane c arried up without using sep arate strip.

- Elsewhe re: Form with ma tc hing strips of b itumen m emb rane , maintaining laps.- Ad ditional fixing of bitumen mem branes: Nail at hea d lap s with aluminium extra large

hea d c lout na ils at 75 mm c entres in two rows, 50 mm a pa rt or as per bitume n

manufacturers detailed reccommendations.

795 MOVEMENT JOINTS• Fit po lyethylene foa m piping into joint, top raised 10mm ab ove ba se fo r felt.

Co ver with 200mm wide strip of fe lt, BS 747 type 5U, ce ntrally positione d and ad hered toba se with bonding c omp ound a long ed ges only

SURFACING

820 LAYING STONE BALLAST• Condition of substrate: Clean.

• Gravel guards: Fit to outlets.

• Previously la id m a terials: Protec t d uring laying of ba llast.• Laying : Sprea d eve nly. Do no t p ile to excessive he ights.

- Depth (minimum): 50 mm.

840 LAYING PRECAST CONC RETE PAVING SLABS• Condition of substrate: Clean.

• Setting out: Minimize c utting.• Joints: Op en.

- Width: Refer to Landsca pe Architects deta ils.

- Perime ter/ Upstand s ma rgins: As pe r Spe c ialist Landsc ape Enginee r's deta ils.• Co mp letion: Slab s must be level and sta ble.

875 APPLYING SOLAR REFLECTIVE PAINTS• Manufac turer: Permonite Reflexol.

• Surfac e c overag e: Even a nd full.

• Co ats: Fully adhered .




coverings




876 FILTER MEMBRANE• To b e sta ble, rot resista nt non wo ven fab ric we ighing no t less tha n 140 gm / sq .m., minimum

0.7mm thick.• Mem brane to be c ap ab le of freely pa ssing wa ter, but p reventing the pa ssag e o f silt a nd

c lay p artic les.

COMPLETION

910 INSPECTION• Interim a nd final roof inspec tions: Submit rep orts.

930 FLOOD TEST• Cond ition of roof be fore testing: Com plete to a stag e whe re integrity of bitumen m emb rane

co vering c an b e tested.

• Outlets: Externa lly c ove r and sea l. Prote c t a ga inst d am ag e from wa ter pressure usingtem porary kerbs. Do no t use p lugs to sea l outlets.

• Flood leve ls: Sub mit p roposals. In no c ase hig her tha n kerbs.

• Flood duration: Three da ys.• Inspec tion to d ete c t leaks: Reg ular.

• Co mp letion of test: Slowly drain roo f. Do no t overloa d o r flood outlets.• Test results and wa rran ty: Submit o n c om pletion of testing.

940 COMPLETION• Roo f a rea s: Clean .• Outlets: Clear.

• Work necessa ry to provid e a w ea thertight finish: Co mp lete.

• Storag e o f ma terials on finished surfac e: Not p ermitted .• Comp leted memb rane: Do not da mag e. Protec t from chem ica ls, traffic and ad jac ent or

high leve l working.




coverings




K

Linings/ Sheathing/ Dry partitioning



K10

Plasterboa rd dry linings/ pa rtitions/ ceilings



K10 Plasterboa rd d ry linings/ pa rtitions/ c eilings


TYPES OF DRY LINING

175 WALL LINING SYSTEM (METAL FURRINGS) Ground Floo r Fea ture Wall• Ma nufac turer: Subm it Propo sal for Enginee r's Ap prova l.

- Produc t reference: British Gyp sum DriLyner MF System or Equa l App rove d.

• Wall: Blockwork / C onc rete..

• Furring c entres: 600 mm. Red uc ed to 400 mm for wa ll tiling a rea s..• Linings: 1 x 12.5 mm Gyp roc WallBoa rd .

• Finishing : Skim c oa t p laster finish a s c lause 680..

- Primer/ Sea ler: 1 coa t of Gyp roc Drywa ll Primer..- Ac c essories: Rigid bea ds/ stop s, as c lause 692..

• Othe r req uirem ents: Fire stop p ing a round services as sec tion P12.

215 SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM Hook-on Me ta l Suspended Ce iling System• Structural soffits: In situ co nc rete.

• Grid type: Manufac turer's Rec omme ndation.• Structural p erforma nc e: The c eiling system must sa fely support loa ds including services

fittings.

- Subject to wind/ up ward pressure: No.- Uniformly distributed load s (maximum): 0.6 kN/m ².- Ad ditional load s/ pressures: Lighting as draw ings and sc hed ules.

- Deflec tion (maximum ) of grid b etwe en p oints of supp ort: Spa n ÷ 400 mm.Test sta nd ard: To BS EN 13964.

• Fire performance:

- Fire resista nc e o f com plete floor and c eiling a ssem b ly: To BS 476-21, 30/30/30 minutes(Sta b ility/ Integ rity/ Insulat ion).

- Ce iling resista nc e: To BS 476-22, 30/30 minute s (Inte grity/ Insulat ion).- Protec tion to structural be am s: Not required.

• Airborne sound insulation performance:- Sound insulation of c om plete floor and c eiling assem bly: Weighte d sound red uc tion inde x,

Rw (m inimum ) to BS EN ISO 717-1: Not a pp lica b le.- Other requirements: None.

• Suspe nsion system: As rec om mend ed by the bo ard m anufac turer to c om plete the c eilingsystem a nd a c hieve spe c ified p erformanc e.

• Linings: 13 mm plasterboa rd .• Insulation: Not req uired .

- Thickness: N/A.

• Ac c ess units: Req uired.• Finishing : Sea mless jointing .

- Primer/ Sealer: Type recom mend ed by b oard m anufac turer for vapour control.

- Acc essories: Metal bea ds/ stops rec omme nded by boa rd ma nufac turer .• Integrate d services fittings: Prote c tive c overs of sprinkler head s flush w ith c eiling.

• Othe r req uirem ents: Fire stop ping around service pe netrations as sec tion P12.



K10Plasterbo ard dry linings/ pa rtitions/

ceilings




225A SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM (MOISTURE RESISTANT PLASTER BOARD) DRY AREA - Asper drawings

• Ma nufac turer: Subm it prop osals for Engineer's Ap prova l.- Produc t reference: British Gyp sum C asoLine MF Suspe nded Ce iling System or Equa l

Approved.

• Structural soffits: In-situ Conc rete.

• Suspension system:- Hanger type: As recom mended b y board ma nufac turer.

Top fixings: Soffit C leats fixed to the c onc rete soffit, using p lugs and sc rew s (shot firing not

acceptable.- Primary grid c entres: 1200 mm .

Hang er ce ntres: 1200 mm .

- Sec onda ry grid c entres: 450 mm.• Linings: 12.5 mm Gyp roc Board .

• Insulation: Not req uired .

- Thickness: 50 mm.• Ac c ess units: Req uired . To b e a luminium p ush relea se typ e w ith perimete r 10mm shad ow

ang le profile a nd pa int finish to ma tc h p lasterboa rd. Co ntrac tor to subm it propo sals..

• Finishing : Sea mless jointing .- Primer/ Sea ler: Primer to p ainted areas.

- Ac c essories: Ac c ess pa nels - see ac c ess units ab ove.

Metal bea ds/ stops rec omm ended by bo ard ma nufac turer to the ap provalof the Architect

Ceiling p erimete r Edg e revea l 12.5mmwide x 10mm d eep as rec om mend ed

by b oard m anufac turer to architects ap proval .• Other requirements: Fire stopping around service penetrations as section P12. Rondo P50

Shad owline stop ping a ngle .

225C SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM (MOISTURE RESISTANT PLASTER BOARD) WET AREA As

pe r Draw ings• Ma nufac turer: Subm it prop osals for Engineer's Ap prova l.

- Produc t reference: British Gyp sum C asoLine MF Suspe nded Ce iling System or Equa lApproved.

• Structural soffits: In situ Conc rete .• Suspension system:

- Hanger type: As recom mended b y board ma nufac turer.Top fixings: Soffit C leats fixed to the c onc rete soffit, using p lugs and sc rew s (shot firing not

acceptable.- Primary grid c entres: 1200 mm .

Hang er ce ntres: 1200 mm .

- Sec onda ry grid c entres: 450 mm.• Linings: 12.5 mm Gyp roc Board .

• Insulation: Not req uired .

- Thickness: -.• Ac c ess units: Req uired . Refe r to d rawings..

• Finishing : Sea mless jointing .

- Primer/ Sea ler: Primer to p ainted areas.- Ac c essories: Ac c ess pa nels -flush finish hinged aluminium ac c ess pa nel with 5mm shad ow

ga p finish to matc h plasterboa rd c eiling

Metal bea ds/ stops rec omm ended by bo ard ma nufac turer to the ap provalof the Architect

Ceiling p erimete r Edg e revea l 12.5mmwide x 10mm d eep as rec om mend ed

by b oard m anufac turer to architects ap proval .• Other requirements: Fire stopping around service penetrations as section P12. Rondo P50

Shad owline stop ping a ngle .




ceilings




GENERAL/ PREPARATION

305 COMPLIANCE WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS• Testing/ Assessme nt: Sub mit UKAS ac c red ited lab orato ry reports for the fo llow ing: Fire

resista nc e: Partitions (inc luding d eflec tion hea ds and d oo rsets) and suspe nded c eilings(including ac c ess units)..

• Ma terials, com po nents and de ta ils: As used in testing/ assessme nt rep orts. If d isc rep anc iesa rise, give no tice .

320 STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE OF CEILING• Loa ds: The c eiling system m ust sa fely sup port loa ds inc luding servic es fitting s.

• Ceiling system subject to wind pressure: no• Uniform distributed loads: 25kg/hanging bar

• Point loa d 100 kg.

• Ma ximum num be r, position a nd va lue of p oint loa ds that c an b e a pp lied to c eiling system:refer to ce iling ma nufac turer

• Ad d itiona l loa ds/ pressures to b e susta ined by ce iling system: lighting systems, pa systems,

smoke a nd fire d etec tors• Deflec tion (maximum) b etwe en p oints of supp ort:

Span und er 1200 mm : Span/ 400.Span 1200–1800 mm: Span/ 500.Span over 1800 mm : Span/ 600.

• Deflec tion test: To BS 8290-2, Ap pendix A.

335 ADDITIONAL SUPPORTS• Framing : Acc urately po sition and sec urely fix to g ive full suppo rt to :

- Pa rtition hea ds running p arallel with, bu t offset from m ain structural suppo rts.- Fixtures, fittings and service o utlets. Mark fram ing positions c learly and a c c ura tely on

linings.

- Boa rd ed ge s and lining perimete rs, as rec omm end ed b y boa rd m anufa c turer to suit typeand pe rformanc e of lining.

375 NEW WET LAID BASES• Dpc s: Insta ll under full width of partitions/ free stand ing w all linings.

- Ma terial: Bituminous shee t or plastics.


proceeding.• Type of d ry lining: All.

- Loc ation/ Size: Subm it prop osals.

COMPONENTS

401 GYPSUM PLASTERBOARD• Typ e: To BS 1230-1, typ e 1.

- Core de nsity (minimum): 650 kg/ m³.

• Exposed surfac e a nd ed ge profiles: Suitab le to rece ive spe c ified finish.

402 GYPSUM PLASTERBOA RD (VAPOUR CONTROL)• Typ e: To BS 1230-1, typ e 1.

- Core de nsity (minimum): 650 kg/ m³.- Moisture va po ur resistanc e o f ba c king layer (minimum ): 60 MNs/ g.





ceilings




403 GYPSUM PLASTERBOARD (MOISTURE RESISTANT)• Type: To BS 1230-1, typ e 3 and 4.

- Core de nsity (minimum): 710 kg/ m³.- Core: Moisture resistant.- Pape r fac ings: Mo isture resistant.


410 GYPSUM PLASTERBOARD (IMPROVED SOUND INSULATION AND MOISTURE RESISTANT)• Typ e: To BS 1230-1, typ e 3.

- Core de nsity (minimum): 820 kg/ m³.

- Core: Moisture resistant.- Pape r fac ings: Mo isture resistant.

• Exposed surfac e a nd ed ge profiles. Suitab le to rece ive spe c ified finish.

420 FIBRE CEMENT BOARD/ SHEETSEXTERNAL SOFFIT WALLBOA RD TO UNDERSIDE OF BALCONIESRefe r to d rawings for loc at ions

Prod uc t: Com pressed Ca lcium Silica te Boa rdTypc ial build-up:Cem ent (Ca lcium Silica te)

Sand (Crysta lline Silic a )Pape r pulp (Cellulose)Aluminium Trihyd roxide (Hydrated Ground Alumina)

Non asbestos productFinish - smooth render as concrete or GRC.Ma nufa c turer: Proma t Inte rnatio na l (Etex Group ) Fire Ra ted MA STERBOARD o r EQUAL

APPROVED

430 ACCESS PANELSGENERALLY

• Type: 60 minutes fire p rotec tion, Submit d eta ils for Eng ineer's Ap prova l .- Sizes: As show n on draw ings .

• Frame : Flush finish hinged alum inium a c c ess pane l with 5mm shad ow g ap finish to ma tc h

plasterboa rd c eiling .

• Panel: Meta l; primed for site painting .• Loc k: not req uired .

INSTALLATION

435 DRY LININGS GENERALLY• Ge neral: Use fixing, jointing, sea ling and finishing m ateria ls, c om pone nts and insta llat ion

method s rec omm ended by bo ard manufac turer.

• Cutting plasterboa rds: Neatly and a c c urate ly without da ma ging c ore or tea ring pap er

facing.- Cut e dg es: Minimize and po sition a t internal ang les wherever po ssible. Mask with bo und

ed ge s of a djac ent b oa rds at e xternal corners.

• Fixings boa rds: Sec urely and firmly to suitab ly prepa red a nd ac c urately levelled

backgrounds.• Finishing: Nea tly to g ive flush, smo oth, flat surfac es free from bo wing and a brupt c hange s of

level.

445 C EILINGS• Seq uenc e: Fix bo ards to c eilings befo re insta lling d ry lined wa lls and pa rtitions.• Orientat ion of bo a rds: Fix with bo und e dge s a t right a ngles to suppo rts and with end s

stag ge red in adjac ent rows.

• Two layer bo arding : Stagg er joints be twe en layers.




ceilings




455 METAL FRAMING FOR PARTITIONS/ WALL LININGS• Setting out: Acc urate ly aligned a nd p lumb .

- Frame / Stud po sitions: Equa l cen tres to suit spe c ified linings, mainta ining seq uenc e a c rossopenings.

- Ad ditional studs: To supp ort vertica l edg es of b oa rds.

• Fixing c entres at p erime ters (ma ximum ): 600 mm.

• Openings: Form accurately.- Doorsets: Use sleeved or boxed meta l studs and/ or suitab le timber fram ing to ac hieve

strength grad e requirem ents for fram ing a ssemb ly and ad eq uate ly supp ort weight o fdoor.

- Servic es penetrations: Allow for assoc iated fire stop ping.

485 SUSPENDED CEILING GRIDS• Setting out: Ac c urate ly aligned and level.

- Grid mem be rs and hang ers: Centres to suit spe c ified linings and imposed load s.- Ad ditional grid m emb ers: Provide brac ing and stiffening at up stand s, partition head s,

ac c ess hatc hes, etc.• Fixing: Sec urely a t p erime ters, grid joints, top and botto m hange r fixings.

505 INSTALLING MINERAL WOOL INSULATION• Fitting insulation: C losely b utted joints and no ga ps. Use fastene rs to preve nt slump ing o r

displacement.

• Services:- Electric al c ab les overlaid by insulation: Sized ac c ordingly.- Ceilings: Cut insulation a round electric al fittings, etc .

510 SEALING GAPS AND AIR PATHS• Loc ation o f sea lant: To pe rimeter ab utments and around op enings.

- Pressurized shafts and duc ts: At bo ard-to-boa rd and bo ard-to-metal fram e junctions.• Ap plica tion: To c lean, dry and dust free surfac es as a c ontinuous be ad with no g ap s.

- Ga ps greater than 6 mm b etwe en floor and underside of p lasterboa rd: After sea ling, fill

with jointing compound.

545 CAVITY FIRE BARRIERS WITHIN SUSPENDED CEILINGS• Type: As rec omm ended by b oard ma nufac turer to meet spec ified.• Fire resista nc e: To BS 476-20, 60/60 minutes (Integrity/ Insula tion).

• Ce iling vo id subdivision: Fix ba rrierso n line o f pa rtitions and not m ore tha n 40 m a part in any

direction.• Fixing a t perime ters and joints: Sec ure, sta ble a nd c ontinuous with no ga ps, to p rovide a

c om plete b arrier to smoke a nd flame .

• Service pe netrations: Cut and pa c k to mainta in ba rrier integ rity. Sleeve flexible ma terials.Ad eq ua tely suppo rt services pa ssing throug h b a rrier.

• Ce iling system s for fire prote c tion: Do not impair fire resisting p erformanc e of c eiling system .

560 JOINTS BETWEEN BOARDS

• Tap ered e dg ed plasterboa rds:- Bound ed ges: Lightly butted.- Cut/ unbound edges: 3 mm gap.

• Squa re ed ge d p lasterboa rds: 3 mm ga p.

• Squa re ed ge d fibre reinforc ed gyp sum b oa rds: 5 mm ga p.

565 VERTICAL JOINTS• Joints: Centre o n stud s.

- Partitions: Stagg er joints on op po site sides of stud s.

- Two layer boa rding: Stag ge r joints be twee n layers.




ceilings




570 HORIZONTAL JOINTS• Surfac es exposed to view: Horizonta l joints not permitted . Seek instructions where he ight of

pa rtition/ lining exc eed s ma ximum a vailable length of bo ard.• Two layer bo arding : Sta gg er joints be twe en layers by a t least 600 mm .

• Edge s of b oa rds: Suppo rt using a dd itiona l framing .

- Two layer bo arding: Supp ort edg es of outer layer.

580 INSULATION BACKED PLASTERBOARD• Gene ral: Do not da ma ge o r c ut awa y insulation to ac c om mod ate servic es.

• Insta lla tion at c orners: Ca refully c ut ba c k insulation or plasterbo ard a s ap prop ria te a long

ed ge s of b oa rds to give a c ontinuous plasterboa rd fac e, with no g ap s in insulation.

590 FIXING PLASTERBOARD TO METAL FRAM ING/ FURRINGS• Partitions/ Wall linings: Fix sec urely and firmly a t the follow ing c ent res (ma ximum):

- Single layer bo arding: To a ll fram ing at 300 mm c entres. Red uc e to 200 mm c entres atexternal a ngles.

- Multi-layer bo arding: Fac e layer at 300 mm c entres, and previous layers aroundpe rimete rs at 300 mm c entres.

• Ce ilings: 230 mm . Red uc e to 150 mm a t bo ard e nds and a t lining p erime ters.

• Position of screws from e dg es of boa rds (minimum): 10 mm.- Sc rew hea ds: Set in a d ep ression. Do not b rea k pa pe r or gypsum c ore.

FINISHING

670 SEAMLESS JOINTING TO PLASTERBOARDS• Cut e dge s of b oa rds: Lightly sand to remo ve p ap er burrs.

• Filling a nd tap ing: Fill joints, gaps and internal angles with jointing c om po und a nd c ove r withc ontinuous lengths of pa pe r tap e, fully bed de d.

• Protection of edges/ corners: Reinforce external angles, stop ends, etc. with specified edge/

angle bead .• Finishing: Apply jointing c omp ound. Fea ther out ea c h ap plica tion beyo nd p revious

app lic a tion to give a flush, smo oth, sea mless surfac e.

• Nail/ sc rew d ep ressions: Fill with jointing c om pound to give a flush surfac e.• Minor imperfections: Remove by light sanding.

680 SKIM CO AT PLASTER FINISH• Plaster type As rec omm ended by b oard manufac turer..

- Thickness: 2-3 mm .

• Joints: Fill and ta pe excep t where c oincident with meta l bea ds.• Finish: Tight, mat t, smo oth surfac e with no hollows, ab rup t c hange s of level o r trow el marks.

692 RIGID BEADS/ STOPS• Interna l: To BS EN 13658-1.

• Exte rna l: To BS EN 13658-2.

695A INSTALLING BEADS/ STOPS• Cutt ing: Nea tly using m itres at return angles.• Fixing: Sec urely using long est p ossible leng ths, plumb , squa re and true to line and level,

ensuring full c onta c t of wings with substrate.

• Finishing: After joint co mp ound s/ pla sters have b ee n app lied , rem ove surplus ma terial whilestill wet from surfac es of b ea ds expo sed to v iew.Exposed Co rners: Insta ll proprieta ry c orner angles at all exposed c orners of Gyp sum lining

and ceiling




ceilings




K13

Rigid sheet fine linings and panelling



K13 Rigid shee t fine linings and panelling


TYPES OF LINING AND PANELLING

110 WOOD PANELLING GROUND FLOOR LOBBY - AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS• Substrate: Conc rete , Blockwork.• Batte ns: Softwo od free from d ec ay a nd a c tive insec t atta c k and w ith no knots wider than

half the width o f the sec tion.

- Finished size: As show n on draw ings.- Moisture c ontent a t time o f fixing (maximum): 18%.- Spac ing (centres): 450mm .

- Method o f fixing: Plugged and screwed a t 600 mm c entres.• Panelling:

- Ma terials: Generally to BS EN 942.

Woo d spe c ies: As identified on d raw ings.

App earance class: J2.- Panels: As shown o n d rawings.- Fire retardant impregnation treatm ent: As sec tion Z12 and Wood Protec tion Assoc iation

Co mm od ity Spec ifica tion FR3; Type HR.- Finish (to matc h ap proved sam ple): As noted on drawings.- Moisture c ontent a t time of fixing: To b e a dv ised by spe c ialist sub c ontrac tor. Any wa rping

at contractors risk..- Method of fixing: As shown on d rawings.- Joint treatm ent: As shown on d rawings.

Ad hesive : To BS EN 204, typ e D3.• Include d features: As shown on drawings.

• Ac c essories: As show n on d raiwngs.

• Joinery workma nship : As sec tion Z10.



K13Rigid shee t fine linings and pa nelling




120 WOOD VENEERED PANEL LINING GROUND FLOO R LOBBY - AS SHOWN ONDRAWINGS

• Substrate : Conc rete / Blockwork.• Batte ns: Softwo od free from d ec ay a nd a c tive insec t atta c k and w ith no knots wider than

half the width o f the sec tion.

- Finished size: As show n on draw ings.

- Moisture c ontent a t time o f fixing (maximum): 18%.- Spac ing (centres): 450mm .- Method o f fixing: Plugged and screwed a t 600 mm c entres.

• Panels:- Core ma terial: As pe r Contrac tors rec om mend ation. Must be resistant to hum idity..

Thickness: As shown o n drawings.

Fire reta rdan t imp reg na tion trea tme nt: As sec tion Z12 and Wood Prote c tion Assoc iationCo mm od ity Spec ific a tion FR3, Type HR.

- Fac e veneer: Free from d ec ay a nd holes.

Sup plier: Submit prop osals.Woo d spe c ies: As shown on drawings.Cutting: As shown on d raw ings.

Arrang eme nt: As shown o n drawings.- Bac king veneer: As rec omm ended by fabrica tor.

- Edg e treatm ent: As shown on drawings.

- Fab rica tion: As sec tion Z10.Ad hesive: To BS EN 204; Type: To ma tc h d urab ility c lass of c ore ma teria l.

- Finish (to ma tc h app rove d sam ple): As shown on draw ings.

- Moisture c ontent a t time o f fixing: As rec omm end ed b y fabric ato r to suit environme ntalconditions.

• Installation:

- Method of fixing p anels: As shown on d rawings.- Joint treatm ent: As shown on d rawings.

• Include d features: As shown on drawings.

• Ac c essories: As show n on d rawings.


220 MATERIAL SAMPLES• Rep resenta tive sam ples of d esigna ted ma terials: Submit b efo re plac ing orde rs.

- Designated materials: ALL .

230 CONTROL SAMPLES• Sam ple a rea : Com plete as part of the finished work.

- Clause reference: ALL .- Loca tion: To be ad vised by Architect .

- Size (minimum): 2m wide, floor to ceiling .- Included features: Floor ceiling a nd d oor junctions.

• App roval of app earance: Obtain before proceed ing.

260 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS• Ge neral requirements prior to sta rting wo rk spec ified in this sec tion: Build ing w ea thertight;

wet trad es co mpleted a nd a ffected areas dried out.• Tem pe rature a nd humidity before, during and after fixing lining/ pa nelling: Maintained at

levels ap proxima ting to tho se w hich w ill prevail after building is oc c upied .

280 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM• Design output: The system has been designed to p rovide tem pe ratures in the rang e 20–22°C

and relative humid ity leve l of 50% at a ll external co nd itions.

Provide additional information where there are rooms requiring special environmental

conditions.Co ntrac tor to de sign a nd install and assume s a ll risk for da ma ge to finishes if outside thespec ified temp erature a nd humidity range .

• Op eration up to C om p letion of the Works: Submit prop osals.







FABRICATION/ FIXING/ FINISHING

310 ACCURACY OF FABRICATION• Site d imensions: Take as nec essa ry befo re sta rting fabric a tion.

- Disc rep anc ies with drawings: Rep ort without de lay and ob tain instruc tions be foreproceeding.

• Permissible d ev iat ions for pane ls:- Length: ± 1.5 mm.- Width: ± 1.5 mm.

- Squa reness (taking the longe r of 2 sides at a c orner as a b aseline a nd me asuring thede viation o f the shorter side from the b aseline pe rpend icular): ± 1.5 mm in 1 m.

- Flatness (of panels with a c ore thic kness of 12 mm a nd ove r, as delivered to site): ± 1 mm

unde r a 600 mm straighte dg e.

320 LAM INATED TIMBER CORES FOR WOOD VENEERED PANELS• Fac e g rain d irec tion: Perpend icular to spe c ified d irec tion of ve neer grain.

- Alternative arrang eme nt: Pane ls c ross venee red b efore app lying fac e venee r.

340 HOLES/ CUT OUTS IN LAMINATED PLASTICS VENEERS

• Interna l co rners: Formed to a rad ius, minimum 5 mm w hen no t spe c ified othe rwise.• Holes for fasteners: Formed slightly oversize.

350 FIXING LININGS AND PANELLING• Setting o ut: Acc urate, true to line a nd level, free from undulations and lipp ing, with lines and

join ts alig ne d , stra ight and parallel unless spec ified otherwise.

• Movem ent a llowa nce: Ad equa te for future moisture a nd tempe rature m oveme nt of

boards.• Fixing of p anels: Sec ure, to p reve nt pulling awa y, bow ing, or othe r mo vem ent d uring use.

• Me tho ds of fixing a nd fasteners: As sec tion Z20 unless spec ified o the rwise.

• Trims: Whereve r possible, to b e in unjointe d leng ths betwe en a ng les or end s of runs.- Running joints: Where unavo idab le, subm it proposals for loc ation a nd metho d of jointing.- Ang le joints: Mitred, unless spec ified othe rwise.

360 OPEN JO INTS (JOINTS WITHOUT COVER STRIPS OR SIMILAR)• Ge neral: Within a joint (including in-line c ontinua tions ac ross transverse joints) g rea test w idth

must not exce ed the least width b y more than:1 in 1 metre.2 in 2 me tres.

3 in 3 me tres.• Variations in width: Evenly d istributed with no sudden c hange s. Joints with b eve lled ed ge s to

be me asured to the face a rrises.

370 SEALANT POINTING• Sea lant: Silicone ba sed with fungicide.

- Manufac turer: Submit propo sals.

Prod uct referenc e: As pe r ma nufac turers rec om mend ations.- Colour: To be ad vise dby the Architect.

• Ap p lic a tion: As sec tion Z22.

400 DOOR FRAMES• Hardwo od pa c king b etwe en frame s and revea ls: To g ive eve n joints of spe c ified w idth.

- Position o f pa c ks: Where fixings tighten fram e a ga inst structure.

• Positions of frame s: Acc urate, plumb , leve l, and a ligned .- Fixing of fram es: Sec ure to prevent p ulling aw ay, de flec tion, or other movem ent d uring

use.

- Fastener loc ations: 600 mm ma ximum c entres with at least one fixing 150 mm from ea c hend of jam bs and o ne ad jac ent to eac h hanging po int.







410 FIRE RESISTING FRAMES• Ga ps betwe en frame s and supp orting c onstruc tion: Filled a s nec essary in ac c ordanc e w ith

requirements for certific a tion and / or doo r/ doo rset manufac turer's instructions.

430 HANGING OF PREFINISHED DOORS• Planing/ Sand ing: Not p ermitted .

440 IRONMONGERY• Supp lier: To b e a dv ised by Interior Design / Kitche n Supp lier .

• Installation: In a c c ordanc e with Spe c ialist Fit-Out Sub-co ntrac tor .

- Fasteners: Supp lied by ironmo ngery ma nufac turer.Finish/ Co rrosion resista nc e: To ma tc h ironmo ngery.

- Adjacent surfaces: Undama ged.

• Mov ing pa rts: Adjusted , lubric ate d a nd func tioning c orrec tly at c om pletion.

480 CLEAR FINISHED WOOD• Nail holes: Filled w ith stop ping c oloured to m atc h wo od .• Prep ared surfac e: Smo oth, c losed and free from sand ing ma rks.

• Finish: Smo oth, free from brush m arks, nibs, sags, runs and other de fec ts.







K32

Panel c ubic les



K32 Pane l c ubic les


114 FULLY FRAM ED PANEL CUBICLESTO COMM ON TOILETS / WASHROOMS @ GroundFloor

• Manufac turer: Decra, Architectura or equa l ap proved..

- Product reference: Stratum L.• - Finish: Lam inate.

- Co lour: TBC.

• Ironmo ngery/ Ac c essories: Hand le and rose set; aluminium.• Other req uireme nts: A full mo c kup of one c ubicle is req uired .

210 SAM PLES• Gene ral: Before p lacing orders subm it rep resenta tive sam ples of the following: Pane l and

do or mate rial and c olours.

• Delivered ma terials/ p rod uc ts: To ma tc h sam ples.

220 CONTROL SAMPLES• Gene ral: Com plete sam ples as pa rt of finished w ork and ob tain ap prova l of ap pe aranc e

before proc eed ing.

• Types: i c om plete c ubicle a s c lause 112.

- Loca tions: TBA.

250 INSTALLATION• Prog ramm ing: Do not insta ll c ub icles be fore building is wea thertight, wet trad es hav e

finished their work, wall and floor finishes are c om plete , and the b uild ing is we ll dried o ut.

• Ac c urac y: Set o ut to ensure frame s and / or pa nels and do ors are p lumb, level and

ac curately aligned .• Mod ifications: Do not c ut, plane o r sand prefinished c om po nents excep t whe re shown on

drawings.

• Fixing: Sec ure using me thod s and fasteners rec omm end ed by the c ubicle ma nufac turer.Preve nt p ulling a wa y, bow ing or othe r d istortions to fram es, pa nels and do ors.- Moisture and thermal movem ent: Make ad equa te allowa nce for future move ment.



K32Pane l cubicles




L

Windows/ Doors/ Stairs



L10

Windows/ Rooflights/ Sc reens/ Louvres



L10 Windows/ Rooflights/ Sc reens/ Louvres


GENERAL

110 EVIDENCE OF PERFORMANCE• Certification: Provide independently certified evidence that all incorporated components

c om ply with spe c ified p erformanc e requirem ents.

120 SITE DIMENSIONS• Proc ed ure: Befo re sta rting w ork on d esigna ted items take site dimensions, rec ord on shop

drawings and use to ensure a c c urate fab rica tion.

• Designated items:All items highlighted in this section.

140 CONTROL SAMPLES• Procedure:

- Finalise co mpo nent d etails.

- Fab rica te one of ea c h of the following d esignated items as pa rt of the quantity req uiredfor the p rojec t.

- Obta in app roval of ap pea ranc e and q uality before proc eed ing with ma nufac turer of the

rem aining qua ntity.• Designated items:

All items highlighted in this section.

PRODUCTS

335A ALUMINIUM WINDOWSALSO REFER TO CURTAIN WALLING SYSTEMS

• Sta nd ard: To BS 4873.• Exposure c ateg ory to BS 6375-1/ Design wind load: As per Fac ade Spe c ialist's Design

Calculations.

• Thermal imp rovem ent: Not required .• Finish a s delivered: Me ta llic Polyester p ow de r co at ing to BS 6496.

• Glazing d eta ils: As pe r sec tion L40 - glazing to m atc h curtain wa lling.

• Ironm ong ery/ Ac c essories: To manufac turers de ta ils.• Fixing: to ma nufac turers rec om mend ations.

651 METAL LOUVRESSANDTRAP LOUVRES TO MEP PLANT - REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS & WINDO WSCHEDULES

• Ma nufac turer: Thoma s Bennett G roup of Co mp anies or similar ap proved .- Produc t reference: STL series sand trap louvres.

• Ma terial: Aluminium.- Finish as de livered: Polyester Powd er coa ted .

• Fire resista nc e rating : 30 minutes.

• Numbe r of louvre b anks: refer to d raw ings.

• Louvre blade p itch and ang le: as pe r ma nufac turers drawings.• Ac c essories/ O ther req uirem ents: insec t and b irdsc ree n.

• Fixing: refer to manufac turers de ta ils.

• Othe r req uirem ents: contrac tor to reconfirm MEP spec ific a tion with spe c ified louvre prior to

ensure correct free area.



L10Window s/ Roo fligh ts/ Sc reens/ Louv res




652 METAL LOUVRESNO RMAL LOUVRES TO MEP PLANT - REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS & WINDOWSCHEDULES

• Ma nufac turer and referenc e: Tec hnalco or equally ap proved- Produc t Referenc e: A LT-'S' o r AHT-'S'

• Refe r to wall sec tion draw ings

• Ma terial: refer to manufac turers deta ils

• Blade p itch and ang le: refer to ma nufac turers de tails• Size: refer to d rawings

• Fixing Brac ket Type : as pe r manufa c turers reco mm end at ions• Numb er of louvres: refe r to d rawings

• Op eration and streng th c ha rec teristic s: To BS 6375-2

• Fixing: as per manufacturers recommendations• Req uirem ents: To a c hieve a c oustic p erformanc e as req uired

EXECUTION

710 PROTECTION OF COMPONENTS• Gene ral: Do not d eliver to site co mp onents that c anno t be installed immed iately or plac ed

in c lea n, dry floored and c ove red storage .

• Stored c om po nents: Stac k vertic a l or near vertic a l on leve l be a rers, sep arated with spa c ersto p revent da ma ge by a nd to projec ting ironmonge ry, bea ds, etc.

730 PRIMING/ SEALING• Wood surfac es inac c essible a fter insta llat ion: Prime or sea l as spec ified befo re fixing

components.

740 CORROSION PROTECTION• Surfac es to be p rotec ted : All.

• Prote c tive c oa ting: Two c oa ts of b itumen solution to BS 6949 or an a pprove d ma stic

impregnated tape.- Timing of ap plication: Before fixing co mp onents.

765 WINDOW INSTALLATION GENERALLY• Insta llat ion: Into p rep ared op enings.

• Ga p b etwe en fram e ed ge a nd surround ing construc tion:

- M inimum:3mm.- Maximum: 10mm.

• Distortion: Insta ll window s without twist o r diag ona l rac king.

770 DAMP PROO F COURSES IN PREPARED OPENINGS• Loc a tion: Ensure co rrec t p ositioning in relation to window fram es. Do not d isp lac e d uring

fixing o perations.

782 FIXING OF ALUMINIUM FRAMES• Sta nd ard: As sec tion Z20.

• Fasteners: Sub mit proposals.

- Spa c ing: When no t pred rilled o r spec ified othe rwise, position fa stene rs not m ore than 250mm from ends of ea ch jamb , adjac ent to ea ch ha nging p oint of op ening lights, and a tmaximum 600 mm centres.

820 IRONMONGERY• Fixing: Assem ble and fix c arefully and ac c ura tely using fa stene rs with m atc hing finish

supplied by ironmonge ry ma nufac turer. Do not d am ag e ironmonge ry and ad jac entsurfaces.

• Chec king/ Ad justing/ Lubric ating: Ca rry out a t Co mp letion a nd e nsure c orrec t functioning.



L10Window s/ Roo fligh ts/ Sc reens/ Louv res




L20

Doors/ shutters/ hatc hes



L20 Doors/ shutters/ hatches


GENERALTO BE READ IN ACCORDANC E WITH DETAILED DOOR SCHEDULE

LEED CRITERIA FOR WOOD DOORSTo c om ply with India n Gree n Building Co unc il LEED Co re & Shell ra ting system, Ma teria ls andResources Credit 6, ensure that wood products are certified in accordance with the Forest

Stewa rdship Counc il's (FSC)Principa ls and Criteria for woo d building c om pone nts. The c ontrac tor is responsible forproviding d oc umenta tion for the woo d produc t's FSC d eta ils along with Cha in-of-Custod y

certification details.

LEED CRITERIA FOR COMPOSITE WOOD AND AGRIFIBER PRODUCTS

- Comp osite w ood and ag rifiber produc ts used on the interior of the building (defined asinside o f the we atherproofing system ) sha ll c onta in no ad ded urea-forma ldehyde resins.

- Lam inating ad hesives used to fab ricate on-site and shop-app lied c omp osite wo od andag rifibe r assem b lies sha ll c onta in no ad ded urea-forma ldehyd e resins.

- Comp osite w ood and ag rifiber products are d efined as: particleboa rd, med ium d ensity

fibe rbo ard (MDF), plywoo d, w hea tbo ard, straw bo ard, p ane l substrate s and do or c ores.- Ma terials c onsidered fit-out, furniture, and e quipem ent (FF&E) are not co nsidered ba se

building e lements and are not included

110 EVIDENCE OF PERFORMANCE• Certification: Provide independently certified evidence that all incorporated components

c om ply with spe c ified p erformanc e requirem ents.

115A FIRE RESISTING DOORS/ DOORSETS/ ASSEMBLIES• Evidenc e of fire p erformanc e: Provide c ertified evidenc e, in the form of a produc t

c onfo rmity certific ate, direct ly releva nt fire test repo rt or engineering a ssessme nt, that eac hdoo r/ doo rset/ assem b ly supplied w ill c om ply with the spe c ified requiremen ts for fire

resista nc e if te sted to BS 476-22, BS EN 1634-1 or BS EN 1634-3 (OR equiva lent Ind ianStandards). Suc h c ertific a tion must cover do or and frame ma terials, glass and gla zingma terials and their insta llat ion, essentia l and anc illary ironm ong ery, hinge s and sea ls.



• Designated items:All items .

170 CONTROL SAMPLES• Procedure:

- Finalize c omp onent de tails.- Fab rica te one of ea c h of the following d esignated items as pa rt of the quantity req uired

for the p rojec t.- Obtain approval of app earance and quality before proceeding with manufac ture of the

rem aining qua ntity.

• Designated items:Each type.



L20Doors/ shutte rs/ ha tc hes




PRODUCTS

230 WOOD FLUSH DOORS Refer Draw ings & Door Sched ule• Ma nufac turer: Baybridge Trading LLC PO Box 38427, Duba i UAE or eq ua l ap p roved FSC

Ce rtified Sup plier.- Prod uct referenc e: Beec h Fram e or similar to Architects ap proval.

• Fac ings: 4mm 1st c lass quality fac ing grad e p ly p lus veneer (Beec h Venee r da rk sta ined towalnut finish).

• Lippings: H.W. lippings to long e dg es. lipping to m atc h the venee r.

• Preservative treatment: Double vac uum (vac-vac.• Finish a s delivered : Full fac to ry finish.

• Glazing de tails: Not app lic ab le.

• Other requireme nts: ironmo ngery a s sc hed ule .

232 WOOD FLUSH DOORS FIRE STAIR DOOR SET - 90 MINUTES FR (AS PERDRAWINGS/ DOOR SCHEDULES)

• Ma nufac turer: Baybridge Trading LLC PO Box 38427, Duba i UAE or eq ua l ap p roved FSCCe rtified Sup plier.

- Prod uct referenc e: Beec h Fram e or similar to Architects ap proval.

• Fac ings: 4mm 1st c lass qua lity fa c ing g rade ply p lus vene er (finish TBC).• Lippings: H.W. lippings to long e dg es. lipping to m atc h the venee r.

• Preservative treatment: Double vac uum (vac-vac.• Finish a s delivered : Full fac to ry finish.



233 WOO D FLUSH DOORS ACCESS DOORS TO SERVICE SHAFTS (AS PERDRAWINGS/ DOOR SCHEDULES

• Ma nufac turer: Baybridge Trading LLC PO Box 38427, Duba i UAE or eq ua l ap p roved FSCCe rtified Sup plier.- Prod uct referenc e: Beec h Fram e or similar to Architects ap proval.

• Fac ings: 4mm 1st c lass qua lity fa c ing g rade ply p lus vene er (finish TBC).

• Lippings: H.W. lippings to long e dg es. lipping to m atc h the venee r.• Preservative treatment: Double vac uum (vac-vac.

• Finish a s delivered : Full fac to ry finish.• Glazing de tails: Not app lic ab le.


280 DOO RSSTEE DOORS TO SERVICE ROO MSL• Ma nufac turer: Subm it propo sals for ap proval.

- Prod uct referenc e: As pe r Draw ings/ Door Sc hed ules.• Finish a s delivered: Polyester po wd er co a ted to BS 6496, co lour to Architec t's Ap prova l.


• Ironmo ngery: As req uired .• Other req uireme nts: None.

280A DOORSALUMINIUM GLAZED DOORS TO CURTAIN WALLING - refer to sec tion H11 135• Ma nufac turer: Thoma s Bennett Group of Com pa nies or eq ual ap proved .

- Produc t reference : as sec tion H11-135 .

Othe r req uirem ents: all glass to doo rs to ma tc h g lass to c urtain wa lling unless spe c ifiedotherwise.

310 WOOD DOOR FRAMES TO ALL WOOD FLUSH DOORS• Ma nufac turer: Baybridge Trading LLC PO Box 38427, Duba i UAE or eq ua l ap p roved FSC

Ce rtified Sup plier.- Produc t reference : submit proposals.

• Spe c ies: FSC c ertified to ma nufac turers rec omm end ation.

• Preservative trea tment: to ma nufac turers rec om mend ation.

• Finish a s delivered : Full fac to ry finish.• Perimeter sea ls: Fire a nd smo ke sea l.

• Fixing: Plugged and sc rewed as sec tion Z20.







460 FRAMELESS GLASS DOORSGround Floor Lob by - Also refe r L40• Ma nufac turer: Thoma s Bennett or Equa l Ap proved .

- Produc t reference : Clear Temp ered Glass.• Doo r lea f ma teria l: Toughened sa fety gla ss to BS 6206, c lass A.

- Thickness: 10 mm.

- Colour: Clear.

• Dec oration: ma nifestation to Arc hitects de sign and a pp rova l.• Door rails/ Patc h fittings: Botto m Ra il + Top Patc h with p ivot.

- Ma terial/ Finish: Anod ized aluminium.• Periphe ral fixings: Conc ea led c hannel.

• Loc k: Profile do uble c ylinder.

- Position: Centrally in ope ning ed ge o f door.• Floor springs: Doub le swing with 90°rete ntion.

• Pull ha nd les: As per Door Sc hed ules.

- Size: As pe r Door Sc hed ules.- Ma terial/ Finish: sta inless stee l.

• Ad ditional ironmo ngery/ ac c essories: Door stop.

481 DOORSETSSTEEL SERVICE DOOR SET - FR 60-90• Ma nufac turer: Subm it proposals for App rova l.

- Produc t reference: Pow ershield Fire Doorset t o g ive 2 hours fire resista nc e, smo ke sea ledwith d oo r closers, all to 2 ho urs fire resista nc e.

• Door lea f: refer to sc hed ule.

- Finish as de livered: Polyester po wd er c oa ted .• Fram e a nd architrave s: to m anufa c turers spe c ifica tion.

- Finish as de livered: Polyester po wd ercoa ted .

• Glazing de tails: Not app lic ab le.• Ironmo ngery: As ironmo nge ry sc hed ule.

• Perimeter sea ls: Fire a nd smo ke sea l.

• Other req uireme nts: None.• Fixing: -.

630A HATCHESTO WATER TANKS @ BASEMENT• Ma nufac turer: Bilc o or similar ap proved .

- Produc t reference : submit propo salsl .• Double Leaf Cover, steel plate, reinforced composite spring tubes, heavy forged brass

hinges, and zinc plated/ chromate sealed ha rdwa re .

• Othe r Req uirem ents: hatc h to b e ab le to rec eive tile inlay finish & all other wate r proo fing

requirements.

EXECUTION

710 PROTECTION OF COMPONENTS• Gene ral: Do not d eliver to site co mp onents that c anno t be installed immed iately or plac ed

in clean, dry, floored and c overed storage .• Stored c om po nents: Stac ked o n level bea rers, sep arated with spa c ers to p revent da ma ge

by a nd to p rojec ting ironmo ngery, be ad s, etc .

740 CORROSION PROTECTION• Surfac es to b e p rotec ted: All meta l doors.

• Prote c tive c oa ting: Two c oa ts of b itumen solution to BS 6949 or an a pprove d ma sticimpregnated tape.- Timing of ap plication: Before fixing co mp onents.

750 FIXING DOORSETS• Timing: After assoc iated room s have be en m ad e we athe rtight and the wo rk of wet trad es is

finished and dried out.

800 FIXING OF LOO SE THRESHOLDS• Spa c ing of fixings: Maximum 150 mm from ea c h end and at 600 mm m aximum c entres.







809 FIRE RESISTING/ SMOKE CONTROL DOORS/ DOORSETS• Insta llat ion: By a firm c urrently reg istered under a third pa rty a c c redited fire d oo r insta ller

sc heme in ac c ordanc e w ith instruc tions supp lied with the prod uct c onformity c ertific ate ,test report or engineering assessment.

810 FIRE RESISTING SMOKE CONTROL DOORS/ DOORSETS

• Ga ps betwe en frame s and supp orting c onstruc tion: Filled a s nec essary in ac c ordanc e w ithrequirements for certific a tion and / or doo r/ doo rset manufac turer's instructions.

830 FIXING IRONMONGERY GENERALLY• Fastene rs: Supplied by ironm ong ery ma nufac turer.

- Finish/ Co rrosion resista nc e: To ma tc h ironm ong ery.

• Holes for co mp one nts: No large r than req uired for sat isfac tory fit/ op eration.

• Adjacent surfaces: Undamaged.• Mov ing pa rts: Adjusted , lubric ate d a nd func tioning c orrec tly at c om pletion.

840 FIXING IRONMONGERY TO FIRE RESISTING DOOR ASSEMBLIES• Gene ral: All items fixed in ac c ordanc e with do or lea f manufa c turer's rec om mend ations

ensuring tha t integ rity o f the assem b ly, as estab lished by testing, is not c om prom ised .

• Holes for through fixings and components: Accurately cut.- Clearanc es: Not m ore than 8 mm unless protec ted by intumesc ent p aste o r similar.

• Loc k/ Latc h c ases for fire d oors req uiring > 60 minutes integrity performanc e: Coa ted with

intumescent paint or paste before installation.

850 LOCATION OF HINGES• Primary hinge s: Where no t spe c ified othe rwise, p ositioned with c entre lines 250 mm from top

and b ottom of door leaf.

• Third hinge : Where spe c ified, positioned on c entre line of do or lea f .

• Hinges for fire resisting d oo rs: Positione d in a c c orda nc e w ith do or lea f ma nufac turer'srecommendations.

860 INSTALLATION OF EMERGENCY EXIT DEVICES• Sta ndard: Unless spe c ified othe rwise, insta ll panic bo lts/ latc hes in a c c orda nc e with BS EN

1125.

870 MASTER KEYING• Co ntrac tor to inc lude m asker keying o f all the c ylinders inclusive of Aluminium d oo rs as pe r

the following c onfiguration" Grand Grand Ma ster

" Grand Ma ster" Master" Individua l Cylinders

• Final Configuration to the a pp rova l of CA and Client.• Ma ster keying to b e c arried o ut in co -ord ination w ith Enginee rs Door Sc hed ule

• Lab elling metho d o f keys to b e c onfirmed by Client







880 WORKMANSHIP" All Joinery shall be ac c urate ly set out, fram ed and exec uted in ac c ordanc e with the

de tailed drawings." Where timb er wo rk is req uired to be wroug ht it sha ll be ma c hine d ressed , unlessotherwise direc ted .

" Joinery shall be cut and fram ed at an ea rly stag e, but shall not be glued or wed ge d

until the b uild ing is read y to receive it." Fram ed work shall be prope rly mo rticed and tenone d, wed ge d and glued, and

c ramp ed and d ow elled to ge ther where nec essa ry. All joints, mortic es, tenons, housings etc ,shall be pe rfec tly forme d and fitted , and all joints shall be pa inted over with the be stred lead be fore fixing. All face s of joinery in direc t c onta c t with bloc kwork, conc rete o r

rende ring sha ll be painted ove r with best red lead be fore fixing. All external joinery is tobe put tog ether with wa terproof glue. Butted , sc rewe d or nailed joints will not b eac ce pta ble for frame d w ork.

" The jointing and fab rica tion are to be suc h tha t the shrinkage of any pa rt sha ll bec om pe nsated at t he joint, and sha ll not imp a ir the strength o f the finished wo rk nor interferewith the c onstruction toleranc es.

" The c ontrac tor sha ll ta ke a ll nec essa ry me asures to c hec k or preve nt c ap illarypenetration of water in the joints and open connections of external joinery works." The use of na ils for fixing any item s of joinery will no t be permitted . Sp rigs ma y be

used for glazing b ea ds only." Sc rews sha ll be in ac c ordanc e with BS 1210. All sc rews sha ll be c ounte r sunk andputtied and a ll sprigs sha ll be punc hed and p uttied . All joinery work suc h as a rc hitrav es,

be ad s etc req uired to fit ag ainst the c ontour of irreg ular surfac es shall be ac c urate lysc ribed to e nsure a c lose c onnec tion." All joinery whic h is to be polished , va rnished or pa inted sha ll be finished smo oth and

c lean b y rubb ing do wn with fine g lass pa pe r." Except whe re the wo rk is to be built-in the Contrac tor sha ll ob ta in all d imensions for joinery works from the build ing struc ture. Carpentry work whic h d oes no t form a n essent ia l

pa rt of the structure fab ric shall not be carried out nor brought on to the building siteuntil req uired ." The Contrac tor shall provide and ma intain all temp orary c overing and box in and

protec t a ll work liable to da ma ge , and shall provide temp orary do ors where nec essary

during the prog ress of the work. The contrac tor shall ensure tha t the work of othe r tradesis p rop erly arrange d to o btain the be st results, both in the joinery and othe r trade s.







L30

Stairs/ ladd ers/ walkways/ handrails/ ba lustrad es



L30 Stairs/ ladde rs/ wa lkwa ys/ hand rails/ ba lustrad es


PRELIMINARY INFORMATION/ REQUIREMENTS

110A DESIGN• Design standard : The following item s have b een de signed to NBC-2005 whe re a pplica b le:

Sta irs, ba lustrad es and ha nd rails.

• Co mp letion o f d esign: Finalize deta ils to me et structural a nd sa fety req uirem ents of BS 5395

or Equ ivalent Indian Standards.• Type of a ctivity/oc cup anc y c ateg ory to NBC-2005: Areas where p eop le m ay c ongregate).



- Designate d items: As instructe d b y Engineer.

COMPONENTS

551 PURPOSE MADE BALUSTRADESTO ALL FIRE STAIRS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS• Com po nent m ate rial, grad e a nd finish as delivered:

- Guarding: Low c arbon steel - galvanized .

- Hand rails: Low c arbon steel - ga lvanized .• Workmanship:

- Joinery: Not app lica ble.

- Meta lwork: To sec tion Z11.• Other req uireme nts: None.

• Fixing: rec essed c hannel fixed throug h to c onc rete - refer to Architects drawings.

552 PURPOSE MADE BALUSTRADESSS RAILS TO GROUND FLOOR FIRE EXITS - LOCATIONS

REFER TO DRAWINGS• Com po nent m ate rial, grad e a nd finish as delivered:

- Gua rding: Sta inless stee l - brushed finish.- Hand rails: Sta inless steel - b rushed finish.

• Workmanship:

- Size: 75mm x 10mm flat plate sec tions.- Meta lwork: To sec tion Z11.

• Other req uireme nts: None.

• Fixing: ss vertica l suppo rts on ss pla te fixed through to RC conc rete up sta nd - refe r toArchitects detail drawings.

570A PURPOSE MADE HANDRAILSSTEEL HANDRAILS - STAIRS INSIDE MEP ROOMS• Com po nent m ate rial, grad e a nd finish as delivered:

- Hand rails: 50mm dia - steel to rec eive po lyester po wd er coa ting. Colour: White.All end s of ha ndra ils to b e c losed with ss end c app ing p iece w ith smo oth joint finish.All handrails end s to b e 50mm from ad jac ient wa ll finish

- Brac kets: Sta inless stee l.• Workmanship:

- Joinery: Not app lica ble.

- Meta lwork: To sec tion Z11.• Other req uireme nts: None.

• Fixing: in ac c ordanc e with ma nufac turers rec omm end ations.



L30Sta irs/ lad de rs/ wa lkwa ys/ hand rails/

balustrades




INSTALLATION

610 MOISTURE CONTENT• Tem pe rature a nd humidity: Monitor and c ontrol internal co nditions to ac hieve spe c ified

mo isture c ontent in woo d c om po nents at time of installation.

620 PRIMING/ SEALING/ PAINTING• Surfac es inac c essible a fter assem bly/ insta lla tion: Befo re fixing c om po nents, ap p ly full

protective/d ec orative treatme nt/c oating system.

630 CORROSION PROTECTION OF DISSIMILAR MATERIALS• Co mp onents/ sub strates/ fasteners of d issimilar ma teria ls: Isola te using w ashers/ sleeves or

othe r suitab le mea ns to sep ara te materia ls to a void c orrosion and / or sta ining.

640 INSTALLATION GENERALLY• Fasteners and me tho ds of fixing: To sec tion Z20.

• Structural me mb ers: Do no t mo dify, cut, notc h or make ho les in structural me mb ers, exc ep t

as indic ate d o n drawings.• Tem porary sup port: Do not use sta irs, wa lkways or ba lustrad es as temp orary support or

strutting for other work.



L30Sta irs/ lad de rs/ wa lkwa ys/ hand rails/

balustrades




L35

Fixed utilitarian acc ess system s



L35 Fixed utilitarian access system s

To b e read with Preliminaries/ General c ond itions.

GENERAL

120 DUCKBOARD SYSTEM AS REQUIRED FOR PLANT AREAS• Metho d of p rovision: Fab rica ted off site and assemb led o n site.• Dimensions: To b e d esigned by the C ontracto r and fab rica ted to suit the ma intena nc e

requirements.

• Basic co mp onent ma terial: Ga lvanized c arbon steel.• Dec king: Expa nde d meta l grating pane ls.

• Fram e: Angles.

• Gua rding system: Req uired .• Assem bly c onne c tors: Full welds and Submit p rop osals.

• Fixing to superstruc ture: Sta inless steel bo lts and Che mic a l bolts.

• Ac c essories: Brac kets for fall restra int system, a s sec tion N25.

130 LADDER SYSTEM AS REQUIRED FOR PLANT AREAS• Metho d of p rovision: Fab rica ted off site and assemb led o n site.• Dimensions: to be d esigned b y the Contrac tor and fab rica ted to suit the ma intena nc e

requirements..

• Basic co mp onent ma terial: Ga lvanized c arbon steel.• Rungs: Hollow tube .

• Stiles: Flat p late.

• Land ings/ platforms: Expand ed meta l grating p ane ls.• Hoop s: Circular .

• Assem bly c onne c tors: Full welds.

• Fixing to superstruc ture:- Sta inless steel bolts;

- Chem ica l bo lts; and- Sub mit prop osals.

• Ac c essories: Ga te ac ross land ing.

160 WORKING PLATFORM SYSTEM AS REQUIRED WITHIN MEP SHAFTS FOR MAINTENANCE• Metho d of p rovision: Fab rica ted off site and assemb led o n site.

• Dimensions: to be d esigned b y the Contrac tor and fab rica ted to suit the ma intena nc e

requirements.• Basic co mp onent ma terial: Ga lvanized c arbon steel.

• Dec king: Expa nde d meta l grating pane ls.

• Fram e: Angles.• Gua rding system: Req uired .

• Assem bly c onne c tors: Full welds.

• Fixing to superstruc ture: Sta inless steel bolts and Expa nd ing b olt.• Ac c essories: Brac kets for fall restraint system and Ga tes ac ross ac c ess points to p latform.

170 GUARDING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED FOR PLANT AREAS• Metho d of p rovision: Fab rica ted off site and assemb led o n site.

• Dimensions: to be d esigned b y the Contrac tor and fab rica ted to suit the ma intena nc e

requirements.• Basic co mp onent ma terial: Ga lvanized c arbon steel.

• Sta ndards: Tubes.

• Hand rails: Tubes.• Knee rails: Tub es.

• Infill pane ls: Not required.

• Assem bly c onnec tors: Sc rews and c lamp ing p lates.

• Fixing to pa rent struc ture: Sta inless steel b olts.• Ac c essories: Brac kets for fa ll restraint system a nd Brac kets for ligh t fitting s.



L35Fixed utilita rian a c cess systems




SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

210 DESIGN• Design: Comp lete the d esign o f the fixed utilitarian ac c ess system s.

• Design standards:- Com pa nionways: In ac c orda nce with BS 5395-3.

- Ladders for ac c ess to ta ll struc tures: To BS 4211.- Straight sta irs and winders: In a c c orda nc e w ith BS 5395-1.- Helica l and spiral sta irs: In ac c orda nc e w ith BS 5395-2.

- Industrial sta irs, pe rmane nt ladd ers and walkwa ys: In ac c orda nc e with BS 5395-3.- Ac c ess to ma c hinery: To BS EN ISO 14122-1, -2, and -3.- Industrial type floo ring, walkways and sta ir tread s: To

BS 4592.• Prop osals: Submit d rawings, tec hnica l informa tion, ca lculat ions and m anu fac turers'

literature.

240 STRUCTURAL DESIGN• Design sta ndard: In ac c orda nc e with the releva nt pa rts of BS 5950 OR eq uivalent Indian

Standards.

• Deflec tions (ma ximum ): 1:200.• Cha rac teristic load s: Refe r to Structural Engineer.

PRODUCTS

310A COMPANIONWAYS• Sta ndard : In a c c orda nc e w ith BS 5395-3 or eq uivalent Ind ian Standards.

• Ma nufac turer: Subm it p rop osals.

- Produc t reference : Submit p ropo sals.

320 DUCKBOARDS• Ma nufac turer: Subm it p rop osals.


330A LADDERS• Sta ndard : In a c c orda nc e w ith BS 5395-3 or eq uivalent Ind ian Standards.



340A HIGH LEVEL WALKWAYS• Sta ndard : In a c c orda nc e w ith BS 5395-3 or eq uivalent Ind ian Standards.


- Prod uc t refe rence : Submit prop osals.

360A WORKING PLATFORMS

• Sta ndard : In a c c orda nc e w ith BS 5395-3 or eq uivalent Ind ian Standards.• Ma nufac turer: Subm it p rop osals.


370 G UARDING S• Sta nd ard: To BS EN 516 or equiva lent Ind ian Sta nd ards.


490 ANCHORS• Ma nufac turer: Subm it p rop osals.

- Produc t reference : Submit p ropo sals.• Ma terial and finish: Submit p ropo sa ls.

• Size: Sub mit p roposals.







FABRICATION

510 FABRICATION GENERALLY• Shop d rawings: Sub mit.

EXECUTION

620A EXECUTION GENERALLY• Structural mem be rs: Do not subjec t to nond esign load ing. Do no t m od ify, cut, notc h or

ma ke unspe c ified holes.• Frame wo rks: Assem b le and brac e, including tem porary mem bers required fo r insta lla tion.

- Tem po rary supp ort: Do no t use a c c ess system s as tem po ra ry supp ort or strutting for other

work.• Externa l durab ility o f fa stenings: Co rrosion resistant m a teria l or with a c orrosion resista nt finish.

• Bolted joints:

- Contac t b etween dissimilar meta ls: Avoid.- Bolts and wa shers: Selec t typ es, sizes and quantities of fa stene rs or pa c kings and spac ings

to reta in supp orted c om po nents without d istortion or loss of supp ort.

• Welded joints:

- Standards:Aluminium a lloys: TIG or MIG we lding to BS EN 1011-4 or eq uiva lent Ind ian Sta nd ards.

Ca rbon stee l: Me ta l arc w elding to BS EN 1011-1 and -2 or eq uivalent Indian Sta ndards.Sta inless steel: TIG weld ing to BS EN 1011-3 or equiva lent Ind ian Sta nd ards.

- Surface s to be jointed: Clean.

- Tac k welds: Use only for tempo rary attac hment.- Trac es of flux residue, slag and weld spa tter: Rem ove.- Surfac e of welds: Grind smo oth.- Joints: Fully bond ed with no holes of c rac ks.

• Finished c om pone nts:- Free: From d istortion, c rac ks, burrs and sha rp a rrises.- Corner junctions of identic al sec tions: Mitre.

- Hand rails: Smo oth a nd c ontinuous, with no sharp e dg es.

660 ANCHO RING• Fixing p ositions: Coordinate loca tion of ho lding d ow n bolts and wa ll fixings with services

fixing positions.

COMPLETION

910 C LEANING• Ge neral: Clea n surfac es and w ipe d ow n finishes.

930 DOCUMENTATION• Op eration and ma intena nc e instructions: Subm it.• Rec ord d rawings: Submit.







L40

General glazing



L40 General g lazing



NOTEAll internal g lazing to be toug hened and anne aled unless otherwise state d.

111 PREGLAZING• Preg lazing of c om pone nts: Permitted .• Prevention o f displac eme nt: Subm it deta ils of p rec autions to b e ta ken to protec t g lazing

and c om po und/ sea ls during d elivery and installation.

• Defec tive/ displac ed glazing/ c om po und/ sea ls: Reg laze c om po nents in situ.

140 MATERIAL SAMPLES• Rep resenta tive sam p les of d esigna ted ma terials: Subm it befo re c utting p anes.

- Sam ple size (minimum): 300 x 300 mm.- Designated ma terials: ALL.

145 GLASS SPARES• Contractor to confirm Client requirements with Engineer for type and quantity of spare glass

panels.

150A WORKMANSHIP GENERALLY• Gla zing g enera lly: To BS 6262 or eq uiva lent Ind ian Sta nd ards.

• Integrity: Glazing m ust b e w ind a nd wa tertight und er all c ond itions with full allowa nce ma de

for deflections and other move ments.• Dimensiona l toleranc es: Panes/ shee ts to be within ± 2 mm of spec ified d imensions.

• Materials:

- Co mp atibility: Glass/ pla stics, surround ma terials, sea lers, prime rs and paints/ c lear finishesto b e used together to be co mp atible. Avoid c ontac t betw een glazing p anes/ units andalkaline materials such as cement and lime.

- Protec tion: Keep ma terials dry until fixed. Prote c t insulating glass units and p lastics glazing

shee ts from the sun and othe r heat source s.

152 PREPARATION• Surround s, reb ates, groo ves and b ea ds: Clea n and p rep are b efo re insta lling gla zing.

155A GLASS GENERALLYStandards: to US Standards as follows:-ASTM C 1376 for Pyrolytic a nd va c uum dep osition c oa tings on fla t g lass

ASTM C 1048 for hea t trea ted fla t g lass - Kind HS, Kind FT c oa ted a nd unc oa ted g lass

• Sta nd ards: To BS 952 and releva nt p a rts of:- BS EN 5713 hermetica lly d ea led flat do uble g lazing units

- BS EN 572 for ba sic soda lime silic a te g lass.- BS EN 1096 for c oa ted glass.- BS EN 1748-1 for b orosilic a te g lass.

- BS EN 1748-2 for ce ramic g lass.- BS EN 1863 for heat strengthene d sod a lime silica te gla ss.- BS EN 12150 for therma lly toughene d sod a lime silica te safe ty g lass.

- BS EN 12337 for chem ica lly strengthene d sod a lime silica te gla ss.- BS EN 13024 for therma lly toughene d borosilica te safe ty g lass.- BS EN ISO 12543 for lam inate d glass and lam inate d safe ty g lass.

• Panes/ shee ts: Clean a nd free from ob vious sc ra tc hes, bub b les, crac ks, ripp ling, d imp lesand other defects.

- Edg es: Gene rally unda ma ge d. Shells and c hips not mo re than 2 mm de ep a nd extendingnot mo re than 5 mm a c ross the surfac e a re a c c ep tab le if ground o ut.



L40General glazing




160 LINEAR PATTERNED/ WIRED GLASS• Alignm ent: Vertic al/ Horizonta l as ap propriate , and p atte rn ma tc hed ac ross ad jace nt

panes in close p roximity.

190B GLASS TO GLASS JOINTING MIRRORS IN WET AREAS

• Sea lant: none .

- Sta nd ard: To BS EN ISO 11600.Cla ss: G-25HM.

- Colour: Clear.

• Fire resistanc e rating: Not a pp lic ab le.

• Joints:- Width: maximum 10mm and c onsistent. Suitable to rec eive sea lant.- Gap betwe en p anes: Comp letely filled, leaving no voids or bubb les.

- Surplus sea lant: Remo ved to lea ve a c lean, neatly finished wea thertight joint.

190C GLASS TO TILE JOINTING MIRRORS IN WET AREAS

• Sea lant: none .- Sta nd ard: To BS EN ISO 11600.

Cla ss: G-25HM.

- Colour: to ma tch t i le g rout to Architects app rova .• Fire resistanc e rating: Not a pp lic ab le.

• Joints:

- Width: maximum 10mm and c onsistent. Suitable to rec eive sea lant.- Gap betwe en p anes: Comp letely filled, leaving no voids or bubb les.- Surplus sea lant: Remo ved to lea ve a c lean, neatly finished wea thertight joint.

TYPES OF GLAZING

370 BEAD FIXED INSULATING GLASS UNITSREFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS -

PILKINGTON SYP YBE 2240 GLAZING/ AIR GAP/ BLUE GLAZING (colour to Arc hitec t's

ap prova l) or Equa l Approved• Pane m aterial: 32mm insulating glass units to BS EN 1279 and Kitema rk c ertified .

- Inne r pane : 8mm .- O ute r p a ne : 8m m .

- Sp a c er: 16m m .- Perimeter taping: Do not use.

• Surround/ bea d: Aluminium .

- Prepa ration: refer to manufac turers deta il rec omm enda tions .- Bead loc ation: refer to manufacturers deta il rec omm enda tions.- Bead fixing: refer to ma nufac turers deta il rec omme ndations .

• Glazing system: Preformed ga sket sec tions supp lied by w indow ma nufac turer .• Glazing installation:

- Insulating unit: Loc ate d c entrally in surround using setting a nd loca tion b locks.

- Gaskets and bea ds: Installed as rec omm ended by fram e m anufac turer.Ga sket fit a t c orners: Tight, w ithout g aps.

- Drainag e and ventilation holes: Unob struc ted .



L40General glazing




370A BEAD FIXED INSULATING GLASS UNITSREFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS -PILKINGTON SYP YBE 2240 GLAZING OR equa l approved, with AIR GAP/ CLEAR

GLAZING WITH FROSTED PAINT BACKING - COLOUR: - TO ARCHITECTS APPROVAL• Pane m aterial: 32mm insulating glass units to BS EN 1279 and Kitema rk c ertified .

- Inner pa ne: 8mm - c olour ba cked (semi opa que/ translucent g lass to Architects ap proval .- O ute r p a ne : 8m m .

- Sp a c er: 16m m .- Perimeter taping: Do not use.

• Surround/ bea d: Aluminium .

- Prepa ration: refer to manufac turers deta il rec omm enda tions .- Bead loc ation: refer to manufacturers deta il rec omm enda tions.- Bead fixing: refer to ma nufac turers deta il rec omme ndations .

• Glazing system: Preformed ga sket sec tions supp lied by w indow ma nufac turer .

• Glazing installation:- Insulating unit: Loc ate d c entrally in surround using setting a nd loca tion b locks.- Gaskets and bea ds: Installed as rec omm ended by fram e m anufac turer.

Ga sket fit a t c orners: Tight, w ithout g aps.- Drainag e and ventilation holes: Unob struc ted .

410 SINGLE GLAZING INTO GROOVESGENERALLY• Pane ma terial: Clear toug hened g lass to ma nufac turers rec om mend ations .

• Channel/ surround: Anodized aluminium .- Preparation: Sealant primer .

• Beads:

- Materia l: A luminium .- Loca tion: as indica ted drawings .- Preparation: Sealant primer .

- Fixing: refer to spe c ialists de tail design .• Glazing system : to spec ialists de ta il de sign .

• Glazing installation:- Glass: Loc a ted c entrally in groo ves using sett ing bloc ks of ap prop ria te thickness.

- Internal and external ga sket sec tions: Inserted a c c urate ly into grooves.Fit a t c orners: Tight with no g aps.

- Sill bea ds: Fixed sec urely.

520 FIRE RATING• Assessme nt of c apa bility: Submit p ropo sed c onstruction d eta ils of d esigna ted items to a

UKAS/ NAMAS ac c redited lab orato ry or other ap prove d a uthority for assessme nt ofc ap ab ility of ac hieving spe c ified fire ratings.

- Test standard : To BS 476-22 OR eq uivalent Indian Sta ndards.• Assessme nt/ test results and reports: Subm it imme dia tely they are a va ilab le, and be fore

installing glazing.

• Designa ted items: to vision p anels in fire d oo rs.

550A GLASS MIRRORSTO ALL COMMON TOILETS AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS• Mirror ma terial: Float glass, silvered to give ma ximum reflec tion, free from ta rnishing,

d isc oloration, sc ratc hes and o ther de fec ts visible in the d esigned viewing c ond itions.- Thickness: 6 mm .

- Bac king: Polypropylene safety film .- Edg e trea tme nt: Smo othed arris with stainless steel trim .

• Bac kground : Rend ered w all to NBS M20. Rend er to be trea ted and primed to a void a lkali

attac k from m ortar and plaster .• Fixing me thod : Doub le sided self-adhesive pad s at 400 mm c entres or silico ne a dhesive to

architects ap proval .

• Insta llat ion: All Zone for mirror rece ssed betw ee n tiles and on wa lls to be site m ea sured andc hec ked p rior to m anufa c ture to assure c orrec t fit. Fixed ac c urate ly and sec urely to p rovidea flat surface giving a distortion free reflection.

Mirror Panels: Full pane ls for mirror whe re po ssible, c on trac tor to submit mirror cutt ing layoutdrawings for ap proval by architec t prior to manufa c ture.



L40General glazing




M

Surfac e finishes



M10

Cement ba sed levelling/ wea ring sc reeds



M10 Cement based levelling/ wea ring sc reed s


TYPES OF SCREED

115 CEMENT:SAND LEVELLING SCREEDS INTERNAL GENERALLY• Substra te: In-situ c onc rete - refer to Eng ineers draw ings.• Sc reed c onstruction: Partially bo nded , as c lause 270.

- Reinforce ment for crack c ontrol: Not required.

• Thic kness .- Nomina l: 35mm.- Minimum : 15 mm o r to spe c ialist deta ils.

• Mix:- Prop ortions (cem ent:sand ): To Indian Stand ards.

• In situ c rushing resista nc e (ISCR) category: To Ind ian Sta nd ards.

- Mass of test weight: 4 kg.

• Flatness/ Surfac e regularity: Ma ximum p ermissible d ev iat ion: SR2.• Finish: Wood floate d, a s c lause 520.

- To rec eive: Varies, refer to d rawings and finishes shed ule.

• Other requireme nts: Mov eme nt joints, piping, c ond uit as sec tion P31 .

116 CEMENT:SAND LEVELLING SCREEDSTERRACES & ROOFS• Substra te: in-situ c onc rete - refer to Enginee rs d raw ings.

• Sc reed c onstruction: Partially bo nded , as c lause 280.

- Reinforc eme nt for c rac k control: Steel fab ric, as c lause 392.• Thic kness .

- Nomina l: 35mm.

- Minimum: 15 mm or as rec omme nded by spec ialist.• Mix:

- Prop ortions (cem ent:sand ): 1:3-4.5 total ag grega te, proportion of fine to c oa rseag grega te 40/60, ad justed to fa c ilitate trowelling.

• In situ c rushing resista nc e (ISCR) category: To Ind ian Sta nd ards.- Mass of test weight: 4 kg.

• Flatness/ Surfac e regularity: Maximum permissible d evia tion: 5 mm o r 2 mm und er a 1 mstraightedge .

• Finish: Wood floa ted to rec eive, as clause 520 and wa ter proofing me mb rane , as c lause J10.- To rec eive: Tiles laid to falls - refe r to d rawings.

• Othe r req uirem ents: Mo vem ent joints, piping, co nduit as sec tion P31.

150A PROPRIETARY LIGHTWEIGHT AGGREGATE LEVELLING SCREEDSTO ROOFS AND AS

MARKED IN THE DRAWINGS• Substra te: In-situ c onc rete - refer to Eng ineers draw ings.

• Screed ma nufac turer: Feb foam lightweight screed to eq ual and ap proved.- Produc t reference : Submit propo sal.

• Sta nd ard: To India n Sta nd ards.

• Sc reed c onstruction: In-situ c onc rete .

- Reinforce ment for crack c ontrol: Not required.• Thic kness:

- Nominal: 180.

- Minimum: 50mm laid to fall 1:80.• Mix:

- Propo rtions: 1:8 ce ment:aggregate .

• Surfac ing laye r: To rec eive roo f insulation a nd c ove ring , as sec tion J10.• Othe r req uirem ents: Pipe duc ts, as sec tion P31.



M10Cement based levelling/ wearing

screeds




GENERALLY/PREPARATION

205 DESIGN LIFE OF SCREEDS• Duration: 50 years.

- Subject to reasonab le wea r and tea r.

• Loc ation: as referred in ab ove c lauses 115,116 and 150 .

• Cond ition o f use: Subjec t to c orrec t load ing and traffic usag e throughout d uration.

210A SUITABILITY OF SUBSTRATES• General:

- Suitab le for spe c ified levels and fla tness/ regularity of finished surfac es. Consider

pe rmissible m inimum and ma ximum thicknesses of sc ree ds.- Sound a nd free from significant c rac ks and ga ps.

• Co nc rete strength: To Ind ian Standards.

• Clea nliness: Rem ove p laster, deb ris and dirt using p neum atic sc abb ler.• Mo isture co ntent : To suit sc reed type . New c onc rete slab s to rec eive fully or pa rtially bo nded

c onstruction m ust b e d ried out b y expo sure to the air for minimum six weeks.

220A PROPRIETARY LEVELLING/ WEARING SCREEDS

• Ge neral: Materia ls, mix propo rtions, mixing m etho ds, minimum/ ma ximum thicknesses andworkmanship must be in ac c ordanc e with rec om mend ations of sc reed ma nufac turer.

• Sta nd ard: To India n Sta nd ards.


proceeding.

• Sc reed type: As c lause 115.- Loc ation/ Size: Loc ation to be a pp roved / 10sqm .

250A CONDUITS UNDER FLOATING SCREEDS• Haunc hing: Before laying insulation for floa ting sc reed s, c ove r by GI expa ned e me ta l lath

nailed to slab a nd haunc h up in 1:4 c em ent:sand on b oth sides of c ond uits.

251A CONDUITS CAST INTO OR UNDER SCREEDS• Reinforc eme nt: Overlay with reinforc em ent selecte d from :

- 500 mm w ide strip o f stee l fab ric To Indian Standards, or- Welded me sh ma nufac tured in rolls from mild steel wire m inimum 1.5 mm diam eter To

Indian Sta nd ards me sh size 50 x 50 mm.• Placing reinforc eme nt: Mid de pth b etwe en top o f cond uit and the sc reed surfac e.

- Screed co ver over co nduit (minimum): 25 mm.

255 PIPE DUCTS/ TRUNKING• Prefo rmed ac c ess duc ts: Befo re laying sc ree d , fix sec urely to substrates and level a c c urately

in relation to finished floor surfac e.

260A FULLY BONDED CONSTRUCTION• Prep aration: Generally in a c c ordanc e with Indian Stand ards.• Rem oving mo rta r ma trix: Shortly befo re laying sc ree d, expo se c oa rse a gg reg a te over entire

area of ha rde ned substrate .

• Texture of surfac e: Suitable to a c c ep t sc reed and ac hieve a full bo nd o ver com plete a rea .• Bond ing c oa t: Ma nufac turer's stand ard .

270A PARTIALLY BONDED CONSTRUCTION• Prep aration: Generally in a c c ordanc e with Indian Stand ards.

• Substrate surface: Brushed finish with no surface laitance.

- Texture of surfac e: Suitable to a cc ept screed a nd a chieve a bond over comp lete a rea.• Bond ing c oa t: Ma nufac turer's stand ard .




screeds




280 UNBONDED CONSTRUCTION• Sep arat ion: Lay sc reed ove r a suitab le shee t dpm or a sep ara ting layer.

- Type : Polyethylene sheet, minimum 125 microme tres thick (500 gaug e.• Insta llat ion o f sep arat ing laye r: Lay on c lean substrate. Turn up for full depth of screed a t

abu tme nts with walls, co lumns, etc . Lap 100 mm at joints.

290 FLOATING CONSTRUCTION• Insulation:

- Type: Rigid insulation b oa rds to M EP Spe c ifica tion .- Installation: Lay w ith tight butt joints. Continue up a t p erimete r abutm ents for full dep th of

screed.• Sep arat ing laye r:

- Type: To manufac turers rec omme ndations.

- Insta llat ion: Lay o ver insulation a nd turn up a t pe rime ter ab utme nts. Lap 100 mm a t joints.

BATCHING/ MIXING

310 BATCHING WITH DENSE AGGREGATES• Mix propo rtions: Spe c ified by w eight .

• Batc hing: Selec t from:- Batch by weight.- Batc h b y volume: Permitted on the ba sis of p reviously estab lished weight:volume

relat ionships of the particula r

ma terials. Use a c c urate ga uge bo xes. Allow for bulking of d am p sand .

311A BATCHING WITH LIGHTWEIGHT AGGREGATES• Sta nd ard: To India n Sta nd ards.• Mix propo rtions: Spec ified by volume .

• Batc hing: Use a c c urate ga uge bo xes.

330 MIXING• Water c ontent: Minimum ne ce ssary to ac hieve full c om pa c tion, low enoug h to prevent

exce ssive wate r be ing brought to surfac e d uring co mp ac tion.• Mixing: M ix materials thoroug hly to uniform c onsistenc y. Mixes other tha n no -fines must b e

mixed in a suitable forced ac tion mec hanica l mixer. Do not use a free fa ll drum type mixer.

• Co nsistenc y: Use w hile sufficiently p lastic for full c om pa c tion.• Ready-mixed retarded screed mortar: Use within working time and site temperatures

rec omm ended by m anufacturer. Do not retemp er.

340 ADVERSE WEATHER• Sc reeds surfac e tem perature: Mainta in abo ve 5°C for a minimum o f four days a fter laying.• Hot wea ther: Preve nt prem ature setting o r d rying out.

LAYING

345 LEVEL OF SCREED SURFACES• Permissible d evia tion: (allow ing for thickness of c ove rings) ±5 mm from datum.

350 SCREEDING TO FALLS• Minimum sc reed c over: Maintain at the lowe st p oint.

• Falls: Gradual and consistent.- Gradient (minimum): As drawing .

351 SCREEDING TO RAMPS• Sc reed c over: Ma intain c onsistent screed de pth to g rad uated substrate .

• Falls: Gradual and consistent.




screeds




355A FLATNESS/ SURFACE REGULARITY OF FLOOR SCREEDS• Sta nd ard: To India n Sta nd ards.

• Test: To Ind ian Sta nd ards.• Sudden irreg ularities: Not pe rmitted.

365 FLATNESS/ SURFACE REGULARITY OF ROOF SCREEDS

• Sudden irreg ularities: Not pe rmitted.• Deviation of surfac e: Mea sure from unde rside of a 2 m straighted ge (betw een po ints of

co ntac t), plac ed anywhere o n surface .- Permissible dev iation (maximum): 6 mm.

375 COMPACTION OF SCREEDS• Gene ral: Com pa c t thoroughly over entire a rea .

• Sc reeds over 50 mm thick: Lay in two layers of a pp roxima tely eq ua l thickness. Roug hensurfac e of c om pa c ted lower layer then immed iately lay upp er layer.

392A GENERAL REINFORCEMENT• Steel fab ric : To Ind ian Sta nd ards.

- Type: as pe r structural enginneers rec om mend ations.

• Insta llat ion: In ac c orda nc e with Ind ian Standards.

405 JOINTS IN LEVELLING SCREEDS GENERALLY• Laying screeds: Lay continuously using 'wet screeds' between strips or bays. Minimize defined

join ts.

• Dayw ork joints: Form w ith vertica l edge .

468 SEALANT MOVEMENT JOINTS WITH METAL EDGINGSFOR SCREED TYPE M10/ 115• Edging m a terial: Brass angle .

- Size: 75 x 50 x 5 mm.- Bedd ing: 1:3 ce ment:sand .

• Insta lla tion : Cent re ove r joints in substrate . Set to exac t finished leve l of floor.- Sec ure fixing to substrate: Sta inless stee l sc rew s at 600 mm c entres.

• Joint w idth: To ma tc h tha t o f structural mo vem ent joint in substrate.

• Sea lant:- Manufac turer: Vert iseal.- Produc t reference : Submit Propo sal.

- Colour: To Architects pp roval.- Prep aration and ap plica tion: As sec tion Z22.

FINISHING/ CURING

510 FINISHING GENERALLY• Timing: Ca rry out all finishing o pe rations at op timum times in relation to setting and

hardening o f sc reed ma terial.• Prohib ited treatm ents to sc ree d surfac es:

- Wetting to assist surfac e working.

- Sprinkling c ement.

520 WOOD FLOATED FINISH• Finish: Slightly c oa rse, even te xture with no ridges or steps.

530 SMOOTH FLOATED FINISH• Finish: Even texture with no ridges or steps.

540 TROWELLED FINISH TO LEVELLING SCREEDS• Floa ting : To a n even te xture with no ridg es or steps.

• Trowelling: To a uniform, smo oth bu t no t p olished surfac e, free from trowel m arks and othe r

blemishes, and suitable to receive specified flooring material.




screeds




541 TROWELLED FINISH TO STRUCTURAL LEVELLING SCREEDS TO ALL TERRACES & ROOFS TORECEIVE WATERPROO F MEMBRANE

• Floa ting : To a n even te xture with no ridg es or steps.• Trowelling: To a uniform, smo oth bu t no t p olished surfac e, free from trowel m arks and othe r

blemishes, and suitable to receive specified flooring material.

600 POWER GROUND FINISH TO WEARING SCREEDS• Float ing: To a n eve n surfac e with no ridge s or step s. Immed iate ly c om me nc e c uring.• Grinding: When c onc rete is sufficiently hard fo r sand p articles not to be to rn from surfac e,

remove 1 - 2 mm from surfac e to give a n eve n glass-pa per texture, free from blem ishes and

trowel marks.• Cleaning: Rem ove dust a nd wa sh d own. Resume c uring without d elay.

650 CURING• Gene ral: Prevent prema ture drying. Immed iately after laying, protec t surfac e from wind,

draughts and strong sunlight. As soon as screed has set sufficiently, closely cover with

po lyethylene sheeting.• Curing pe riod (minimum ): Keep p olyethylene shee ting in po sition for: seve n da ys.

• Drying a fter curing: Allow sc ree ds to dry grad ua lly. Do not subjec t sc reeds to a rtificial d rying

conditions that will cause cracking or other shrinkage related problems.

670 ROOF SCREEDS• Protection: Cover screeds during wet weather. When weathertight coverings are laid,

sc ree ds must be as d ry as prac tica b le.




screeds




M20

Plastered/ Rendered / Roughcast coa tings



M20 Plastered/ Rendered/ Roughcast c oa tings


TYPES OF COATING

130A CEMENT:SAND (AIR ENTRAINED) EXTERNAL RENDER refer Struc tu ral Spec ifica tionsa lso

• Substrate : Conc rete bloc kwork, as sec tion F10/ Conc rete .- Prepa ration: Sca blle c oncrete to e xpose a ggregate, wa sh do wn a nd spa tterda sh keying

coat.

• Mortar:- Type: Contractor's choice.- Pigment: Through co lour, White.

• Undercoats:- Mix: 1:4-5 ma sonry cem ent:sand (whe re final coat thrown) or 1:5.5-6.5 ma sonry

c eme nt:sand (where final co at trowelled ) .

- Cement type: Contrac tor's choice.- Thickness (exc luding d ubb ing out and keys): Unde rc oa t 8-12 mm.

• Final coat:

- Mix: 1:5-6 (air entrained).Cement type: As app roved.Othe r req uirem ents: Sc ree n sand through 3 mm me sh sieve.

- Thickness: 8 mm (maximum).- Finish: All in colour (white) rend er coat w ith smo oth, pla in finish. Rend er to planter tops and

c op ings to ha ve no minal fall towa rds plante r.

• Ac c essories: Sta inless steel be ads, stops, lathing a nd fixing na ils.

Other requirem ent:- Cornerbe ed s: All c orners should be ma de using co rner be ed s

- Plaster stop beed : Plaster stop be ed s should be used whe reve r plaster stop s

131 CEMENT:SAND (AIR ENTRAINED) INTERNAL PLASTER refe r Struc tural Spec ifica tions

a lso• Substrate : Conc rete bloc kwork, as sec tion F10/ Conc rete .

- Prepa ration: Sca bb le c oncrete to expose a ggregate, wa sh dow n and spa tterda sh keyingcoat.

• Mortar:- Type: Contractor's choice.- Pigment: Not required.

• Undercoats:- Mix: 1:4-5 ma sonry cem ent:sand (whe re final coat thrown) or 1:5.5-6.5 ma sonry

c eme nt:sand (where final co at trowelled ) .

- Cement type: Contrac tor's choice.

- Thickness (exc luding d ubb ing out and keys): Unde rc oa t 8-12 mm.• Final coat:

- Mix: 1:5-6 (air entrained).Ceme nt type: Contrac tor's choice .Other req uireme nts: None.

- Thickness: 8 mm (maximum).

- Finish: Plain.• Ac c essories: Ga lvanised be ad s, stop s and lathing .



M20Plastered/ Rend ered/ Roug hca st

coatings




280A GYPSUM PLASTER SKIM COAT ON PLASTERBOARD• Plasterboa rd: 13 mm .

- Preparation: Bonding a gent recom mended by p laster manufacturer .• Plaster: Boa rd finish/ finish p laster to BS EN 13279-1 or eq uiva lent India n Sta nd ards.

- Ma nufac turer: British Gypsum Ltd or similar ap proved .

Produc t referenc e: Thistle Multifinish .

- Thickness: 2mm .- Finish: Smo oth.

• Ac c essories: Bea ds and stop s .

GENERAL

418 CONTROL SAMPLES• Co mp lete samp le area s, being p a rt of the finished wo rk, in loc a tions as follows: Externa l

rende ring, inte rna l plastering.

421 SCAFFOLDING• Ge neral: Preve nt putlog ho les and o ther breaks in co at ings.

MATERIALS AND MARKING OF MORTAR

438A CEMENTS FOR MORTARS• Cem ent: To BS EN 197-1 and CE ma rked .

- Type s: Portland c eme nt, CEM I.

Portland slag c em ent, C EM II.Portland fly ash cement, CEM II.

- Streng th c lass: 32.5, 42.5 or 52.5.

• White c em ent: To BS EN 197-1 and CE ma rked .- Type: Portland c em ent, CEM1.- Strength c lass: 52.5.

• Sulfa te resisting Portland c em ent: To BS 4027 and Kitem arked .- Strength c lass: 42.5.

• Ma sonry ce me nt: To BS EN 998-1 and Kitem arked .

or Equ ivalent Indian Standards

440A SAND FOR CEMENT GAUGED MORTARS• Sta nd ard: To BS EN 13139 or equiva lent Indian Sta nd ards.

- Grading: 0/2 or 0/4 (CP or MP); Ca teg ory 2 fines.

• Co lour and te xture: Consistent. Ob ta in from one source.

449A ADMIXTURES FOR CEMENT GAUGED MORTARS• Suitab le ad mixtures: Selec t from :

- Air entraining (p lastic izing) admixtures: To BS EN 934-2 or eq uiva lent India n Sta nd ards and

c omp atible w ith other mortar co nstituents.- Other a dm ixtures: Subm it propo sals.

• Prohibited ad mixtures: Calcium c hloride a nd a ny ad mixture c onta ining c alc ium chloride .

450 CHLORIDE CO NTENT OF MORTARS• Chloride c onte nt (ma ximum ): 0.1% by d ry ma ss.

495 MIXING• Rend er mo rtars (site p rep ared ):

- Batc hing: By volume. Use c lean and ac c urate g aug e bo xes or buc kets.- Mix propo rtions: Based on d am p sand . Adjust for dry sand .- Lime:sand: Mix thoroug hly. Allow to sta nd , without d rying out , for at lea st 16 hours be fore

using.

• Mixes: Of uniform c onsistenc e a nd free from lumps. Do not rete mp er or rec onstitute m ixes.• Co nta mina tion: Prevent intermixing w ith other ma terials.




coatings




PREPARING SUBSTRATES

510 SUITABILITY OF SUBSTRATES• Sound ness: Free from loose a rea s and signific ant c rac ks and ga ps.

• Cutting, chasing, making good, fixing of conduits and services outlets and the like:Completed.

• Toleranc es: Permitting spe c ified flatness/ reg ularity o f finished c oa tings.• Cleanliness: Free from dirt, dust, efflorescence and mould, and other contaminants

incompatible with coatings.

531 ROUGHENING FOR KEY• Substrates: Roug hen thoroug hly and eve nly.

- Depth of surfac e remo val: Minimum nec essary to provide a n effective key.

536A SPATTERDASH KEY• Materials:

- Ce me nt: To BS EN 197-1 or equiva lent Indian Sta ndards and CE ma rked .

- Sand: Clean, coa rse.- Ad mixtures: SBR bo nding ag ent, Agréme nt certified.

• Mix proportions (cement:sand): 1:1.5-2.• Consistenc y: Thic k slurry, well stirred.• App lica tion: Throw o nto da mp ened ba ckground and leave rough.

- Thickness: 3-5 mm .

• Curing: Controlled to a c hieve a firm b ond to substrate .

541 BONDING AGENT APPLICATION• Gene ral: App ly evenly to substrate to a chieve e ffective bo nd of plaster/ rend er c oa t.

Protec t a djac ent joinery and other surfac es.

BACKINGS/ BEADS/ JOINTS

630A BEADS/ STOPS FOR INTERNAL USEFOR INTERNAL PLASTER• Ma teria l: Ga lvanized steel to BS EN 13658-1 or eq uiva lent Ind ian Sta nd ards.

636 BEADS/ STOPS FOR EXTERNAL USE FOR EXTERNAL RENDER• Ma teria l: Sta inless steel to BS EN 10088-1, grad e 1.4301 or eq uiva lent India n Sta nd ards.

640 BEADS/ STOPS GENERALLY• Loc a tion: Externa l angles and stop end s excep t where spec ified othe rwise.• Corners: Neat mitres at return angles.

• Fixing: Sec ure, using long est p ossible leng ths, plumb , square and true to line and level,

ensuring full c onta c t of wings with substrate.- Bea ds/ stop s for external render: Fix mec hanica lly.

• Finishing: Afte r co at ings have be en ap plied , rem ove surplus ma terial while still wet , from

surfaces of beads/ stops exposed to view.




coatings




646A CRACK CO NTROL AT JUNCTIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR SOLID SUBSTRATES• Loc a tions: Where de fined mo vem ent joints are not req uired . Where d issimila r solid substrate

ma terials are in sam e p lane and rigidly bo nde d o r tied tog ether.• Crack control materials:

- Isolat ing laye r: Building pap er to BS 1521 or eq uivalent India n Standards.

- Me ta l lathing: Externa lly: Sta inless stee l ribb ed e xpa nded m eta l; Internally: Ga lvanised

ribbed expanded meta.• Insta llat ion: Fix me ta l la thing o ver isolat ing laye r. Sta gg er fixings a long bo th edg es of lathing.

• Width o f insta llat ion o ver single junc tions:- Isolating layer: 150 mm .- Lathing: 300 mm.

• Width o f insta llat ion a c ross fac e o f d issimilar substrate ma terial (co lumn, be am , etc . withfac e width not g rea ter than 450 mm):- Isolating layer: 25 mm (minimum) be yond junc tions with ad jac ent substrate .

- Lathing: 100 mm (minimum) beyo nd e dg es of isolating layer.

659 PLASTERBOARD JOINTS• Joints and ang les (exc ep t whe re c oincident with meta l bea ds). Reinforc e w ith continuous

lengths of jointing tap e.

673 PLASTERING OVER CONDUITS/ SERVICE CHASES• General: Prevent cracking over conduits and other services.

• Services c hased into substrate: Isolate from c oa ting by c ove ring with ga lvanized me ta llathing, fixed a t stag ge red c entres along b oth ed ge s.

MOULDINGS/ DECORATIVE PLASTERWORK

INTERNAL PLASTERING

710 APPLICATION GENERALLY• Ap plica tion of c oa tings: Firmly and in one c ontinuous op eration be twee n a ngles and joints.

Ac hieve g ood ad hesion.

• Ap pea ranc e of finished surfac es: Even and c onsistent. Free from ripp ling, ho llow s, ridg es,c rac ks and c razing.- Ac c urac y: Finish to a true p lane, to co rrec t line a nd level, with ang les and c orners to a

right a ngle unless spec ified othe rwise, and with wa lls and reve als plumb a nd square.• Drying out: Preve nt excessively rapid or loca lized d rying out.

715 FLATNESS/ SURFAC E REGULARITY• Sudden irreg ularities: Not pe rmitted.

• Deviation of plaster surfac e: Mea sure from underside of a straight ed ge plac ed anywhe reon surface.- Permissible devia tion (ma ximum ) for p laster not less than 13 mm thick: 3 mm in any

c onsec utive length of 1800 mm.

718 JUNCTION OF NEW PLASTERWORK WITH EXISTING• New plasterwork: Finish flush with original face of existing plasterwork to form a seamless

junc tio n.

720 DUBBING OUT• General: Correct substrate inaccuracies.

• New smo oth d ense c onc rete and simila r surfac es: Dubb ing out p rohib ited unless total

p laster thic kness is within rang e recom me nded by p laster manufac turer.• Thickness of a ny one c oa t (ma ximum ): 10 mm .

• Mix: As undercoat.

• Ap plica tion: Ac hieve firm b ond . Allow ea c h c oa t to set suffic iently be fore the next isap plied. Cross sc ratc h surfac e of e ac h c oa t.




coatings




725 UNDERCOATS GENERALLY• Ge neral: Rule to a n eve n surfac e. Cross sc ratc h to p rovide a key for the next co at .

• Underco a ts on m eta l lathing: Work we ll into interstice s to o bta in maximum key.• Unde rc oa ts ga uge d with Portland c eme nt: Do not a pp ly next c oa t until drying shrinkag e is

substantially complete.

742 THIN COAT PLASTER• Preparation for plasters less tha n 2 mm thic k: Fill holes, sc ratc hes and vo ids with finishing

plaster.

777 SMOOTH FINISH• Ap pe aranc e: A tight, matt, smoo th surfac e w ith no hollows, abrupt c hang es of level or

trowe l ma rks. Avoid wa ter b rush, exce ssive trowelling and ove r po lishing.

EXTERNAL RENDERING

810 APPLICATION GENERALLY• Ap plica tion of c oa tings: Firmly and in one c ontinuous op eration be twee n a ngles and joints.

Ac hieve g ood ad hesion.

• Ap pea ranc e of finished surfac es: Even and c onsistent. Free from ripp ling, ho llow s, ridg es,

c rac ks and c razing.- Ac c urac y: Finish to a true p lane, to co rrec t line a nd level, with ang les and c orners to a

right a ngle unless spec ified othe rwise, and with wa lls and reve als plumb a nd square.

• Drying: Preve nt e xcessively rap id o r loc alized drying out.

815 FLATNESS/ SURFACE REGULARITY OF RENDERING TO RECEIVE CERAMIC TILES• Sudden irreg ularities: Not pe rmitted.

• Deviation of rende r surfac e: Mea sure from und erside o f a 2 m straight e dg e p lac ed

anywhe re o n surfac e.- Permissible dev iation (maximum): 3 mm.

820 DUBBING O UT FOR RENDERING• General: Correct substrate inaccuracies.

• Thickness of a ny one c oa t (ma ximum ): 16 mm .

- Tota l thic kness (ma ximum ): 20 mm , otherwise o btain instructions.• Mix: As undercoat.

• Ap plica tion: Ac hieve firm b ond . Allow ea c h c oa t to set suffic iently be fore the next is

ap plied. Comb surfac e of eac h coa t.

830 ANCHORED MESH REINFORCEMENT• Ap p lic a tion of first underco a t: Through a nd round me sh to fully bo nd w ith solid substrate.

840 UNDERCOATS GENERALLY• Gene ral: Rule to a n even surfac e. Comb to p rovide a key for the next c oa t. Do not

penetrate the coa t.• Underco a ts on m eta l lathing: Work we ll into interstice s to o bta in maximum key.

856 FINAL COAT - PLAIN FLOATED FINISH• Finish: Even , op en texture free from laitanc e.

880 CURING AND DRYING• Gene ral: Prevent p rema ture setting and uneven d rying of e ac h c oa t.• Curing c oatings: Keep eac h co at d amp by c overing with polyethylene sheet a nd/ or

spraying w ith wate r.

- Curing pe riod (minimum): 4 da ys.- Final co at: Hang sheeting c lear of the final coa t.

• Drying: Allow ea ch coa t to d ry thoroughly, with drying shrinkag e substa ntially c om p lete

before ap plying next coa t.• Prote c tion: Prote c t from frost a nd ra in.




coatings




M21

Insulation with rend ered finish



M21 Insulation with rendered finish

100 EXTERNAL INSULATED RENDER SYSTEM IN GENERAL.

Substrate: Co nc rete / BlockworkMa nufac turer: Sto AG, D-79780 Stuhlingen, Germany or similar App rove d and distributed inthe UAE by:

New Trad e LinksPO Box 78942Dubai

UAETel: +971 (0)4 289 5760Fax: +971 (0)4 289 5761

E-mail [email protected] uc t: Sto Therm Classic External Wall Insula tion SystemFixing: Ad hesive fix app lied in strict a c c ordanc e w ith manufac turers rec om mend ations by

an ap proved

specialist sub-contractor

110 SYSTEM MATERIALS AND COM PONENTS

Surfac e preparation: in ac co rda nce with manufac turers rec omm enda tionsSta rter Trac k: Sto Aluminium Horizont a l Sta rter Trac k

- Length: 2m- Fixing: in acc ordance with manufacturers recommendat ionsAd hesive: Sto-ADH-B Adhesive

Insulation Boa rd : by Sto a pprove d supplier in ac c orda nc e w ith MEP req uirem entsReinfo rcing C oa t: Sto A rmat ClassicReinfo rce me nt: Sto Reinforc ing Fibre Mesh

Finish: Sto exte rior rea dy m ixed ac rylicCo lour: Throug h c olour, WhiteAccessories:

- Sto-Sealing tape: 15/4 pre-comp ressed neoprene expanda ble waterproofing tape- Sto Armor Ang le- Sto PVC M esh Ang le Be ad

- Sto PU Foam- Sto Expansion Joint Prof ile



M21Insulation with rende red finish




120 EXECUTION

• All insta llat ions of m ateria ls sha ll be pe rformed by and / or supervised by reg isteredapplicators

• Unde r no c irc umstanc es shall any o f the spe c ified p rod uc ts be altered with any ad ditives,

excep t for sma ll

amo unts of c lean wa ter as d irec ted . Antifreeze, ac c elerato rs, rapid b linders, etc ., a reforbidden

• The surfac e to rec eive Sto Thermal Classic Externa l Wall Insulat ion System sha ll be c lea n, dry

and sound,and previously trea ted with funga l alga ec ide if app rop riate

• If levelling is required, use Sto Leve l Uni. Ap p ly only afte r the surfac e ha s be en p rep ared with

theap propriate prod uct

• Establish a horizontal line at the base of the substrate. Install an aluminium starter track with

fixings a t 300mmc entres, the leng th of the fixing b eing d ete rmined by the nature of the substrate. If theinsulat ion system has

to be extended be low ground level, refer to the ap propriate spe c ifica tion• Use Sto ADH-Bto ad here EPS bo ards to substrate . Applica tion p roc eed is as follow s:

Mix Sto ADH-Ba c c ording to m anufa c turers rec omm end ations; app ly the a dhe sive to the

bac k of the boa rdsusing a 15mm notc hed trowe l. Ribb ons of a dhesive sha ll be uniform and run horizonta l withthe b uilding wa lls

• Boa rds are to be p lac ed horizonta lly on the wa lls sta rting from the leve l ba se line. Stagg ervertica l joints andinterloc k bo ards at a ll inside and outside c orners. App ly firm p ressure ove r entire surfac e o f

the boa rd toensure uniform c onta c t. Sufficient p ressure must be a pplied to flatt en the ribb ons ofadhesive to result in a

minimum o f 50% adhesion. All joints must be but ted tightly togethe r to e limina te a ny therma lbreaks in theinsulation system. Ca re m ust b e ta ken to keep any a dhe sive from ge tting b etwe en the joints

of the b oa rds.Ad hesive shall have ad eq uate c uring time be fore a ny further work ca n be do ne ove r theEPS boards. All open

join ts in the EPS board la yer sha ll be filled with slive rs of EPS board or app rop riate foam• Fire ba rriers, if req uired , are fixed a t the desired po sitions gene rally as desc ribed abo ve

• The use of na ils, sc rew s, or any o ther type o f non-therma l mec han ica l fastene rs, metal

c orner be ad s,stop -bea ds, etc a re not p ermitted

• Rasping of the EPS boa rd surfac e w ill be required to a c hieve a smo oth, eve n surfac e a nd to

remove possibleultraviolet ray d ama ge if the EPS is left for an e xtende d p eriod p rior to a pp lic at ion of areinforcing c oa t. This

pe riod is de pe nda nt on w ea ther co nditions and sea son b ut a s a ge neral rule it must notexceed 2 weeks

• Use o f me ta l co rner be ads, stop -bea ds, etc ., is forbidd en

• Where extra thicknesses of EPS a re required this ma y be ac hieved by lamina ting a dditiona lEPS boa rds ontothe p reviously fixed EPS boa rds with ap p rop riate a dhesive in ac c orda nc e withma nufac turers rec omm end ations.

Using a 5mm notc hed spread er, ap ply ribbo ns of a dhe sive to the e ntire b ac k of the b oa rdand a pp ly the boa rdensuring un iform c onta c t. App ly sufficient p ressure to ensure flattening on the adhesive

ribbo ns so tha t aminimum of 50% ad hesive a rea s results. It is rec om me nded tha t a minimum of 30mmad ditional EPS to a dd ed as

this will enable the meshes and decorative finishes to be more neatly applied• All area s where the StoTerm C lassic Externa l Wa ll Insulat ion System me ets d issimilar ma teria l

sha ll hav e theEPS c ut ba c k from the a djoining m ate rial ap proxima tely 2-4mm and the joint betw eenformed using StoSea l 15/2-6,







a p re-co mp ressed ne op rene expa nda ble wa terproofing tap e. The tap e is ap plied to theed ge of the EPS bo ardor to the ad jac ent surfac e, and the EPS bo ard fitted into po sition w ith the tap e a t full

c om pression. Sub seq uentmovem ent is ac co mmo da ted by the expansion of the tape thereby m aintaining thewa tertight sea l

• The reinforcing c oa t pla ster shall be m ixed with c lean w a ter and stirred to a uniformc onsistenc y. App ly a reinforcing

c oa t o ver the EPS bo ard using a sta inless stee l trow el to a uniform thickness of a pp roximately

3mm. Workhorizonta lly and vertica lly in strips of 1m, and imme d iate ly em bed the Sto Reinforcing FibreMesh into the wet

reinforcing c oa t. Avo id rinkles in the me sh. The finished thickness of t he reinforcing c oa t sha llbe such tha t theme sh is fully embe dd ed . Allow the reinforc ing c oa t to d ry thoroughly be fore a pp lying the

finish. Externa l angles ma ybe trea ted by either of two m ethod s de pe nde nt on site co nditions:

- A t window and door revea ls and in terna l cornersSto Armor Ang le , a p re-formed glass fibre reinforcing strip 160mm wide o verall,

bed ded in reinforcing c oat

pla ster prior to app lic a tion of the m ain a rea reinforc ing me sh, which is subseq uentlyap plied up to, but not

around , the external or internal co rner.

- A t externa l corners o f bu ild ingSto PVC Mesh Angle Bea d , a pre-formed PVC ang le bea d 2.50m long, b ond ed to a

250mm wide strip ofSto Reinforcing Fibre Mesh Fine , bedded in reinforcing c oa t p laster at all external

c orners prior to ap plicationof the ma in area reinforc ing me sh, which is subseq uently ap plied up to, but not

around, the external c orner.

• Where ad ditional reinforc em ent is req uired , e.g. in high traffic, va nda l prone a nd

antic ipate d imp ac t areas, prior tothe o pe rations desc ribe d in sec tion 2.14 ab ove, ap ply a reinforc ing coa t ove r the EPS bo ardusing a stainless steel

trowe l to a uniform thickness of ap proximately 3mm. Work horizontally or vertica lly in strips of1m, andimmed iately emb ed the Sto Armor Mat into the wet reinforcing c oa t. The m esh shall be

butted at a ll me sh joints andc orners formed using Sto Armor Ang le , a p re-formed glassfibre reinforc ing strip . Avo idwrinkles in the m esh. The

finished thickness of the reinforcing c oa t shall be suc h tha t the m esh is fully embe dded .Fea ther out a t sea ms anded ge s. The sec ond ap plica tion of reinforcing c oa t p laster and reinforc ing me sh d esc ribed

abo ve may b e c arried outbe fore c om plete d rying of the first ap plica tion has taken plac e.

• Expa nsion jo ints - Sto Therm Classic Externa l Wall Insulat ion System doe s not req uire c ontrolor expa nsion jointsexcep t where the substrate ha s:

- an existing co ntrol joint, expansion joint, or live building crack.

- where the system is ap plied to d issimilar substrates.

These joints sha ll extend throug h the StoTherm C lassic Externa l Wall Insulat ion System andsha ll be formed using

Sto Expansion Joint Profile bed de d in reinforcing c oa t plaster on ea c h side o f expa nsion joint 5 - 20mm wide.Ove rlap ma in area reinforcing m esh finish p lasters to e dge of expansion joint. Rem ove

protective tap e oncompletion.

• The Sto finish, a read y mixed a c rylic or silico ne resin ba sed wa ll c oa ting, is app lied in







ac cordance with thefollowing ge neral rules:

- using a clean, rust-free low spe ed m ixer, thoroughly stir the Sto finish to a uniformconsistency (small

amo unts of c lean w ater may b e a dd ed to a id workab ility).

- f inish shall be a pplied in a continuous app lica tion always working to a wet ed ge.

Ca re should be ta ken to avoid

texture c hange s at different leve ls. To p reve nt sta ining of t he finish a lways ensure tha tthe sc affold b oa rds are

free from dust b efore c omm enc ing ap plication o f the final co at. If possible, entire

sec tions or eleva tions should bec oa ted in a single op eration to a void joint ma rks in the finish. Often this can be

ac hieved by wo rking to natural

brea ks in the b uild ing o r cha nge s in co lour or texture. Where d ay-joints areunavoidab le these should be ma de to

c oincide with natural features such as a line o f window c ills. App ly a ma sking tap e a t

the d esired po sition o f the joint and app ly the finish ove rlap p ing the edge of the ta pe. Ca refully remove the

ta pe w hile the finish is still we t to

leave a fair ed ge . Once the finish ma terial has set subseq uent a pp lic ations ma y beap plied by ma sking the

previously com pleted sec tion with tap e a nd ca refully ap plying the new finish to

achieve a barely visible joint.

- Weather co nditions will be a fac tor in the app lication of the finish as well as the

drying time.

- Finish may be ap plied over Sto Seal joints but not over expa nsion joints

130 PROTECTION AND CLEANING

• Sto produc ts are wa ter ba sed , therefore the no rma l co nditions for working in winter and

during pe riods of incleme ntwea ther should be respe c ted d uring and a fter ap plica tion

• All plasters de sc ribed should neve r be a pp lied if amb ient and surfac e te mp eratures c anno tbe kept ab ove +5 degrees Cduring a pp lic at ion and d rying p eriod . Prior to insta lla tion, the wa ll shall be free o f residua l

moisture. The stored m a teria lshould be p rote c ted from frost a nd strong sunligh t. For insta llat ion in te mp eratures less tha n+5 degrees C, supplementary

hea t should be p rovided• Althoug h it is preferab le when w orking w ith highly pigm ente d rend ers to m ask or protec t

other building elements such as

wind ow s, cills, etc ., sp illed o r d rop ped ma terials ma y be rem ove d e asily from mo st surfac eswith a wet spo nge o r c lothbe fore the ma terial has dried out. Rend ers which ha ve b een a llowe d to p artially dry may b e

remo ved by using Sto Helgo lsolution to softe n the rende r and w arm wa ter to c lean the surfac e. Absorbent surfac es suc has co ncrete, etc. ma y beaffected by the pigments of the render and where spillage is likely then these surfaces

should be protected withap propriate c overing ma terial







M40

Stone/ concrete/ quarry/ ceramic tiling/ mosaic



M40 Stone/ concrete/ quarry/ ceram ic tiling/ mosaic


TYPES OF TILING/ MOSAIC

100 TILE SPARESContrac tor to c onfirm C lient requirements with Engineer for type andquantity of spare tiles

110A TILING TO COMMON TOILETS, GROUND FLOOR LOBBY, LIFT LOBBY FLOOR & WALLS

AS PER SCHEDULE OF FINISHES & DRAWINGS• Tiles: REFER ID APPENDICIES.

- Ma nufa c turer/ Sup p lier: REFER ID APPENDICIES.Prod uc t refe renc e: REFER ID APPENDICIES.

- Co lour: REFER ID APPENDICIES.

- Finish: REFER ID APPENDICIES.

- Size: REFER ID APPENDIC IES.- Thickness: To ma nufac turers deta ils.

- Slip potential:Slip resista nc e v a lue (SRV) (minimum)/ Pendulum test va lue (PVT) (minimum) to BS 7932: Not applicable.

Surfac e roug hness (Rz) (minimum) to BS 1134: Not app lic able .• Bac kground / Base: Cem ent:sand sc reed as clause M 10.

- Preparation: hacking and bonding agent.

• Intermediate substrate : Not required .• Bed ding: Thin be d ribb ed ad hesive.

- Reinforcem ent: Not app lica ble.

- Adhesive: Ardex X7G Plus or equal ap proved.• Joint width: 2mm.

• Grout: Ardex F4 Polymer Mod ified or equa l app rove d.

- Type / c lassifica tion: CG2 - improved c em entitious grout with high ab rasion resistanc eand reduc ed water ab sorbtion.

• Mov eme nt joints: to tile supp liers rec c om mend ation.

• Ac c essories: threshold trim be twee n we t a nd dry areas.

110B TILING TO REFUGE AREAS• Tiles: Porc ela in Fully Vitrified Tile .

- Ma nufac turer/ Supp lier: Subm it propo sals for Engineer's Ap proval.Prod uc t referenc e: Serie Toile.

- Colour: Jute / Crep or Lin.- Finish: Polished .- Size: 400mm x 400mm / 250mm x 400mm.

- Thickness: To ma nufac turers deta ils.

- Slip potential:Slip resista nc e v a lue (SRV) (minimum)/ Pendulum test va lue (PVT) (minimum) to BS 7932: N

ot applicable.Surfac e roug hness (Rz) (minimum) to BS 1134: Not app lic able .

• Bac kground / Base: Cem ent:sand sc reed as clause M 10.

- Preparation: hacking and bonding agent.• Intermediate substrate : Not required .

• Bed ding: Thin be d ribb ed ad hesive.

- Reinforcem ent: Not app lica ble.- Adhesive: Ardex X7G Plus or equal ap proved.

• Joint width: 2mm.

• Grout: Ardex F4 Polymer Mod ified or equa l app rove d.- Type / c lassifica tion: CG2 - improved c em entitious grout with high ab rasion resistanc e

and reduc ed water ab sorbtion.• Mov eme nt joints: to tile supp liers rec c om mend ation.• Ac c essories: threshold trim be twee n we t a nd dry areas.



M40Stone/ co ncrete/ quarry/ c eramic

tiling/ mosaic




110L TILING TO GROUND FLOOR FEATURE WALL• Tiles: STONEWARE - Refer ID Ap pend ic ies.

- Ma nufac turer/ Supp lier: Subm it propo sals for Engineer's Ap proval.Prod uct reference : Refer ID Ap pe ndicies.

- Colour: As per ID Drawings.

- Finish: As pe r ID Draw ings.

- Size: As pe r ID Draw ings.- Thickness: As pe r ID Ap pe ndicies.

- Slip potential:Slip resista nc e v a lue (SRV) (minimum)/ Pendulum test va lue (PVT) (minimum) to BS 7932: Not applicable.

Surfac e roug hness (Rz) (minimum) to BS 1134: Not app lic able .• Bac kground / Base: Cem ent:sand sc reed as clause M 20 / Conc rete Surfac e, as pe r draw ings.


• Bed d ing: as per spe c ialist ad vise from a dhesive supplier.

- Reinforcem ent: Not app lica ble.- Ad hesive: as pe r spe c ialist a dvise from a dhe sive supp lier.

• Joint width: 10 mm.

• Grout: N/A.- Type/ classifica tion: N/A.

• Movem ent joints: N/A.

• Ac c essories: None.

110M TILING TO SERVICE & MEP ROO MS• Tiles: CERAMIC TILE.

- Ma nufac turer/ Supp lier: Subm it propo sals for Engineer's Ap proval.Prod uct referenc e: salt and pe pp er GP-2.

- Colour: sand.- Finish: Unpo lished .- Size: 200 x 200 mm.

- Thickness: 9mm.

- Slip potential:Slip resista nc e v a lue (SRV) (minimum)/ Pendulum test va lue (PVT) (minimum) to BS 7932: N

ot applicable.Surfac e roug hness (Rz) (minimum) to BS 1134: Not app lic able .

• Bac kground / Base: Cem ent:sand sc reed as clause M 20.


• Bed ding: Thin be d ribb ed ad hesive.

- Reinforcem ent: Not app lica ble.- Adhesive: Ardex X7G Plus or equal ap proved.

• Joint width: 2 mm.

• Grout: Ardex C2+ Ardex E101 or eq ual ap proved .- Type/ classifica tion: N/A.

• Movem ent joints: N/A.• Ac c essories: None.




tiling/ mosaic




115A NATURAL STONE MARBLE OR GRANITE- to be rea d in conjunc tion with ID draw ingsand spec ification

• Type: Ma rble o r Granitel.• Stone:

- Name (trad itional): To Architects ap proval.

- Petrological family: Marble/Granite .

- Colour: TBC.- Origin: TBC.- Finish: TBC.

- Supp lier: Al Hab toor Marbles, Carrera, Al Faha d o r eq uivalent to Land sc ap e Architec tsapproval.

- Qua lity: Free from vents, crac ks, fissures, disc oloration, o r other d efec ts delete rious to

strength/ colour.- Size: As pe r drawings.- Thickness: As pe r drawings.

- Slip potential:Slip resista nc e va lue (SRV) (minim um) to BS EN 14231: As req uired.Surfac e roughne ss (Rz) (minimum) to BS 1134: As req uired .

- Other req uireme nts: All surfac es to be c oa ted w ith Aq ua Mix Sea ler.• Bac kground / Base: RCC .

- Prepa ration: Hac king a nd SBR bond ing a gent.• Intermediate substrate : Not required .• Bedd ing: Sand Cem ent bedd ing.

- Reinforcem ent: Not app lica ble.

- Adhesive: Not app licab le.• Joint width: As pe r draw ings.

• Grout: Ceme ntitious, to suit slec ted stone c olour.

- Type/ classifica tion: Anti Funga l and A nti ba c terial.• Mo vem ent joints: Perime ter:.

• Ac c essories: None.

- All Marble / Granite should be free from vents, c rac ks, fissures, disc oloration or otherdefec ts whic h ma y ad versely affec t strength , or ap pe aranc e. Thoroug hly sea sone d , d ressedand worked b efore de livery to site in ac c orda nce with the shop drawings, prep ared b y the

supplier.Divid ing Strips: The sta inless steel d ivid ing strip sha ll be 5mm Thic k Grade 316 sta inless steel,sat in finished and sha ll c om ply to releva nt British Co de or othe r internationally rec og nised

Co des of Prac tice s. This divid ing strip is ap p lic able for all change in finishes as indicated onthe Draw ing.

116 NATURAL STONE COVERING TO Ground Floor Plinth - Exterior• Type: Ca librated mod ular tiles.

• Stone:

- Petrolog ica l fam ily: Flamed G ranite Stone.- Colour: Grey, to Architect's App roval.

- Refe r to d rawings for setting out deta ils

117 COMPOSITE STONE VANITY UNITVANITY UNITS TO COM MON TOILETS• Type: Com po site slab.

Ma nufac turer - Submit p ropo sals for Eng ineer's Ap prova l• Stone:

- Petrolog ica l fam ily: Sand stone and G ranite Stone.

- Colour: b lack.- Finish: to ma tc h mosiac tile - refe r c lause 110D- Edg es: squa red and straight, no de viations.

- Refe r to d rawings for setting out deta ils




tiling/ mosaic




GENERAL

210 SUITABILITY OF BACKGROUNDS/ BASES• Bac kground / base to leranc es: To p ermit spe c ified flatness/ regularity of finished surfac es

given the pe rmissible minimum and ma ximum thickness of b ed ding.

• New b ac kground drying time s (minimum):

- Conc rete wa lls: 6 weeks.- Brick/ bloc k walls: 6 wee ks.- Rendering: 2 weeks.

- Gypsum plaster: 4 weeks.• New b ase d rying times (minimum):

- Conc rete slabs: 6 wee ks.

- Cem ent:sand sc reed s: 3 wee ks.

215 FALLS IN THE BASES• Gene ral: Give notice if falls are inad eq uate .

250A SAMPLES• Ge nera l: Submit rep resenta tive samples of a ll tiles:

Additional requirements:Natural Stone - submit lab elled samp les tha t represent t he full range in variation inap pe aranc e for inspe c tion and a pp rova l by Engineer and ClientCo ntrac tor to c om plete an a rea o f app rox 15m² of finished w ork and ob tain ap prova l of

ap pea ranc e and qualityof installation before procee ding.

252 NATURAL STONE SAMPLES• Ge neral: Sub mit samp les in ac c ordanc e with BS EN 12057, c lause 4.2.3.2.

260 CONTROL SAMPLES• Ge neral: Complete sam p le areas, being p art of finished wo rk, in loc a tions as follows:

1msq for eac h of the areas spe c ified for ea c h tile.

PREPARATION

310 EXISTING BAC KGROUNDS/ BASES GENERALLY• Effloresc enc e, laita nc e, dirt and othe r loose ma terial: Rem ove .• Depo sits of o il, grease a nd other ma terials incom pa tible with the b ed ding: Remo ve.

• Tile, p aint a nd othe r nonporous surfac es: Clea n.

• Wet ba c kground s: Dry be fore tiling.

370 NEW IN SITU CONCRETE• Bac kround s/ bases to b e tiled: Rem ove mo uld oil, surfac e retarde rs and o ther ma terials

inco mp atible with bed ding.

380 NEW PLASTER• Plaster: Dry, solidly be dded , free from dust a nd friab le ma tter.

• Plaster primer: App ly if rec om mend ed by a dhe sive ma nufac turer.

390 PLASTERBOARD BACKGROUNDS• Boa rds: Dry, sec urely fixed and rigid w ith no p rotruding fixings and fac e to rec eive

decorative finish exposed.

410 HACKING FOR KEY• Keying: Roughe n ba c kground s thoroughly and evenly to a d ep th of 3 mm.

• Bac kground s to be keyed : bloc k and p lasterboa rd w alls.




tiling/ mosaic




438 PREPARING CONCRETE BASES FOR FULLY BONDED BEDDING• Surfac e c em ent:sand ma trix: Remo ve to expose c oa rse a gg reg ate .

• Surfac e p rep aration: Suitab le to a chieve a full bond with be dd ing. Selec t from :- Kee p w ell we tted for seve ra l hours. Rem ove free w ater then brush in a slurry bond ing

coat.

Slurry: Neat c eme nt.

- Prepa re, prime as nece ssary and ap ply a bo nding age nt.Bond ing ag ent: BBA c ertified SBR bo nd ing ag ent.

FIXING

510 FIXING GENERALLY• Co lour/shade : Unintend ed va riations within tiles for use in eac h area / room a re not

permitted.

- Varieg ate d tiles: Mix thoroughly.• Ad hesive: Com pa tible with ba c kground / ba se. Prime if rec om mend ed b y adhe sive

manufacturer.

• Cut tiles: Nea t and ac c urate .• Fixing: Provide ad hesion ove r entire ba c kground / ba se and tile ba c ks.

• Final ap pe aranc e: Befo re b ed d ing ma terial sets, ma ke ad justments nec essary to give true,reg ular ap pe aranc e to tiles and joints when v iewed under final lighting c ond itions.

• Surp lus bed ding ma terial: Clea n from joints and fac e o f tiles without d isturbing tiles.

530A SETTING OUT• Joints: True to line, c ontinuous and witho ut steps.

- Joints on wa lls: Horizonta l, vertica l and a ligne d round c orners.

- Joints in floo rs: Pa rallel to the m a in axis of the spac e o r spe c ified fea tures.• Cut tiles: Minimize numb er, maximize size and loc ate unob trusively.

• Joints in adjoining floors and walls: Align.

• Joints in ad joining floors and skirtings: Align.• Movement joints: Where locations are not indicated, submit proposals.

540 LEVEL OF FLOOR TILING• Permissible deviation in level from d a tum +/ -5mm.

550 FLATNESS/ REGULARITY OF TILING• Sudden irreg ularities: Not pe rmitted.

• Deviation of surfac e: Mea sure from unde rside o f a 2 m straighted ge plac ed anywhe re o n

surfac e. The straighted ge should not be ob struc ted by the tiles and no g ap should b egreate r than 3 mm.

560 LEVEL OF TILING ACROSS JOINTS• Devia tion (ma ximum ) between tile surfac es either side o f any typ e of joint:

- 1 mm for joints less than 6 mm w ide.- 2 mm for joints 6 mm or grea ter in width.

570 MORTAR BEDDING• Bedding mix:

- Ce me nt: Portland to BS EN 197-1 type CEM I/ 42.5.

- Sand for wa lls: To BS 1199, typ e A .- Sand for floors: To BS EN 13139.- Grad ing designa tion: 0/ 4 (MP) c ateg ory 1 fines and b etw ee n 20%-66% pa ssing a 0.5 sieve.

• Batc h: Selec t from:- Batch by weight.- Batc h b y volume: Permitted on the ba sis of p reviously estab lished weight:volume

relat ionships of the pa rticula r ma terials. Use a c c urate g aug e b oxes. Allow fo r bu lking ofdam p sand.

• Mixing : Mix ma terials thoroug hly to uniform consistenc e. Use a suitab le forced ac tion

me c hanica l mixer. Do no t use a free fall type mixer.• Ap p lic a tion: At norma l temp eratures use w ithin two ho urs. Do not use a fter initia l set. Do no t

retemper.




tiling/ mosaic




578 CRACK CONTROL REINFORCEMENT• Type to BS 4483: to me et EN176 B1 for c rac k supression mem brane a nd to the

rec c om mend ation od the wa terproffing supp lier .• Insta llat ion: Plac e c entrally in dep th of b ed . Lap not less tha n 100 mm a nd sec urely tie

tog ethe r with stee l wire.

• Co rners: Avoid a four laye r build at c orners.

650A THIN BED ADHESIVE - RIBBED (WALLS)• Ap plica tion: App ly 3 mm floate d c oa t of ad hesive to dry ba c kground in areas of

app roximately 1 m². Trowel to ribbe d p rofile.

• Tiling : Press tiles firmly o nto floa t c oa t.Finished adhesive thickness minimum 3mm

671 THICK BED ADHESIVE - RIBBED (WALLS)• App lica tion: Apply floated co at of ad hesive to dry bac kground. Comb surfac e.

• Tiling: Ap ply thin even c oa t o f adhesive to ba c ks of d ry tiles. Press tiles firmly onto floa t c oa t.

• Finished adhesive thickness: Within range reco mm end ed by m anufac turer.

710 THICK BED ADHESIVE - SOLID (FLOORS)• App lica tion: Apply floated co at o f ad hesive to dry base a nd c omb surfac e.• Tiling : Ap p ly coa t o f a dhesive to bac ks of tiles filling dep ressions or keys. Press tiles firmly into

position.

• Finished adhesive thickness: Within range reco mm end ed by m anufac turer.

730 SEMIDRY CEMENT:SAND BEDDING (FLOO RS)• Mo rtar be dd ing mix: 1:3.5-4 cem ent:sand .

- Water content: A film of wa ter must not form on surface of bed when fully com pa cted .

• Prep aration: Dam pe n b ase.

• Laying: Lay suitably small working areas of screeded bed. Compact thoroughly to level.- Finished b ed thickness (minimum ): as rec omm end ed b y ma nufac turer.- Finished bed thic kness (maximum): as rec omm ended by m anufac turer.

• Tiling: Within two hours and be fore be dd ing sets, evenly c oa t b ac ks of tiles with a nea t

c em ent slurry. Bea t tiles firmly into position.

MOVEMENT JOINTS/ GROUTING/ COMPLETION

815 SEALANT MO VEMENT JOINTSIN TILING TO FLOO RS• Joints: Extend throug h tiles and b ed d ing to b ase/ ba c kground . Centre ove r joints in base/

background.- Width: to match grout wid th .

• Sea lant: subm it propo sals .- Colour: to Architects approval .- Prep aration and ap plica tion: As sec tion Z22.

825 STRIP MOVEMENT JOINTSIN FLOORING WHERE REQUIRED• Ma nufac turer: subm it propo sals .

- Produc t reference : submit proposals.- Colour: to Architects approval .

• Joint width: to match g rout width .

• Fixing to ba se: N/A .• Joints: Extend throug h tiles and b ed d ing to b ase.




tiling/ mosaic




875A GROUTING• Seq uenc e: Grout when bed / ad hesive has set sufficient to p revent d isturbanc e of tiles.

• Joints: 6 mm deep (or de pth o f tile if less). Free from dust a nd de bris.• Grouting: Fill joints c om p letely, tool to profile, clea n o ff surfac e. Lea ve free from b lemishes.

- Profile: Flush.

• Polishing: When grout is hard, polish tiling with a dry cloth.

- Finish: Finish grout using round ed ed ge med ia to ha ve a smo oth c urved profiled g routingfinish.

- Grout Material: All cemetitious grouting materials propsoed and selected should havethe Anti Funga l and A nti Bac terial cha recteristics.

885 COLOURED GROUT• Sta ining of tiles: Not pe rmitted

• Eva luating risk of sta ining : Apply g rout to a few tiles in a sma ll trial a rea . If d isc olorationoc c urs ap ply a protec tive sea ler to tiles and rep ea t trial.




tiling/ mosaic




M60

Painting/ c lear finishing



M60 Painting/ c lea r finishing


COATING SYSTEMS

LEED CRITERIA FOR PAINTS AND COATINGSPaints and c oa tings used on the interior of the b uild ing shall co mp ly with the fo llow ingcriteria:

1) Paints, coa tings and p rimers ap p lied to interor walls and c eilings: do no t exceed the VOCc ontent limits estab lished in green sea l sta nd ard GS-11, pa ints, first ed ition, Ma y 20, 1993.

Flats - 50 g / L. Non-fla ts - 150 g / L.

2) Anti co rrosive a nd an ti-rust a pplied to inte rior ferrous me ta l substrates: do not exce edthe VOC c onte nt limit of 250 g/ L esta blished in Green sta ndard GC-03 anti-co rrosivepa ints, sec ond ed ition, jan 7, 1997. 3) Clea r wo od finishes, floor c oa tings, sta ins,and shellac s ap plied to interior elements: Do not e xceed the VOC c ontent limits

esta blished in south c oa st a ir quality ma nage me nt d istric t (SCAQM D) rule 1113,

arc hitec ural co at ings, rules in effec t on jan 1, 2004.

109 NOTEwhe re w a ll finish note d a s ep oxy and em ulsion, epo xy finishes to b e 100mm high toform 'skirting' w ith em ulsion p aint ab ove unless sta ted othe rwise.

110 EMULSION PAINT GENERALLY TO INTERNAL PLASTERED SURFACES• Manufac turer: Jotun pa ints or equal ap proved .

- Prod uct referenc e: Fenom astic Ma tt - Ac rylic Co-po lymer highly wa shab le matt em ulsionfinish.

• Surfac es: Smo oth rende r/ Gyp sum b oa rd/ Plaster boa rd etc .

- Prepa ration: Strict ac co rda nce with ma nufac turers rec omme ndation .• Initia l co a ts: PVA Primer , a p va c o-p olymer ba sed prime r/sea ler, vo l. solids >14% as per ISO

3233 : 1998 .

• - Number of coats: one coat .• Und erc oa ts: Stuc c o, a p va c o-p olymer ba sed putty, vo l. solids 50% as per ISO 3233 : 1998 (E)

.

- Number o f coats: two coats .• Finishing c oa ts: Fenom astic M att, a n a c rylic c o-polymer ba sed highly wa shab le em ulsion in

ma tt finish, vo l. solids 35 ± 2% as per ISO 3233: 1998 (E) (Co lour to Architec ts approva l .

- Number of coats: two full coats.

115 EMULSION PAINTGENERALLY TO INTERNAL BATHROOMS/ WET AREAS (Refer to finishes

scheduleMa nufac turer: [ Jotun pa ints or eq ual ap proved ].- Prod uct referenc e: [Fenom astic Gold - Pure Ac rylic anti-funga l highly washab le matt

em ulsion finish].

Surfac es: [Smo oth rend er/Gyp sum bo ard/ Plaster boa rd etc .].- Prepa ration: [Strict a cc orda nce w ith manufac turers rec omm enda tion] .

Initia l co a ts: [Fenoma stic a lkali resista nt p rimer, vo l. solids >23% as per ISO 3233 : 1998 (E)] .

- Number of coa ts: [one coa t] .Und ercoa ts: [Stuc c o, a p va c o-p olymer ba sed putty , vo l. solids 50% as per ISO 3233 : 1998(E)] .

- Number of coats: [Two coa ts] .Finishing c oa ts: [ Feno ma stic Go ld, high ly wa sha ble em ulsion in silk finish, vo l. solids 35 ±2% as per ISO 3233: 1998 (E) (Co lour to Architec ts approva l) ] .

- Numbe r of co ats: [Two full c oa ts] . .



M60Painting/ c lear finishing




160 DECORATIVE WOODSTAIN/ VARNISH/ PRESERVATIVE To exte rna l wood frames andtimb er sea ting a nd fences

• Ma nufac turer: to subm it propo sals and provide sam ple area for arc hitec ts ap proval .- Produc t reference : submit proposals.

• Surfac es: Timber external Surfac es .

- Preparation: Sand and rub d own to ma tch ap proved a rchitects samp le .

• Initial coa ts: As rec omm ended by ma nufac turer .- Number o f coa ts: 2 .

• Finishing co ats: As rec omme nded by m anufac turer and to a rchitects ap proval .

- Number o f coa ts: 2 .

170 MASONRY COATING GENERALLY TO EXTERNAL SURFACES• Manufac turer: Jotun pa ints or equal ap proved .

- Produc t re fe renc e: JOTASHIELD HERITAGE TRADITIONAL TEX-100% PURE ACRYLIC WA TER

BASED, CRACK TOLERANCE UP TO 0.6M M, BREATHABLE, ANTI CARBONATION COATING.• Surfac es: Smo oth render.

- Prepa ration: Strict ac co rda nce w ith manufacturers rec omme ndation.

• Initia l coa ts: Wate r ba sed a lkali resista nt p rime r / sea ler, vol. solids 37 ± 2% as per ISO 3233 :1998 (E).

- Number of coats: One coat.• Undercoa ts: As rec omm ended by m anufac turer.- Number of coa ts: As recom mended b y manufac turer.

• Finishing coa ts: 100% pure ac rylic te xtured , flexible, brea tha ble anti c arbo nat ion co at ing,vo l. solids >50% as per ISO 3233: 1998 (colour to Architec ts approva l..

- Number of coa ts: Two full co ats.

175 PROTECTIVE COATING BASEMENT WALL, COLUMNS AND SOFFIT• Ma nufac turer: Deg ussa MBT Midd le East or eq ua l ap prove d.

- Produc t reference : Sonoshield Parkco at.

• Surfac es: Exposed c onc rete a reas.- Preparation: As recom mended by ma nufac turer.

• Initia l costs: Prime r x 1 Ma ste rcure 181.

- Number of co ats: Filler co at x 1.• Undercoa ts: As rec omm ended by m anufac turer.

- Number of coa ts: As recom mended b y manufac turer.

• Finishing co ats: As rec omm end ed by m anufa c turer.• App lica tion: stric t ac co rda nce with manufacturers rec omme nda tion.

- Number of coats: two top coa ts.

176 PROTECTIVE COATING STAIRS AND STAIRWELLS• Ma nufac turer: Degussa MBT Middle East.

- Prod uct reference : ma stertop 1120T Anti slip .• Surfac es: c onc rete slab.

- Preparation: As recom mended by ma nufac turer.

• Initia l costs: Ma stertop 1120T.- Number of coats: 2 coats.

• Undercoa ts: As rec omm ended by m anufac turer.

- Number of coa ts: As recom mended b y manufac turer.• Finishing c oa ts: Ma stertop Ag greg ate SRA no .1.

• App lica tion: stric t ac co rda nce with manufacturers rec omme nda tion.

- Number of coats: two top coa ts.







180 FLOOR COATING TO BASEMENT FLOORS, GROUND, PODIUM LEVELS AND RAM PS• Ma nufac turer: Deg ussa MBT Midd le East or eq ua l ap prove d.

- Produc t reference : Mastertop 1210CP.• Surfac es: exposed c onc rete surfac es.


• Initial coa ts: As required.

- Number of coa ts: As recom mended b y manufac turer.• Finishing c oa ts: Anti-slip d ec k c oa ting req uired - othe r finishing coa ts as rec om me nded by

manufacturer.- Number of coa ts: As recom mended b y manufac turer.

181 FLOOR COATING TO CONCRETE SLAB IN FIRE STAIRS AND LANDING• Ma nufac turer: Degussa MBT Middle East.

- Prod uct referenc e: Ma stertop 300 non pigme nted m inimum 8 kilo's/ m².• Surfac es: Exposed c onc rete a reas.


• Initial coa ts: As required.- Number of coa ts: As recom mended b y manufac turer.

• Finishing c oa ts: Anti-slip d ec k c oa ting req uired - othe r finishing coa ts as rec om me nded bymanufacturer.

- Number of coats: one c oat, finish to be p ower floated +/- 3mm in any 3m direc tion.

182 KERB PAINTING refer to drawings• Ma terial : Epo xy by Refe r Particula r Spe c ific at ion/ Draw ings if ap plica b le

• Co lour: White, Blac k or Yellow To the ap prova l of Enginee r







183 ROAD MARKING AND CAR PARK NUMBERING PAINTTO BASEMENTS, GROUND,PODIUM LEVELS AND RAMPS

• Ma nufac turer : Gea p International or eq ual ap proved• Colour: White

• Material: Hot applied thermosetting plastic

• Ap plica tion: single c oa t

• Dimensions: refe r to d rawings and RTA sta nd ards• Composition

Prop ortions of C onstituents of Ma rking Ma terial

(Percenta ge b y weight)Com po nent White YellowBinder 18.0 min. 18.0 min.

Glass Beads 30-40 30-40Titanium Dioxide 10.0 min. --Ca lcium c arbo na te & Inert Fillers 42.0 max.

• Properties :The prop erties of t hermop lastic ma terial, when te sted in ac c orda nc e w ith ASTM D36/BS-3262-(PartI),

sha ll be as be low :(a) Luminanc e :

White : Daylight luminanc e at 45 deg ree s- 65 perce nt m in. as per AASHTO M 249.

Yellow : Da yligh t luminanc e at 45 deg ree s- 65 pe rc ent min. as per AASHTO M 249.(b) Drying Time : When a pp lied at a te mp erature spe c ified b y the ma nufac turer andto the required thickness, the material sha ll set to be ar traffic in not m ore tha n

15 minute s.(c ) Skid resista nc e : not less tha n 45 as per BS 6044(d) Crac king resistanc e a t low te mp erature : The m aterial sha ll show no c rac ks on

ap plica tion to co ncrete blocks.(e) Soften ing p oint : 102.5 ?b 9.5 de gree as per ASTM D36(f) Flow resista nc e : Not m ore than 25 percent a s per AASHTO M249.

(g) Yellowness Index (for white the rmo plastic p aint) : not m ore tha n 0.12 as perAASHTO M249.

• Reflecto risation : shall be a c hieved by inco rpo ration o f be ad s, the grading a nd o ther

p rop erties of the be ads sha ll be a s under :• Grad a tion Req uirem ent For Glass Bea ds

• Sieve Size Perc ent reta ined

Typ e 1 Type 21.18 mm 0-3 -850 mic ron 5-20 0-5

600 mic ron - 5-20425 mic ron 65-95 -300 mic ron - 30-75

180 mic ron 0-10 10-30Below 180 mic ron - 0-15

• Round ness : The g lass bea ds sha ll ha ve a minimum o f 70 percent true spheres.

• Refrac tive inde x : the g lass bea ds sha ll have a minimum refrac tive inde x of 1.50• Free flowing p rop erties : the g lass bea ds shall be free of ha rd lump s and c lusters

and sha ll dispe nse rea dily under any c ond itions suitab le for paint striping. They

sha ll pass the free flow test.

184 ROAD MARKING AND CAR PARK NUMBERING PAINTfor inte rlock pa ving• Ma nufac turer : Jotun or eq ual ap proved• Co lour: White, Yellow - as pe r RTA ap rove d sta ndards

• Ma terial: Epoxy pa int

• Ap plica tion: 2 co ats minimum• Dimensions: refe r to d rawingsand RTA sta nd ards







195 SPECIAL COATING GENERALLY TO ALL ALUMINIUM WORK• Ma nufac turer: Jotun p owd er Coa ting U.A.E. (LLC) or equa l app roved .

- Product reference: powd er coa ting.• Surfac es: Aluminium a nd a rc hitec tural stee l unless spec ified othe rwise.

- Prepa ration: Blast cleaning or chem ical treatme nt.

• Initial coa ts: Pow der Zinc ric h p rimer.

- Number of coats: one (60-80 microns.• Unde rc oa ts: As req uired by ma nufac turer.

- Number of coa ts: As recom mended b y manufac turer.• Finishing c oa ts: Polyester pow der (PE SF) .

- Number of coats: one (60-80 microns.

196 SPECIAL COATING TO ALL EXTERNAL STEEL BALLUSTRADES AND HANDRAILSMa nufac turer: [Jotun po wd er Coa ting U.A.E. (LLC) or eq ual ap proved ].- Produc t referenc e: [Co rro-Co a t PE-SDF Super Durab le po lyester TGIC].

Surfac es: [Steel] .

- Prep aration: [Blast c leaning or c hemic al trea tment] .Initial coa ts: [As rec ome nde d b y manufac turer].

- Number of coa ts: [1].Underco ats: [As required by ma nufac turer].

- Number of coa ts: [As required b y manufacture].Finishing c oa ts: [As rec om end ed by m anufa c turer].

- Number of coa ts: [2].

197 GRP LINING 6MM TO WATERTANK WALLS, FLOO R AND CEILINGMa nufac turer: [refer to p refe rred supp liers list].Surfac es: [refe r to drawing s].- Applica tion proced ure: [

- grit blasting to standa rd required for applica tion- resin primer

- CSM (Cho pp ed Strand Ma t)

- c hemic al resisting tissue veil to improve c hemic al resistanc e a nd to prevent p in holes- c omb ination pigme nted resin wash to a ll areas to leav e smo oth g loss finish followe d by

sand ing to remove irreg ularities and dust

- Final top c oa t of strong, durab le, flexible chem ica l resistant lining system with ce ramic t ilelike finish

GENERALLY

210 COATING MATERIALS• Ma nufac turers: Ob tain m ate rials from any of the following:

As indica ted ab ove o therwise inform CA o f selec ted ma nufac turer at an ea rly da te.• Selecte d m anufa c turers: Subm it names be fore c om menc eme nt of c oa ting work.

215 HANDLING AND STORAGE

• Coa ting ma terials: Deliver in sea led c onta iners, lab elled c learly with b rand nam e, type ofma terial and m anufa c turer's ba tc h numbe r.

• Ma terials from mo re tha n one b a tc h: Store sep arately. Alloca te to d istinct p arts or areas ofthe work.

220 COMPATIBILITY• Coa ting mate rials selec ted b y co ntrac tor:

- Rec om mend ed b y their ma nufac turers for the pa rticular surfac e and c ond itions of

exposure.- Compa tible with eac h other.- Comp atible with and not inhibiting p erformanc e o f preservative/fire retarda nt

pretreatments.

240 SURFACES NOT TO BE CO ATED• Painted m eta l work and Aluminum d oor/w indows.







250 SURFAC ES TO BE CLEANED BUT NOT COATED• Window after decoration.

280 PROTECTION• 'Wet p a int' signs and b arriers: Provid e w here nec essary to p rote c t other operatives and

ge neral pub lic , and to prevent da ma ge to freshly ap plied c oa tings.

301 CONTROL SAMPLES• Sam ple area s of finished wo rk: Carry out, inc luding p repa ra tion, as follows:

Type s of c oa ting Nature of sam ple

M60/ 160 . Doors/ Architrave & linings .• App roval of app earance: Obtain before co mme ncem ent of general coa ting work.

310 SUPERVISED CONTROL SAMPLES• Sam ple area s of finished wo rk: Carry out, inc luding p repa ra tion, as follows:

Type s of c oa ting Nature of sam ple

M60/ 160 . Doo rs/ Architrave & linings .• Inspe c tion: Give no tice when ea c h stag e is rea dy fo r inspe c tion.

• App roval of app earance: Obta in before co mmenc ement of general co ating work.

320 INSPECTION BY CO ATING MANUFACTURERS• Ge neral: Permit ma nufac turers to inspec t wo rk in p rog ress and take samp les of the ir

ma terials from site if requested .

PREPARATION

400 PREPARATION GENERALLY• Sta ndard : In a c c orda nc e w ith BS 6150.• Suspected existing hazardous materials: Prepare risk assessments and method statements

c ove ring ope rations, dispo sal of waste, conta inment and reoc c upa tion, and ob tain

ap proval before c omm encing work.• Prep aration m ate rials: Types rec omm end ed by their ma nufac turers and the c oa tingma nufac turer for the situation and surfac es be ing prepa red .

• Substrates: Sufficiently d ry in d ep th to suit c oa ting.• Effloresc enc e sa lts: Rem ove.

• Dirt, grease a nd o il: Rem ove. Give no tice if conta mina tion of surfac es/ substrates has

occurred.• Surfac e irreg ularities: Rem ove.

• Joints, crac ks, holes and other depressions: Fill flush with surfac e, to provide smoo th finish.

• Dust, pa rtic les and residues from p rep aration: Rem ove and d ispose o f sa fely.• Water ba sed stop pe rs and fillers:

- Ap ply be fore priming unless rec om mend ed o therwise by manufa c turer.

- If app lied after priming: Patc h prime.• Oil ba sed stop pe rs and fillers: App ly afte r priming .

• Doors, ope ning window s and other mo ving p arts:- Ease, if nec essary, be fore c oa ting.

- Prime resulting ba re a rea s.

420 FIXTURES AND FITTINGS• Remo val: Before c omm enc ing work remo ve: all fixures and fittings to a ll areas to b e c oa ted.

• Rep lac em ent: Refurbish a s nec essa ry, refit w hen c oa ting is d ry.

425 IRONMONGERY• Remo val: Before c omm enc ing work: Remo ve ironmo ngery from surfac es to b e c oa ted .

• Hinges: Do not remo ve .• Rep lac em ent: Refurbishme nt a s nec essary; refit when c oa ting is dry.







440 PREVIOUSLY COATED SURFAC ES GENERALLY• Prep arat ion: In ac c orda nc e with BS 6150, c lause 11.5.

• Conta minated or hazardous surfac es: Give notice of:- Coa tings suspec ted of conta ining lead.- Substrate s suspe c ted of c onta ining asbe stos.

- Signific ant rot, c orrosion or othe r deg rad ation of substrate s.

• Suspected existing hazardous materials: Prepare risk assessments and method statementsc ove ring ope rations, dispo sal of waste, conta inment and reoc c upa tion, and ob tain

ap proval before c omm encing work.• Remo ving c oa tings: Do no t d am ag e substrate and ad jace nt surfac es or ad versely affec t

subsequent coatings.

• Loo se, flaking o r othe rwise d efec tive a reas: Ca refully remov e to a firm ed ge .• Alkali affec ted c oa tings: Com pletely remo ve.

• Reta ined c oa tings:

- Thoroughly c lean to remo ve dirt, grease and c onta minants.- Gloss c oa ted surfac es: Provide key.

• Partly remove d c oa tings:

- Ad ditional prepa rato ry c oa ts: App ly to restore original co ating thicknesses.- Junctions: Provid e flush surfac e.

• Co mp letely stripp ed surfac es: Prep are a s for unco ated surfac es.

645 SEALING O F INTERNAL MOVEMENT JOINTS• Ge neral: To junc tions of wa lls and c eilings with a rchitraves, skirtings and other trims.

• Sea lant: Water ba sed ac rylic .- Manufac turer: Fosroc.

Prod uc t refe rence : Nitosea l 105.

- Prep aration and ap plica tion: As sec tion Z22.

APPLICATION

711 COATING GENERALLY• Ap p lic a tion standard : In ac c orda nc e with BS 6150, c lause 9.

• Cond itions: Maintain suitable tem pe rature, humidity and air quality during ap plica tion anddrying.

• Surfac es: Clea n and dry at time o f ap plica tion.

• Thinning a nd intermixing of c oa tings: Not p ermitted unless rec om mend ed by ma nufac turer.• Ove rpainting: Do not pa int ove r intume sc ent strips or silico ne m astics.

• Priming c oa ts:

- Thic kness: To suit surfac e p orosity.- Ap plication: As soo n as po ssible on sam e d ay a s prepa ration is c om pleted .

• Finish:- Even, smooth a nd of uniform c olour.

- Free from b rush ma rks, sags, runs and othe r defec ts.- Cut in neat ly.

• Doors, ope ning w indows and other moving p arts: Ease b efore c oa ting and be twee n c oa ts.

720 PRIMING JOINERY• Preservative t rea ted timb er: Retrea t c ut surfac es with two flood c oa ts of a suitab le

preservative before priming.

• End grain: Coat liberally allow to soak in, and recoat.

730 WORKSHOP COATING OF CONCEALED JOINERY SURFACES• Gene ral: App ly coa tings to all surfac es of c om po nents.

751 STAINING WOOD• Primer: App ly if rec om mend ed by stain ma nufac turer.

• Ap plica tion: App ly in flowing c oa ts and brush out excess stain to produc e uniformappearance.







760 VARNISHING WOOD• First c oa t: Thin with white spirit .

- Brush well in and lay off avoiding ae ration.• Subseq uent c oa ts: Rub d own lightly along the g rain be twee n c oa ts.

770 EXTERNAL DOORS

• Botto m ed ge s: Prime and c oa t be fore hanging d oors.

780 BEAD GLAZING TO COATED WOOD• Befo re glazing: App ly first two c oa ts to reba tes and b ea ds.

790 PUTTY GLAZING• Setting : Allow put ty to set for seve n d ays.

• Sealing:- Within a further 14 da ys, sea l with an oil based prime r.- Fully protec t put ty with c oa ting system as soo n as it is sufficiently hard.

- Extend finishing c oa ts on to glass up to sight line.

800 GLAZING• Etc hed , sand blasted and ground glass: Trea t or ma sk ed ge s be fore c oa ting to protec t from

c onta mination b y oily constituents of c oa ting ma terials.

810 WATER REPELLENT• Ap plica tion: Liberally flood surfac e, giving co mp lete and e ven c overag e.







M61

Intumesc ent c oa tings for fire p rotec tion of steelwo rk



M61 Intumescent c oa tings for fire p rotec tion of steelwork


PROTECTIVE COATING SYSTEMS (GENERALLY)REFER TO STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION FOR ALL STEEL STRUCTURALELEMENTS AND COATING REQUIREMENTS - THE FOLLOWING OUTLINES SOME GENERALREQUIREMENTS - ALL TO BE CONFIRMED AND APPROVED BY SPECIALIST STEEL

SUBCONTRAC TOR.

GENERAL MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS

205 VALIDATION OF MATERIALS• Projec t spe c ific e va luation o f intumesc ent c oa ting ma terials:

- Sta nd ard: To BS 8202-2, cla use 4.

- Test results: Sub mit on request.

210 WORKING PROCEDURES• Sta nd ard: To BS 8202-2.• Give notice: Before c omm encing surfac e p repa ration and co ating a pp lica tion.

• Qua lity c ontrol: Rec ord p rojec t spe c ific p roc ed ures for surfac e p rep aration and c oa ting

application.

215 WORKING CONDITIONS• Gene ral: Maintain suitable tem pe rature, humidity and a ir qua lity during c oa ting ap plica tion

and drying.

• Surfac es to b e c oated : Clean a nd d ry at time of c oating ap plica tion.

220 APPLICATOR'S PERSONNEL

• Op eratives: Trained / experienc ed in antico rrosive a nd intumesc ent c oa tings.• Evide nc e of training/ expe rienc e: Submit on reque st.

250 SPRAYED COATING APPLICATION• Spray drift: M inimize.

• Ma sking: Protec t d esignated ad jac ent surfac es.

- Designated surface s: to be confirmed.

260 CONTROL SAMPLES• Ge neral: Ca rry ou t samp le a rea s of finished wo rk as follow s:

One c olumn and two a djoining bea ms.

• App roval of ap pea ranc e: Obta in before co mme ncem ent of general co ating app lication.

270 INSPECTION• Permit intumesc ent c oa ting ma nufac turer to:

- Inspe c t wo rk in progress.- Inspec t q uality c ontrol rec ords.- Take dry film thickness and other me asureme nts.

- Take samp les of c oating p roduc ts.• Intumesc ent c oa ting ma nufac turer's inspec tion rep orts: Subm it without d elay.

280 OFF SITE COATED STEEL• Hand ling and erection: Use me thod s and de vices de signed t o minimise d am ag e to

intume sc ent c oa tings.



M61Intumescent c oa tings for fire protec tion

of steelwork




PREPARATION OF SURFACES

315 NEW STEEL - BLAST CLEANING• Preparation: Remove oil and grease.

• Blast c leaning :- Atmospheric c ondition: Dry.

- Ab rasive: Suitab le type and size, free from fines, moisture and oil.- Finish: To BS EN ISO 8501-1, p reparation g rad e SA2½, with a n ave rage p rofile of

approximately 75 micrometres.

- Ab rasive residues and mo isture: Rem ove.• Primer: Ap ply as soo n as po ssible a fter clea ning a nd b efo re g ingering or blac kening

appears.

APPLICATION OF COATINGS

410 INTUMESCENT DRY FILM THICKNESS (DFT)• Req uired dft: Dete rmine fo r eve ry stee l membe r to g ive spec ified pe riod o f fire resistanc e.

Use intumescent coating manufacturer's current published loading tables.

- Spe c ial sec tions and pa rtial fire e xposure c ond itions: Obta in req uired dft in writing from

manufacturer.• Sc hed ule and d raw ings: Submit a t least two w ee ks be fore sta rting work.

- Sc hed ule content : Memb er sizes, we ights/ thicknesses, load ing co nd itions, etc . show ing,for ea c h variant, the exposed pe rimeter/ sec tional area (Hp/ A) ratio a nd required dft.

- Draw ing co ntent: Steelwork drawings ma rked in co lour to show required dft for eac h

member.

420 MEASUREMENT OF INTUMESCENT DFT• Primer dft: Determine a verage dft (for de duc tion from tota l dft after app lic ation of

intumescent).

• Intumesc ent d ft: Determine a t:

- 500 mm c entres along e ac h co ate d p lane of universal sec tions (8 plane s), andrec ta ngula r hollow sec tions (4 planes).

- 125 mm c entres along c oa ted c irc ular hollow sec tions, spread evenly aroundcircumference.

• Acc eptance standard:- Averag e intumesc ent d ft: Not less than required dft (exclusive of primer and top sea ler).

- Loc al intumesc ent d ft: Not less tha n 80% of required d ft. Area s grea ter than 100 mmeq uivalent diam eter with a d ft of less than 80% of required dft m ust b e b roug ht up tothic kness.

460 HIGH DECORATIVE FINISH• Definition: High standard of e venne ss, smo othness and gloss whe n view ed from a minimum

distanc e of 2 m.

490 TOP SEALER COAT

• Ap plica tion: To ac hieve dft rec om mend ed b y manufac turer and to give an even, solid,op aq ue a pp ea ranc e, free from runs, sag s and other visual d efec ts.

520 COMPLETION OF OFF SITE COATED STEEL• Exposed unprotec ted area s, inc luding fixings: Following e rec tion of stee lwork, ap ply

intume sc ent c oa ting loc ally.

• Unsc hed uled ad ditional c onnec tions to erected steelwork: Remo ve and reinstateintume sc ent c oa ting loc ally.

530 RECO RDS OF CO ATED STEEL• On c om pletion of intume sc ent c oa ting work, subm it:

- Acc urate surface p repa ration and coa ting ap plica tion rec ords.- Fire resistanc e c ertific ate s.

- Intumesce nt co ating manufac turer's rec omm enda tions for ma intenance andovercoating.



M61Intumescent c oa tings for fire protec tion

of steelwork




N

Furniture/ Equipment



N10

General fixtures/ furnishings/ eq uipment



N10 General fixtures/ furnishings/ equipment


LEED CRITERIA FOR COMPOSITE WOOD AND AGRIFIBER PRODUCTS- Comp osite w ood and ag rifiber produc ts used on the interior of the building (defined as

inside o f the we atherproofing system ) sha ll c onta in no ad ded urea-forma ldehyde resins.- Lam inating ad hesives used to fab ricate on-site and shop-app lied c omp osite wo od and

ag rifibe r assem b lies sha ll c onta in no ad ded urea-forma ldehyd e resins.- Comp osite w ood and ag rifiber products are d efined as: particleboa rd, med ium d ensity

fibe rbo ard (MDF), plywoo d, w hea tbo ard, straw bo ard, p ane l substrate s and do or c ores.- Ma terials c onsidered fit-out, furniture, and e quipem ent (FF&E) are not co nsidered ba se

building eleme nts and are not included .

PRODUCTS

110A PURPOSE MADE RECEPTION COUNTER• Ma nufac turer: Submit p rop osa ls for Designer's Ap prova l.

• Perfo rma nc e: To BS EN 527-2.• Dimensions: To BS EN 527-1.

• Timber: To BS EN 942.

- Spe c ies: Ma in ca rc assing solid woo d supp ort - subm it proposals.- Appearance class: Not a ppl icab le.- Moisture c ontent on delivery: 6 to 10%.

• Wood ba sed boa rds: soft o r me d ium bo ard ut ilising non to xic (no resin binde rs). Subm itpropo sals and produc t informa tion / c ertific ate s..

• Me ta l: Brushed sta inless steel skirting .

- G ra d e: -.• Othe r ma terials: As per ID Details.

• Finishes: All joins to Co rian to b e buffe d out so not visible.

• Ad hesive: To BS EN 204 dura b ility c lass D1.• Fixings: sc rew s and adhesives as per ma nufac turers shop draw ings.

- Fasteners: -.

• Joinery workma nship : As sec tion Z10.

• Me ta lwork ma terials and wo rkma nship: As sec tion Z11.• Other req uireme nts: 180°conc ea led d oor hinges, mag netic d oor c atc hes and XYZ Ltd brass

recessed shelving supports.

135 STORAGE AND DISPLAY UNITS• Item: RECEPTION CO UNTER SHELVING .• Ma nufac turer: Subm it p rop osals.

- Product reference: -.

• Dimensions: refer to d rawings.

• Test leve l to BS 5459-3: G.• Doo rs/ Drawers:

- Material: high g loss white polyurthene.- Finish/ C olour: white.

• Outer pa ne ls/ Plinths/ Shelve s:- Material: high g loss polyurthene.

- Finish/ C olour: white.• Fram es/ Leg s:

- Materia l: -.

- Finish/ Colour: -.• Other requireme nts: -.



N10General fixtures/ furnishings/ eq uipment




188 BATHROOM AND WASHROOM EQUIPMENT• Item: Soa p d ispensers, soa p d ishes, toilet roll ho lde rs, pa per tow el d ispensers, clothes hooks,

towel rails, waste bins, warm air hand dryers, sanitary towel disposal bins - refer to sectionN13 .

• Manufac turer: Duravit or equa l ap proved.

- Product reference: -.

• Finish/ Co lour: -.• Fixing: -.

• Other requireme nts: -.

191 BICYCLE RACKS to basements - loca tion to be ag reed• Ma nufac turer: DERO Bike Rac ks or eq ua l app roved .

- Produc t refe renc e: DERO Rolling Rac k - RR2H,RR3H,RR4H and RR5H as required to me et

provision.• Dimensions: 60mm Stee l Pipe - refe r to m anufac turers de ta iled spe c ific a tions for produc t

dimensions.

• Finishes:hot d ip galva nised a fter fab ric a tion with pow der co a t finish to a ssure a high leve l ofad hesion and durab ilitySeq uenc e o f finish - sand blast followe d by iron p hospha te p retreatme nt followe d by p oxyprimer electrostatic ally ap plied a nd final thic k polyester powd er coa t

Fixing - foot mo unted with a ncho rs to ma nufac turers rec omm end ations and to structuraleng ineers ap proval

255 GARBAGE BINS• Ma nufac turer: submit prop osals for Enginee r's Ap prova l

3 No Bins - @ 2.5m³

265 GARBAGE CHUTEMa nufac turer:Submit Prop osals for Eng ineer's Ap prova l. (Co nside rat ion fo r co nverting thega rba ge c hutes to ENVAC System to b e ta ken ca re)Type: Ga rba ge c hute system 3No Sta inless Stee l 600mm d ia, 1.5mm thic kness, 304 grad e 2B

finish

Refe r to A rc hitec tural drawing s.Qa untity - 1 No c hute

Other requirem ents: sta inless steel doo rs with self c losing rub ber frame stp ica l size 450mmx 450mm,

auto loc k mec hanism w ith red wa rning light if c hute is in use

wea thering c owl, insec t sc reen, exhaust fan to to p of c hute,solenoid valve attac hed to wa ter pumpc lean ing sprinkler to e ac h floor fixed to c hute throat t o p ressure flush

at fixed timing600mm x 60mm ac c ess do or to to p of c hute to serve all cleaning

systems.

271 MIRRORSALL MIRRORS - refe r sec tion L40

• Ma teria l: Cla ss C safety gla ss to BS 6206 .• Qua lity: Free from ta rnishing, d isc oloration, sc ra tc hes and othe r defe c ts visible in thedesigned viewing conditions. Reflection undistorted.

• Size: refe r to d rawings.

• Bac king: Aluminium foil.• Edge s: smo othe d a nd silvered with aluminium finishing angle.

• Fixing: adhesive fixing - refer to sec tion







290 MATWELL FRAMES FLOORS FRONT MAIN ENTRANCE DOORS - REFER TO DRAWINGS• Manufac turer: 3M or equa l ap proved.

- Produc t reference : Refer ID App endicies.• Ma terial: interlocking a luminum p ane ls with a high pe rforma nc e m atting infill..

- Finish: Cushioning strips - high d ensity, c losed c ell PVC foa m-.

• Size: total dep th 15mm , panel width 148.4mm, pa nel length 2200mm x 3000mm

Overa ll size - refer to draw ings.• Ang les: 50 x 50 x 5 mm th ick.

- Corners: Mitred a nd welded.- Ang le size: Ma twe ll Frame T sec tion leng th 25 x 25 x 3.2mm.

291 DOOR STOPSTO ALL DOORS• Manufac turer: Dorma or equal ap proved .

- Produc t reference : refer to ironmonge ry sched ule.• Ma teria l: sta inless steel.

- Finish: brushed.

• Size: refe r to ironm ong ery sc hed ule

300 ENTRANCE MATTING TO FRONT ENTRANCE

• Ma nufac turer: Subm it propo sals .- Produc t reference : Refer ID App endicies.

• Colour: Refer ID Ap pe ndicies .

• Size: Refe r Draw ings .

351 MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS• Ite m: DOOR STOPS - GENERALLY.• Manufac turer: Dorma or Equal Ap proved.

- Prod uct reference : 27R - ss28.

• Finish/ Co lour: sa tin sta inless steel.• Fixing: to ma nufac turers spe c ific a tions.

• Othe r req uirem ents: Ensure no d am ag e to tiles during insta llat ion. Fixing to be solid a nd

secure.

352 MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS• Item: STAIR NOSING S TO FIRE ESCAPE STAIRS.• Ma nufac turer: Subm it Propo sa ls for Engineer's Ap prova l.

Size - 45mmm x 25mm

Ma terial: Aluminium no sing w ith a ntislip rubbe r strips - as supplied.• Fixing: to ma nufac turers spe c ific a tions.

• Other req uireme nts: Ensure no d am ag e to c onc rete surfac e. Fixing to be solid and sec ure .

362 STAINLESS STEEL SKIRTING (REFER ID APPENDICIES)• Item : TO LOBBY.

• Ma nufac turer: refe r to p referred supp lier list.Size - 50mmm x 15mm

Ma terial: Sta inless stee l on timb er ba se.• Fixing: glue fixed to substrate to ma nufac turers rec omm end ation - fixing to Architects

approval.

• Other req uireme nts: Ensure no d am ag e to c onc rete surfac e. Fixing to be solid and sec ure .

EXECUTION

710 MO ISTURE CONTENT OF WOOD AND WOO D BASED BOARDS• Tem pe rature and hum idity: During de livery, storag e, fixing a nd to hando ver ma intain

conditions to suit specified moisture contents of timber components.

• Testing: When instructe d, test com po nents with ap prove d m oisture mete r to manufac turer'srecommendations.







720 INSTALLATION GENERALLY• Ge neral: As Prelimina ries sec tion A33.

• Fixing a nd fa ste ners: As sec tion Z20.• Servic es: Not ap plicab le.

760 SEALANT BEDDING AND POINTING

• Ap p lic a tion: As sec tion Z22.• Bed ding: Sink to top of worktop .• Pointing: Betw een units and splash ba c ks.

770 TRIMS• Leng ths: Whereve r possible, unjointed betw ee n a ngles or end s of runs.

• Running joints: Where unavoida ble, obta in app rova l of loc ation a nd m ethod of jointing.

• Ang le joints: Mitred .

COMPLETION

910 G ENERAL• Doors and drawe rs: Acc urate ly aligned , not b inding. Ad justed to ensure smo oth o pe ration.

• Ironmo nge ry: Checked , adjusted and lubric ate d to ensure c orrec t functioning.

920 APPLIANCES• Test: Ensure tha t a ll func tions and fea tures wo rk c orrec tly.• Doc ume nta tion: Submit gua ran tee s, instruction ma nua ls, etc .







N13

Sanitary app liances and fittings



N13 Sanitary ap pliances and fittings


PRODUCTS

300 WCS AND C ISTERNSCOMMO N TOILETS @ GROUND FLOO R• WC stand ard: To DEFRA WC suite pe rforma nc e spe c ifica tion or eq uivalent ap proved by

relevant water co mpa ny.

• Type : Wall hung , co nc ea led c istern - refer to Engineer's d rawings for hang ing suppo rt - stee l

frame WC mounting module behind blockwork unless specified otherwise.• Pan:

- Sta nd ards: To BS EN 33 and BS EN 997.

- Manufac turer: Duravit or equal approved.Prod uct referenc e: OK-1355 Ga om a recta ngular rang e.

- Material: Vitreous china, white.

• Sea t and c over:

- Stand ard: To BS 1254.- Manufac turer: Duravit or equal approved.

Prod uct reference : To m atc h pa n.

- Material: Plastics, colour to ma tch pa n.• Pan co nnector:

- Sta nd ard: To BS 5627.

- Manufac turer: As Pan.Produc t referenc e: Submit propo sals.

- Colour: To match pan.

• Cistern:- Standa rd: co ncea led Duofix element with UP200 and top a ctua tion.- Manufac turer: Geberit www.geberit.com OR equal app roved .

Produc t reference: 111,240.00.1.

- Material: refer to manufac turers deta iled spec ific ation.- Colour and f inish: Not applica ble.

• Flushing arrang eme nt: Com pa c t type floa t op erated valve a nd siphon, to BS 1212-4 andfloat to BS 2456.- Manufac turer: As Pan.

Produc t referenc e: Submit propo sals.- Operating co ntrol: Push button, dual flush pa nel, chrome plated.- Water supply connec tion: as manufac turers rec omme ndations.

• - Flush vo lume: Small Flush 4L and Full Flush 6L (Dua l Flush) Opera ting System .• Flush pipe: Conc ealed.

- Manufac turer: As Pan.

Produc t referenc e: Submit propo sals.• - Ma teria l: Sta inless steel, polished .

• Ac c essories: Ab lution (hand sp ray) c om prising angle va lve, flexible hose, wa ll hoo k &

hand spray CPMa nufac turer - Flexton Shatta f or eq ual a pp roved

Ac c ess req uired to c istern and flush va lves from de mounta ble va nity top -

refer to Engineers de ta iled d rawings .



N13Sanitary a pp lianc es and fittings




315A WATERLESS URINALSCOMMON TOILETS @ GROUND FLOOR• Urina ls:

- Stand ard: To BS 5520.- Manufac turer: Duravit or equal approved.

Produc t referenc e: Duravit Arc hitec Mc Dry Wate rless Urina l Ref: 0844360092 (or Duravit

Urina l set c od e D19502 with insta lla tion b olts 005030 and urinal ga sket 861024) .

- Material: Vitreous china, white.• Wastes: Grated , domed .

- Sta nd ards: To BS EN 274-1, -2 and -3.- Manufac turer: As Urinal.

Produc t referenc e: Submit propo sals.

- Size: refer to ma nufac turers de tails.- Ma terial: Stainless steel.- Tail: Unslotted.

• Trap s: as per urinal m anufa c turers rec om mend ation .- Sta nd ards: To BS EN 274-1, -2 and -3.- Manufac turer: As Urinal.

Produc t referenc e: Submit propo sals.- Size: as pe r urinal ma nufac turers rec om mend ation .- Ma terial: Stainless steel.

- Depth of seal (minimum): 75 mm.• Ac c essories: Conc ea led installation fram e.

335 WASH BASINSC OMMON TOILETS @ GROUND FLOOR• Manufac turer: Duravit or equal ap proved.

- Produc t reference : OK-1574.

• Size: 535 x 340 x 175mm und er c ounte r mount ing .• Ma terial: Vitreous china, white.

• Tap / Cha instay/ Overflow holes: No ta p ho les - no overflow hole.

• Wate r sup p ly fitting s: Single Lever Mixer tap s.- Ma nufa c turer: Durav it - United Sup p lies EST Dub ai PO Box 26020 UAE T:042687755

F:042688656 or equa l ap p rove d .

Produc t referenc e: VK-1536.

- Operation: Lever handles.• Wastes: Pop up.

- Sta nd ards: To BS EN 274-1, -2 and -3.- Manufac turer: Duravit.


- Size: as per manufac turers rec omm enda tion.- Ma terial: Stainless steel.- Tail: as per manufac turers rec omme ndation.

• Traps: Bottle .- Sta nd ards: To BS EN 274-1, -2 and -3.- Manufac turer: As Wash ba sin.

Produc t referenc e: Submit propo sals.- Size: as per manufac turers rec omm enda tions.

- Material: Brass, chrome plated.- Depth of seal (minimum): 75 mm.• Ac c essories: c onc ea led installation and supp ort fram e.

429 CLOTHES HOOKSCOMMO N TOILET WC'S @ GROUND FLOO R• Manufac turer: Duravit or equal ap proved.

- Produc t refe renc e: Tow el Hoo k 40837, -000, -810.

• Ma teria l: Sta inless Stee l.• Finish: po lished rod, brushed p late .

434 FACIAL TISSUE DISPENSERSC OMMON TOILETS @ GROUND FLOOR• Ma nufac turer: Subm it p rop osals.


• Ma teria l: sta inless steel.• Finish: brushed .







439A MIRRORSCOM MON TOILETS @ GROUND FLOO R• Ma nufac turer: Subm it prop osals for Engineer's Ap prova l.

- Produc t reference : Belgium o rigin.• Ma terial: 6mm Class C Sa fety G lass to BS 6206 with frame d aluminium angle.

• Finish: free from ta rnishing, d isc olouration, sc ra tc hes and othe r defe c ts visible in the design

viewing conditions, undistorted reflection.

Bac king: a luminium fo ilEdge s :smo othe d and silvered with a luminium finishing a ngle

Fixing: ad hesive fixed, a c c urately w ith sides vertica l.Gua rante e: for a p eriod of 10 years from the d efec t liab ility period for the de terioration ofc oa ting of mirrors

442 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERS• Ma nufac turer: BOBRICK or similar a pp roved.

- Produc t refe renc e: B-2620 ClassicSeries™ Surfac e-Mo unted Pap er Tow el Dispenser .

• Ma teria l: sta inless steel.

• Finish: brushed .

447 SANITARY TOWEL DISPOSAL BINSTO FEMALE TOILETS IN GROUND FLOOR

• Ma nufac turer: BOBRICK or similar a pp roved.- Produc t refe renc e: B-279 ClassicSeries™ Surfac e-Mo unted Waste Rec ep ta c le.


Bottom ed ge s hemm ed for maximum safety.Hooks hold furnished reusable vinyl liner; removable for servicing.

• Capacity: 6.4-gal. (24.2-L).

Reusab le Heavy-Ga uge Vinyl Liner: Orde r Part No. 279-14.• Finish: Satin.

456 SOAP DISHESTO C OMMO N TOILETS @ GROUND FLOO R• Manufac turer: Duravit or equal ap proved.

- Prod uct reference : soa p dish with holde r - 40833-000.


• Finish: brushed .

462 TOILET PAPER HOLDERSC OMMO N TOILETS @ GROUND FLOOR• Manufac turer: Duravit or equal ap proved.

- Prod uct reference : Toilet Roll Holder - Portarotolo.

• Ma teria l/ f inish: sta inless steel.• Finish: polished .

475 WASTE BINSG ROUND FLOOR COMMO N AREAS• Ma nufac turer: BOBRICK or similar a pp roved.

- Produc t refe renc e: B-279 ClassicSeries™ Surfac e-Mo unted Waste Rec ep ta c le.

• Ma terial: sta inless stee l• Bottom ed ge s hemm ed for maximum safety.

Hooks hold furnished reusable vinyl liner; removable for servicing.Capacity: 6.4-gal. (24.2-L).Reusab le Heavy-Ga uge Vinyl Liner: Orde r Part No. 279-14.Finish: [Sa tin].







EXECUTION

610 INSTALLATION GENERALLY• Assem bly a nd fixing: Surfac es designed to falls to d rain a s intend ed .

• Fasteners: Nonfe rrous or sta inless steel.

• Supp ly and d isc ha rge pip ew ork: Fix be fore ap plianc es.

• Fixing: Fix applianc es sec urely to structure. Do not suppo rt o n p ipew ork.• Jointing and bed ding c omp ounds: Rec omm ended by m anufac turers of a pp liances,

ac c essories and pipe s be ing jointed o r be dd ed .

• Ap pliance s: Do not use. Do not stand on a pp lianc es.• On c om pletion: Comp onents and ac c essories working c orrec tly with no leaks.

• Labels and stickers: Rem ove.

613 COMPATIBILITY OF COMPONENTS• General: Each sanitary assembly must consist of functionally compatible components,

preferab ly obta ined from a single m anufa c turer.- Excep tions: non.

620 NOGGINGS AND BEARERS

• Nog ging s, be arers, etc . to suppo rt sanitary ap plianc es and fittings: Position ac c ura tely. Fixsecurely.

630 TILED BACKGROUNDS OTHER THAN SPLASHBACKS• Timing: C om plete be fore fixing a pp lianc es.• Fixing app lianc es: Do not o ve rstress tiles.

650 INSTALLING WC PANS• Floor moun ted pans: Sc rew fix and fit c ove r c ap s ove r sc rew hea ds. Do no t use mortar or

other bed dings.• Sea t and c ove r: Stable when raised .

651 INSTALLING WC PANS• Wall mo unted pans: Sc rew fix and fit c ove r c aps ove r expo sed sc rew hea ds. Do no t usemortar.

• Sea t and c ove r: Stable when raised .

670 INSTALLING CISTERNS• Cistern ope rating c om po nents: Obta in from c istern manufa c turer.

- Float ope rated valve: Matched to p ressure o f wate r supply.

• Overflow pipe : Fixed to fa lls and loca ted to g ive visible wa rning of d isc harge.

- Loc ation: Agreed, where not shown on drawings.

710 INSTALLING TAPS• Fixing: Sec ure a ga inst twisting .

• Sea l with a pp lianc e: Watertight.• Positioning: Hot ta p to left of co ld tap as viewed by user of ap pliance .

720 INSTALLING WASTES AND OVERFLOWS• Bed ding: Wate rproof jointing co mp ound .• Fixing: With resilient washer between appliance and backnut.

755 SEALANT BEDDING AND POINTING• Bed ding: Bed and po int ba sins to und erside o f vanity units. .

• Pointing: Joints be twee n ap pliance s and floors. .







N14

General signage systems



N14 General signage systems


GENERAL TO BE READ IN ACCORDANC E WITH SIGNAGE SPECIALISTS SCHEDULE ANDDRAWINGS.ENSURE AUTHORITY APPROVA LS ARE ISSUED BEFORE PROC UREMENT OF SIGNAGE

PACKAGE.

LEED CRITERIA FOR SIGNAGE SYSTEMSTo a ssist with India n Green Build ing C ounc il LEED Co re & Shell rating system c om p lianc e,suffic ient signag e to be installed in orde r to p rovide pub lic aw areness

for de signa ted p refe rred p arking a rea s reserved fo r c arpo ols, low-em itting & fuel-effic ientveh icles. Sufficient signa ge must a lso be inplac e to show w here bicyc le storage , c hang e room a nd showe r fac ilities are loc ate d.

111 GENERAL BUILDING SIGNAGElifts, level signs, d irec to ry b oa rd, service rooms,• System ma nufac turer: Subm it propo sals for Eng ineer's Ap prova l .

- Prod uct reference: Brushed Stainless Steel .

• Layout and d imensions: in ac c ordanc e with ma nufac turers de tail drawings .

• Lettering:

- Language: English .- Font : century goth ic .- Colour: blac k painted e namel in etched stainless steel .

- Size: in ac co rda nce w ith manufac turers deta il drawings .• Symb ols and g raphic s: doo r symb ols, arrow s, lettering .

- Colour: stainless steel unless otherwise noted .

- Size: in ac co rda nce w ith manufac turers deta il drawings .• Bac kground c olour: stainless steel .

• Sign type : sta inless stee l pla te .

- Inserts: None .- Manufac turing proc ess: Manufac turer's standa rd .

• Supports/ Fixings: Wall mo unted , self ad hesive .

• Ac c essories: Not req uired .

112 GENERAL BUILDING SIGNAGE building nam e and entranc e signa ge• System ma nufac turer: Subm it propo sals for Eng ineer's Ap prova l .

- Produc t reference : Submit proposals.

• Layout and d imensions: in ac c ordanc e with ma nufac turers de tail drawings .

• Lettering:- Language: English .- Font : century goth ic .

- Colour: in ac cordance with manufacturers spec if ica tion .

- Size: in ac co rda nce w ith manufac turers deta il drawings .• Symbols and graphics: Logo .

- Colour: Submit p roposals.- Size: in ac co rda nce w ith manufac turers deta il drawings .

• Bac kground colour: n/a .

• Sign type: clear acrylic .- Inserts: None .- Manufac turing proc ess: Manufac turer's standa rd .

• Supports/ Fixings: Wall mo unted , self ad hesive .• Ac c essories: Not req uired .



N14General signage systems




113 DOO R SIGNS RANGE ALL TIMBER AND STEEL DOO RS - service signs• System ma nufac turer: Subm it propo sals for Eng ineer's Ap prova l .

- Prod uct referenc e: Brushed Stainless Steel .• Layout and dime nsions: refer to ma nufac turers de tail draw ings .

• Lettering:

- Language: English .

- Font : century goth ic .- Colour: blac k painted e namel in etched stainless steel .

- Size: in ac co rda nce w ith manufac turers deta il drawings .• Symb ols and g raphic s: doo r symb ols, arrow s, lettering .

- Colour: stainless steel unless otherwise noted .

- Size: in ac co rda nce w ith manufac turers deta il drawings .• Bac kground c olour: stainless steel .

• Sign type : sta inless stee l pla te .

- Inserts: none .- Manufac turing process: cut out - no sharp edg es .

• Supports/ Fixings: Door mo unted , self ad hesive .


114 ESCAPE SIGN RANGEe scap e route p lan - see sec tion N15• System ma nufa c turer: To M EP Eng ineers Spec ifica tion - Sub mit Prop osals for Eng inee r's

Approval .

130 EXTERNAL SIGNAGE SYSTEM MAIN BUILDING IDENTIFICATION NAME TO FRONT AND

SIDE (Location TBC)• System ma nufac turer: Subm it p rop osals.

- Produc t reference : Submit proposals.• Layout a nd d imensions: in acc orda nce with manufacturers deta iled shop drawings .

• Lettering:

- Language: English .- Fo nt: n/ a .- Colour: in ac cordance with manufacturers detai led drawings .

- Size: in ac co rda nce with manufac turers spec ification .• Symbols and g rap hics: n/a .

- Colour: in ac cordance with manufacturers detai led drawings .

- Size: in ac co rda nce with manufac turers deta iled d rawings .• Bac kground colour: n/a .

• Sign type: fab rica ted laser c ut letters .

- Manufac turing proc ess: Manufac turer's standa rd .• Supports/ Fixings: Submit p rop osa ls.

• Ac c essories: Externa l up lighting .

141 ROAD SIGNAG E SYSTEM PARKING DIRECTIONAL SIGNAG E• Sta nd ard: To BS EN 12899-1

• System ma nufac turer: Subm it p rop osals.- Product reference: - .

• Layout a nd d imensions: refer to drawings .

• Lettering:- Language: English .- Font : century goth ic .

- Colour: in ac co rda nce w ith RTA signage standa rds .- Size: in ac co rda nce w ith manufac turers deta il drawings .

• Symbo ls and grap hics: in ac c ordanc e w ith RTA signag e stand ards .

- Colour: in ac co rda nce w ith RTA signage standa rds .- Size: in ac co rda nce with RTA signage standa rds .

• Bac kground c olour: in ac c ordanc e with RTA signag e stand ards .

• Sign type: retroflec tive .- Manufac turing proc ess: Manufac turer's standa rd .

• Supports/ Fixings: Posts for road signs or srew fixed wa llmo unted .








SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

210 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS• Signa ge system : Com p lete to BS 559, inc luding fac ing informa tion, c om pone nts, inserts,

ac c essories and fixings nec essa ry to c om p lete the system .- Comp ly with the requirements of: fire strateg y .

• Ge om etric shapes, co lours and layout: In ac c orda nc e w ith BS 8501.• Design sta ndard fo r the disabled : In ac c orda nc e w ith BS 8300.

• Prop osals: Submit d rawings, sc hed ules, tec hnica l informa tion, c alc ulations and

ma nufac turer's literature.

221 ROAD SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS• Signa ge system : Comp lete in ac c orda nc e with releva nt p a rts of BS 12899-1 or RTA signa ge

standards for colours.

• Produc t t esting sta nd ard: To BS 8442.• Prop osals: Submit d rawings, sc hed ules, tec hnica l informa tion, c alc ulations and

ma nufac turer's literature.

230 STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE OF EXTERNAL SIGNAGE SYSTEM

• Wind load s:- Stand ard: To BS 6399-2 .

240 FIRE REACTION OFF ALL SIGNAGE• Non flam ma ble surfac e:

- Stand ard: Class 1 to BS 476-7 .

280 DESIGN LIFEOF EXTERNAL SIGNAGE• Duration: 10 years .

- Subject to reasonab le wea r and tea r.• Environme nt: External .

• Cond ition o f use: Subjec t to reg ular ma intenanc e.

295 SIGNAGE SAMPLES BOARD• Samp les bo ard : Submit.

- Conte nt: Selecte d labe lled signs, showing metho ds of fixing.- Conformity: Reta in sam ples on site for the duration of the c ontrac t or until instructe d to

remove.

- Delivered prod uct: To c onform with labe lled sam ples.

PRODUCTS

305 PRODUCTS GENERALLY• Sta nd ard: To BS 559.

350 PLASTICS SHEETS• Material: Acrylic .

• Manufac turer: Emirates Neon Group PO Box 5975, Sha rjah, UAE T:06 503555 F:06 5331748 or

similar ap proved .- Produc t reference : Submit proposals.

• Comp onent thickness: 2 mm .

• Finish: Sand blasted .• Perime ters: non sha rp co rners, smo oth straight ed ge s .







360 STAINLESS STEEL PLATES• Manufac turer: Emirates Neon Group PO Box 5975, Sha rjah, UAE T:06 503555 F:06 5331748 or


• Comp onent thickness: 2 mm .

• Grad e: Manufac turer's standa rd .

• Finish: 1K/ 2K Satin polished to BS EN 10088-2 .• Perime ters: no sha rp c orners, smo oth straight edge s .

410 POSTS FOR EXTERNAL SIGNS• Ma nufac turer: Subm it propo sals .


• Ma teria l: Steel structural ho llow sec tions to BS EN 10210 grad e S275J Aluminium portho le

extruded tub es to BS EN 755-8 grad e 6063-T4 .• Size: refer to drawings .

• Finish: Ga lvanized .

• Colour: Grey .• Base: Ga lvanized steel plate s sec ured by c ollar and bo lts.

420 POSTS FOR ROAD SIGNS• Sta nd ard: To BS 873-7.

• Ma nufac turer: Subm it propo sals .

- Produc t reference : Submit proposals.• Materia l: Steel .

• Size: refer to d eta il drawings .

• Finish: Ga lvanized .• Colour: Grey .

• Base: Ga lvanized steel plate s sec ured by c ollar and bo lts.

EXECUTION

610 FIXING SIGNS GENERALLY

• Insta llatio n: To BS 559.- Sec ure, plumb and level.

• Strength of fa stene rs: Sufficient to suppo rt a ll live and dea d load s.

• Fasteners and or a dhesives: As sec tion Z20.• Fasteners for externa l signs: Corrosion resista nt ma teria l or w ith a c orrosion resista nt finish.

Isolate dissimila r meta ls to av oid elec trolytic c orrosion.

• Fixings show ing on surfac e o f sign: Must not d etrac t from the me ssage be ing d ispla yed .

630 FIXING ROAD SIGNS• Protrusion of po st to p abo ve sign: Not p ermitted unless suppo rting a luminaire.• Drilling of components:

- Ferrous c om po nents: Drilled b efore the a pp lic ation o f any finish.

- Plastics sheeting: App ly c lear lac que r rec om mend ed by p lastics sheet m anufa c turer to

ed ges of holes to prevent ingress of m oisture d am ag ing the lamination.• Erec tion: In a c c orda nc e w ith the DFT 'Traffic signs ma nua l,' Cha pter 1.

• Fixing: Austenitic stainless steel fasteners recommended for the purpose by the signmanufacturer.

641 FOUNDATIONS FOR EXTERNAL POSTS• Conc rete : To BS 8500-2.

- Ad mixtures: Subm it p rop osals.

- Prohibited: Calcium chloride and ad mixtures co ntaining c alcium chloride.• Consistence class: submit proposals

• Other requireme nts: subm it prop osals to struc tural engineers ap proval .







651 SETTING EXTERNAL POSTS INTO EXISTING CONC RETE STRUCTURES• Poc kets in struc ture:

- Condition: Clean a nd free o f water immed iately before filling.• Conc rete fill: To BS 8500-2.

- Designa ted mix: Not less tha n GEN 4. Adm ixtures p rohib ited .

- Depth b eneath post: submit proposals to structural engineers ap proval .

- Top surfac e: flush with finished roa d surfac e - to structural eng ineers ap prova l.

660 EXPOSED CONCRETE FOUNDATIONS TO POSTS• Finish: Comp ac t until air bubb les c ea se to ap pe ar on the upp er surfac e, then we athe r to

shed wa ter and trowe l smo oth.

COMPLETION

910 DOCUMENTATION• Sub mit:

- Ma nufac turer's ma intenanc e instructions.

- Gua rante es, warranties, test c ertific ate s, rec ord sc hed ules and log b ooks.







N15

Fire and safety signage systems



N15 Fire and safety signage system s

To be rea d with Preliminaries/ General Cond itions.

GENERAL

110 FIRE SIGNAGE SYSTEMS escap e route p lan• System ma nufac turer: Subm it p rop osals.

- Produc t reference : submit proposals.

• Layout and dime nsions: refer to ma nufac turers de tail draw ings .

- Langua ge: English• Sign typ e: Subm it propo sals.

- Manufac turing p roc ess: Submit propo sals.

• Supp orts/ Fixings: flush fixed c eiling pla te screw fixed .• Ac c essories: Not req uired .

120 SAFETY SIGNAGE SYSTEMS to com ply with Loc a l Fire O fficer's Req uirem ents• System ma nufac turer: Subm it p rop osals.


• Layout and dime nsions: refer to ma nufac turers de tail draw ings .- Langua ge: English

• Sign typ e: Subm it propo sals.

- Manufac turing p roc ess: Submit propo sals.• Supp orts/ Fixings: do or and wa ll mo unted self ad hesive .


SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

210 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

• Signa ge system d esign:- Co mp lete to : BS 559 and BS ISO 16069.- Com ply with the req uirem ents of: to c om ply with Loc al Fire Officer's Req uireme nts.

• Prop osals: Submit d rawings, sc hed ules, tec hnica l informa tion, c alc ulations andma nufac turer's literature.

241 SIGNAG E SYSTEM SPECIFICATION• Co nten t: Signs includ ing fa c ing informa tion, c om pone nts, inserts, ac c essories and fixings

nec essary to com plete the system .

• Ge om etric shapes, colours and layout : To c om ply with Loca l Fire O fficer's Req uirem ents.- Font: Century Gothic.

• Esc ape route : In a c c ordanc e w ith BS 5499-4 and BS ISO 16069

• Safety m ea ning: In ac c orda nc e w ith BS 5499-5.• Water safety: In ac c ordanc e with BS 5499-11.

270 FIRE REACTION OF FIRE AND SAFETY SIGNAGE SYSTEM• Non flam ma ble surfac e:

- Stand ard: Class 1 to BS 476-7 .

280 DESIGN LIFE OF FIRE AND SAFETY SIGNAGE SYSTEM• Duration: 10 years.

- Subject to reasonab le wea r and tea r.

• Environme nt: external a nd internal in ac c ordanc e with MEP Engineers spe c ifica tion .

• Cond ition o f use: Subjec t to reg ular ma intenanc e.



N15Fire and safe ty signa ge system s




290 SIGNAGE SAMPLES• Sign type: Fire a nd Safety .

- Ac tion: Subm it labe lled sam ples.- Conformity: Reta in sam ples on site for the duration of the c ontrac t or until instructe d to

remove.

- Delivered prod ucts: To c onform with labe lled sam ples

PRODUCTS

305 SIGNAGE PRODUCTS GENERALLY• Sta nd ard: To BS 559.

• Co lorimet ric a nd p ho tome tric p roperties: To BS 5378-2.

330 PLASTICS SHEET ESCAPE ROUTE OR HAZARD SIGNS• Material: Ac rylic.• Manufac turer: Emirates Neon Group PO Box 5975, Sha rjah, UAE T:06 503555 F:06 5331748 or

similar ap proved .

- Produc t reference : Submit proposals.• Comp onent thickness: to manufac turers rec omme nda tions .

• Finish: Ma nufac turer's stand ard .• Perime ters: no sha rp c orners, smo oth edg es .

340 STAINLESS STEEL PLATE FOR HAZARD SIGNS AS PER MEP ENG INEERS SPECIFICATIONS• Manufac turer: Emirates Neon Group PO Box 5975, Sha rjah, UAE T:06 503555 F:06 5331748 or


• Comp onent thickness: 2 mm .• Finish: to m atc h a ll othe r sta inless stee l signa ge .

• Perime ters: no sha rp c orners, smo oth edg es .

EXECUTION

610 FIXING SIGNS GENERALLY• Insta llatio n: To BS 559.

- Sec ure, plumb and level.

• Fasteners and adhesives: As sec tion Z20.

• Strength of fa stene rs: Sufficient to suppo rt live and de ad loads.• Fasteners for externa l signs: Corrosion resista nt ma teria l or w ith a c orrosion resista nt finish.

Isolate dissimila r meta ls to av oid elec trolytic c orrosion.

• Fixings show ing on surfac e o f sign: Must not d etrac t from the me ssage be ing d ispla yed .

COMPLETION

910 DOCUMENTATION

• Sub mit:- Ma nufac turer's ma intenanc e instructions.- Gua rante es, wa rranties, test c ertific ate s, rec ord sc hed ules and logbo oks.



N15Fire and safe ty signa ge system s




N17

Portable fire fighting system s



N17 Portab le fire fighting system s

To be read with Preliminaries/ General Cond itions.

GENERALIn add ition to the b elow me ntioned spe c ific at ion, all Portab le Fire Fighting System s are toc om ply w ith NFPA a ndy w ith Loc a l Fire Officer's Req uirem ents.

110 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS• Type: in ac c ordanc e with FLS de tailed spe c ialist repo rt a nd drawings.

- Cap ac ity: in ac co rda nce with FLS deta iled spec ialist report a nd drawings.- Supp orts: in ac c ordanc e w ith FLS de tailed spe c ialist rep ort and drawings.

160 FIRE BUCKET SYSTEM GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS• Type: in ac c ordanc e with FLS de tailed spe c ialist repo rt a nd drawings.

• Supports: in ac c orda nc e with FLS de ta iled spe c ialist rep ort and d rawings.

SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

210 DESIGN• Design: Com plete the d esign of the p ortab le fire fighting system .

- Basis: To NFPA a nd to c om p ly with Loc al Fire O fficer's Req uirem ents.

• Prop osals: Submit d rawings, tec hnica l informa tion, ca lculat ions and m anu fac turers'literature.

220 COLOUR CODING• Portab le fire extinguishers: Colour c od e in a c c orda nc e w ith BS 7863.

PRODUCTS

310 CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHERS• Sta nd ard: To BS EN 3-6.• Ma nufac turer: Subm it p rop osals.


320 DRY POWDER EXTINGUISHERS• Sta nd ard: To BS EN 3-7.


330 FOAM EXTINGUISHERS

• Sta nd ard: To BS EN 3-6.• Ma nufac turer: Subm it p rop osals.


340 WATER EXTINGUISHERS• Sta nd ard: To BS EN 3-6.



450 FIRE BUCKETS• Ma nufac turer: Subm it p rop osals.


• Sand : Clea n.



N17Portable fire fighting system s




EXECUTION

610 INSTALLING PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS• Mounting height a bo ve finished floor level: in ac c ordanc e w ith FLS c onsultant

recommendations.

670 INSTALLING FIRE BUCKETS• Mounting height a bo ve finished floor level: in ac c ordanc e w ith FLS c onsultant

recommendations.• Co ntents: Fill buc ket with c lean sand .

COMPLETION

910 C LEANING• Protective wrappings: Remove.

• Cleaning: Clean o ff and wipe d own c onta iner finishes.

920 TESTING

• Test sta nd ard: To BS 5603-0.• Test times: At c omp letion a nd q uartly thereafter as pa rt of b uilding m aintenanc e fa c ility.

• Notice for testing (minimum): 5 da ys.

930 TRAINING• Training: Sub mit instruction m anua ls or sup p ly othe r approp ria te resources to tra in the users

of the bu ild ing in the safe and a pp rop riate use o f the fire extinguishers and fire blankets.

• Fire b riga de : Submit conta c t de ta ils.

940 MAINTENANCE• Servicing: A rrange the first a nnua l service of the po rtab le fire fighting system s.

• Ma intenanc e sta nd ard: To BS 5603-0.



N17Portable fire fighting system s




N20

Lifts, Escalators and Travelators



N20 Lifts, Esc alators and Trave la tors

TO BE READ IN WITH PRELIMINARIES / GENERAL CONDITIONS

PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

PASSENGER LIFTS: 12 NO PASSENGER LIFTS AND 2 NO FIRE MEN/ SERVICE LIFTS• Type a nd m od el :refe r to Ap pend ix for Lift Ma nufac turer/ Supplier Spec ific a tion and Eleva tor

Performanc e Stud y.

Note : we ight a llow anc e for lift ca r finishes to b e c onfirme d b y LiftMa nufac turer/ Supplier in Design Performanc e Spe c ific at ion.

All Lifts a re to b e in a c c orda nc e w ith NBC-2005 Reg ulations.

• Ma nufac turer/Supp lier/Spe c ifica tion: as ap proved and ag reed with Client, Engineer andMEP Consultant.

• Ma in Contrac tor sc op e to c learly c over the following item s:- Sha ft op enings

- Lifting Hooks and Beams

- Ventilation Ducts- Pow er Sup p ly

- Dry Type Fire Sprinklers as required by C ivil Defenc e- Optiona l finishes to the lift ca r not c ove red b y the Lift Manufa c turers Sta ndard

Spe c ific at ion, inc . floo r tiling , wa ll c lad ding , ce iling finish

- Req uire e levator floo r loc ation a nd op eration annunc iators in Fire C omm and Centre onGround Floor.- Req uire eleva tor ded ica ted two w ay c omm unication b etwe en Lift Ca r and Fire

Com ma nd C entre on Ground Floor.

- All tem po ra ry fac ilities as spec ific a lly required by the Lift Ma nufac turer during insta llat ion,

including but no t limited to:-po wer supp ly, main switch, loc kable d oor/storage spa c e, ad eq uate A/ C, lighting, holes for

rope s and c ables, ladd ers, sc affo lding, safe ty rails.



N20Lifts, Esca lators and Travela to rs




N25

Permanent a ccess and safety eq uipment



N25 Permanent ac cess and safety equipment


TYPES OF SYSTEM/ EQUIPMENT

111 PERMANENT SUSPENDED ACCESS SYSTEM MAIN BUILDING BMU SYSTEM - REFER TOARCHITECTS DRAWING S

• Type : Mo norail System.• Design/ Ma nufa c ture/ Insta llation : Generally to BS 6037-1 and BS EN 1808.


- System referenc e: As pe r ma nufac turers de tailed p rop osals.• Position and dimensions: As drawings.

• Mod e o f op eration: Elec tric ally po wered.

- Powe r supp ly: refer to manufac turers spe c ifica tions.• Crad le: To BS 2830, BS 6037-1 a nd BS EN 1808.

- Carrying ca pa city (persons): as per manufac turers rec omm enda tions.

- Infill between g uardrails: Open mesh.- Attac hment p oints: Provide at lea st one safety ha rness atta c hment p oint per person.

Provide a dditiona l points for atta c hing p latform restraint system , where fitted.

• Finishes: refe r to ma nufac turers spe c ific at ions.• Conne c tion to building supe rstruc ture: refer to drawings and ma nufac turers spe c ifica tions.

115 LATERAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM FOR SUSPENDED CRADLE• System : Stabilisat ion of c rad le ag ainst lateral mo vem ent a t all working loc at ions to b e

provided by suspe nsion rop e restraint or othjer suitab le metho d a s rec omm end ed by

manufacturer.• Vertic al spa c ing of restraint system at ta c hme nt points: Not more tha n 16 m, including the

first d rop from the jib .

210 GUIDED TYPE FALL ARREST SYSTEM UPPER ROOF• Ma nufac turer: Subm it p rop osals.

- System reference : Subm it prop osals.• Anc horag e de vice : Horizonta l sta inless stee l c ab le.

• Ove rall system length : refe r to d eta il draw ings.

• Intermediate supp ort spa c ing: spa c ing as pe r ma nufac turers rec omm end ations.• Ac c essories/ Other req uirem ents: structural anc hors to type rec om me nded b y system

ma nufac turer to suit structure/ fab ric into w hich they w ill be fixed a nd unde r strict a pp rova l

of structural eng ineer .• Insta lla tion: To BS 7883 by the system ma nufac turer or a c ontrac tor ap prove d by the system

manufacturer.

• Structural anc hors: Type rec om me nded by the system ma nufac turer to suit the structure/ fab ric into w hic h they will be fixed.


420 WIND LOADING• Ge neral: Design the a c c ess/ sa fety system to w ithsta nd spe c ified wind loa ds with eq uipment

in position o f ma ximum expo sure a nd in pa rked position.• Wind load s:

Ma nufac turer to subm it ca lculat ions for Enginee r's Ap prova l.

430 SAFETY• Ge neral: The eq uipment a s insta lled must have no irregularities/ p rojec tions c ap able o f

inflicting personal injury.• Finished surfac es and ed ge s of a ll ac c essible p a rts: Reg ular and smo oth.



N25Permane nt ac ce ss and safe ty

equipment




440 DESIGN LIFE/ MAINTENANCE PROGRAMME• Design life of a c c ess/ safe ty system : Not less tha n to b e c onfirmed b y supplier yea rs.

• Sc hed ule for maintenanc e and for rep lace me nt of co mp onents: Subm it.

450 TESTING OF PERMANENT SUSPENDED ACCESS EQUIPMENT• Pre-insta llation testing : Test roo f rig a t m anufa c turer's/ supp lier's wo rks. The rig must b e

c ap ab le of lifting a nd sustaining a p roof loa d of 125% of the spe c ified rated load withoutsuffering damage or permanent deformation.

• Post-insta llat ion testing: Imm ed iate ly on c om p letion of insta llat ion, or when o therwiseag reed , examine a nd test the co mp lete installation in ac co rda nce with rec omm enda tions

give n in BS 6037-1, clause 14. Give a de qua te notic e o f testing a rrange me nts.• Ce rtifica tes for works and site testing: Subm it within 7 days of c om pletion of sa tisfac tory

ac ce pta nce tests.

460 ASSESSMENT/ TESTING OF FIXING POINTS FOR ANCHOR DEVICES• Design and insta lla tion of fixings in stee lwork or timb er: Verified b y ca lculation to be c apa ble

of susta ining the releva nt sta tic a nd dyna mic test forc es spec ified in BS EN 795, c lause 4.3.• Fixings in othe r ma terials: Verify suitab ility by c a rrying o ut a test in a sam ple of t he m a terial.

The sam ple m ust b e c ap ab le of sustaining the releva nt static and dyna mic test forces

spec ified in BS EN 795, c lause 4.3. Thereafte r, ea c h struc tura l anc hor insta lled in tha t ma te ria lmust be sub jec ted to a n axial pull out force o f 5 kN to confirm the sound ness of the fixing.The structural a nc hor must susta in the force for a minimum of 15 sec ond s.

FABRICATION, ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION

510 FABRICATION AND ASSEMBLY GENERALLY• Ma c hine c utting, drilling a nd assem b ly: Ca rry out a s muc h as possible in the w orkshop .

Ob ta in app rova l for any rea ssem bly on site.

• Dissimilar m eta l surfac es of a ssem bly c om pone nts/ suppo rts/ fixings: Isolate to preve nt

electrolytic corrosion.

520 PROTECTION• Ge neral: Do not d eliver to site any c om po nents or assem blies tha t cannot b e insta lled

immed iately or unloa de d into a suitable well protec ted storage area.

530 SUITABILITY OF STRUCTURE/ FABRIC• Visual and geometric survey of supporting structure and fabric: Carry out before

c om me nc ing insta lla tion of ac c ess/ safe ty system . Rep ort imm ed iately if structure/ fab ric willnot a llow required ac c urac y/ sec urity of erection/ fixing.

535 EXECUTION GENERALLY• Structural me mb ers: Do no t mo dify, cut no tc h or make holes in structural me mb ers withou t

permission.

• Frame wo rks: Assem b le and brac e, including tem porary mem bers required fo r insta lla tion.- Tem po rary supp ort: Do no t use a c c ess system s as tem po ra ry supp ort or strutting for other

work.

• Bolted joints:- Contac t b etween dissimilar meta ls: Avoid.- Bolts and wa shers: Selec t typ es, sizes and quantities of fa stene rs or pa c kings and spac ings

to reta in supp orted c om po nents without d istortion or loss of supp ort.• Welded joints: Com p ly with la test ed ition o f National Structural Stee lwork Spec ific a tion

(NSSS), Sec tion 5.

• Finished c om ponents: Smo oth, free from d isto rtion, crac ks, burrs and sha rp a rrises.




equipment




540 MECHANICAL FIXINGS• Ma terials: Unless otherwise rec omm end ed by eq uipment ma nufac turer:

- Conne c ting b olts and other fixings fully ac c essible for inspe c tion: Mild steel hot dipga lvanized to BS 7371-6.Nuts: Tapp ed afte r galva nizing.

- Ca st-in anc hors and o ther fixings not a c c essible for routine inspe c tion: Austenitic sta inless

ste el, gra de 1.4401 (316) to BS EN 10088-1.

550 FASTENERS, INSERTS AND BOLTS FOR BUILDING IN• Supplier: Equipment m anufac turer/ supplier.

560 FIXINGS FOR SECURING EQUIPMENT• Adjustment capability: Adequate three dimensional adjustment to accommodate building

structure/ fabric irregularities.

570 FIXING ANCHOR INSTALLATION• Site drilling o r c utting into structure/ fab ric: Permitted only in app roved loca tions.• Dista nc e b etw ee n all fixing devic es and edge s of supp orting ma terial: Not less tha n

rec omm ended by fixing manufac turer.

605 IDENTIFICATION AND REGISTRATION LABELS FOR SUSPENDED ACCESS SYSTEM• Provision:

- Suspe nsion rig and any no n-ded ica ted trac k systems: Provide and fix a p ermanent lab elgiving:a) Ma nufac turer's nam e, ad dress and telepho ne numb er.

b) Name and / o r reference c od e of mod el.c ) Serial numb er and year of ma nufac ture.d) Rate d loa d o f suspe nde d p latform (where the platform is pe rma nently atta c hed to the

system) or ma ximum tota l suspe nde d loa d (whe re the p latform c an b e d erigg ed ).- Suspend ed platform: As a), b) and c) ab ove, plus

d) Rate d loa d a nd self weight in kg of the p latform.

e) Ma ximum numb er of persons allowed on the p latform.

f) Ide ntific at ion mark or numb er of the suspe nsion rig or rigs with which the p latform isco mp atible (where the platform c an be derigg ed).

- Suspe nsion and safety ropes (deta c hab le): Ma rked with leng th and unique ide ntifica tionnumber.

• Loc a tion: In positions suc h tha t lab els c an be easily rea d .

610 IDENTIFICATION AND REGISTRATION LABELS FOR OTHER EQUIPMENTFOR SAFETY

EQUIPMENT AND ACCESS LADDERS• Provision: Provide a nd fix to ea c h piec e of eq uipment a pe rma nent labe l giving:

- Manufac turer's name, ad dress and telephone number.- Name and/ or reference code of model.

- Serial numb er and yea r of manufac ture.- Maximum load (in kilograms) that ma y be sustained b y the eq uipme nt.

• Loc a tion: In positions suc h tha t lab els c an be easily rea d .

615 CE MARKING AND DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY OF PERMANENTLY INSTALLEDSUSPENDED ACCESS EQUIPMENT

• Ma rking: Equipm ent to be c learly labe lled with a C E ma rk indic ating c onformity with the

c urrent ed ition o f the Supply of Ma c hinery (Sa fety) Reg ulations.• Dec laration o f co nformity: Provide for the co mp lete installation a de c laration o f co nformity

with Machinery Directive 98/37/EC together with certificates of incorporation for parts not

supp lied or installed by the m ain eq uipment ma nufac turer or supp lier.

630 LIFTING EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION• Gene ral: Where the rate d load of m ac hinery for lifting d ep end s on its c onfiguration, the

identific ation a nd reg istration lab els and rate d load notice s must indica te the rated load foreac h c onfiguration.




equipment




640 MARKING OF ANCHOR DEVICES• Provision: Provide on o r near eac h a ncho r device a labe l or other c lear marking g iving:

- Manufac turer's name and telephone numbe r.- Serial numb er and yea r of manufac ture of device.- Maximum number of personnel that may be attac hed to the device at any one time.

- Req uireme nts for energy ab sorbers, ground c learance , etc.

• Anc hor dev ices intende d solely for use w ith persona l protec tive eq uipment: Indica terestriction of use b y p ictog ram or other suitab le ma rking on o r near the d evice .

710 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION FOR BMU SYSTEM• Ge neral: Insta ll, test and c om mission elec tric al work forming pa rt of the a c c ess eq uipm ent

system up to and inc luding wiring o f isolat ing switc h or switc hes provid ed by the e lec tric alc on trac to r, a ll in ac c ordanc e w ith BS 7671 'Req uirem ents for Elec trica l Insta lla tions' (The IEE

Wiring Reg ulations) and requirem ents of the Elec tric ity Supply C om pany, ensuringc om pliance with de sign and pe rforma nce req uireme nts, to provide a safe, well insulate d,ea rth p rotec ted system.

• Co mp one nts/ Fastene rs: Use wa terproo f c om pone nts and c orrosion resisting fa stene rsthroug hout. Avoid c onta c t b etwe en d issimilar meta ls.

• Co ntrol system : Designed so tha t an elec tric al supp ly fa ilure, or the fa ilure o r malfunc tion ofany electric al c om po nent, will ca use the system to fail to safety.

• Fa ilsafe provision: In the event o f po we r failure the system must be capa ble o f de livering theworking p latform to a p osition o f safety e ither by ha nd w inding or by a c ontrolled g ravitydesce nt device .

• Isolat ing switc hes: Clearly labe lled to identify purpo se. Labe ls to d ispla y an e me rge nc yco ntact telephone number.

810 SERVICE/ MAINTENANCEMAIN BUILDING BMU COMPONENTS, FALL ARREST SYSTEM

AND ACCESS LADDERS• Gene ral: Following a c ce pta nc e of the c omp leted installation, servic e a nd m aintain the

eq uipment for the pe riod state d b elow as and at intervals rec omm end ed b y thema nufac turer. Such ma intenanc e to include a 'ca ll-out' servic e d uring normal wo rking hoursto ma intain the eq uipme nt in an a cc epta ble and safe c ondition.

• Servic e/ Ma intenanc e pe riod: to be c onfirme d b y all ma nufac turers.

820 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS• Equ ipme nt a nd ac c essories: Where a pprop ria te, ma rk in suc h a wa y tha t it is po ssible to

identify the c orrec t mo de of o pe ration for their safe use.

830 OPERATING AND M AINTENANCE MANUAL• Ge neral: Provide, fo r inc lusion in the Building Ma nua l, printed instructions and

rec om mend ed proc ed ures to b e estab lished by the Emp loyer for operating and routinely

ma intaining the eq uipment. Provide diag ram s where ap propriate .• Content:

- Instruc tions for assemb ling/ erecting eq uipment for use.

- Com prehensive op erating instructions, including safety a nd e me rge ncy p roc ed ures, for

all motions inc luding up wa rd, d ownw ard a nd late ral trave l, and slew.- Servic ing and planned ma intenanc e p roc ed ures, inc luding a ssem bly instruc tions where

maintenance necessitates dismantling of machinery parts.- List of replac eme nt pa rts, with reference s.- Rec omm ended proced ures for testing equipment.




equipment




840 AS INSTALLED DRAWINGS• Ge neral: Afte r c om missioning/ testing of the equipment p rovid e as insta lled d rawings for

inclusion in the Building Ma nua l.- Number of sets: 2.

• Drawing co ntent:

- Contrac tor's name a nd c ontrac t number.

- Loc ation and date of installation.- Manufac turer's name, mod el and type numbers.

- General arrange ment of the co mplete installation.- Electric al c irc uit wiring diag ram s c omp lete with deta ils and ratings of a ll items of

equipment.




equipment




P

Build ing fabric sundries



P10

Sundry insulation/ proo fing work



P10 Sundry insulation/ proofing work

SUNDRY INSULATION/ PROOFING WORK


TYPES OF INSULATION

160A LOO SE LAID INSULATION refer to J41

• Ma terial: Extruded Polystyrene Insulation .

• Manufac turer: to Architects ap proval .

- Product reference: to Architects app roval .• Depth: refer to drawings.

• Therma l Conduc tivity: 0.028W/ mK. Insulation thickness (refer to draw ings) to me et minimum

U-va lue a s per MEP Eng ineers requireme nt• Installation requirements:

- Insulation: Level, co vering all pa rts of the surfac e.

- Servic e ho les: Sea led, and de bris rem oved be fore laying insulation.- Eave s ventilation: Unob structe d.- Electric c ab les ove rlaid b y insulation: Sized ac c ordingly.

161 INSULATION TO UNDERSIDE OF SLABSGENERALLY

• Ma terial: Extruded Polystyrene Insulation .

• Depth: refer to drawings.• Therma l Conduc tivity: 0.028W/ mK. Insulation thickness (refer to draw ings) to me et minimum

U-va lue a s per MEP Eng ineers requireme nt

• Installation requirements:- Insulation: Level, co vering all pa rts of the surfac e.- Servic e ho les: Sea led, and de bris rem oved be fore laying insulation.

163 INSULATION TO WALLS refer to d raw ings

• Ma terial: Roc kwoo l Insulation with pla stic shee ting co ver .

• Thickness: 50mm refe r to d rawings.• Therma l Conduc tivity: 0.028W/ mK. Insulation thickness (refer to draw ings) to me et minimum

U-va lue a s per MEP Eng ineers requireme nt

• Installation requirements:- Servic e ho les: Sea led, and de bris rem oved be fore laying insulation.

210 INSULATION FITTED BETWEEN STUDS• Ma terial: Unfac ed gla ss wo ol to BS EN 13162 .

• Ma nufac turer: subm it propo sals .

- Produc t reference : submit proposals.• Thickness: fill vo id .

• Installation requirements:

- Joints: Butted , no ga ps.- Fasteners: Used to p revent slumping/ displac em ent.



P10Sund ry insulation/ p roofing w ork




P12

Fire stop ping system s



P12 Fire stopping systems


GENERAL

LEED CRITERIATo c om p ly with Indian Gree n Building Co unc il LEED Core & Shell rating system, Indo orEnvironm ent Q ua lity Cred it 4.2, ensure that all pa ints and c oa tings used on the interior of the

building(defined as inside the weatherproofing system and applied on-site) shall comply with GreenSeal Sta nd ard GS-11, Pa ints, First Ed ition , Ma y 20, 1993.

The c ontrac tor is respo nsible for providing tec hnic al d oc umenta tion for spe c ified pa intprod ucts showing c om pliance with the a bo ve G S-11 stand ard.To c om ply w ith Indoo r Environm ent Qua lity Cred it 4.1, ensure all ad hesives and sea lantsused on the inte rior or the building c om p ly with the requ irem ents of

South Coast A ir Qua lity M anag em ent Distric t (SCAQMD) Rule # 1168.

The c ontrac tor is respo nsible for providing te c hnic al d oc umenta tion showing c om pliance ofadhesives, sea lants and sea lant p rimers with VOC limits sta ted in the

ab ove me ntioned SCAQ MD stand ard.

140 FIRE STOPPING SYSTEM TO MULTIPLE SERVICES PENETRATIONS GENERALLY• Panel ma terial: Submit prop osals.

- Thickness: 20 mm.

- Number of layers: Two.- Framing: Not required.

• Finish: Not req uired .

• Sea lant : Fire resisting silic one.- Colour: Submit proposals.

191 FIRE PROTECTION ELASTOMERIC FIRE STOP SEALANT:

Ma nufac turer: [Hilti or Equivalent] .Loc a tion: [For sea ling pene tration for non insulated Me ta ls pip es with ma jor mo vem ent and

Expansion joints].Cod es: BS 476 pa rt 20Ma terial [as rec omm end ed b y Hilti or eq uivalent]

Width: [ 6 to 100mm] .Fire resista nc e rat ing : [To BS 476-21, 120/120 inte grity/ insula tion] .Numbe r of layers: [As rec omm end ed b y manufac turer].

Installation requirements: Continuous, with minimum joints.- Fasteners: [As pe r ma nufac turers rec om mend ation].

Other req uireme nts: [Civil Defense a pp rova l for the Mate rial to be p rod uc ed ].

" Bac kfilling ma terial : Non flamm able mineral wo ol (Min 100Kg/ M3)

" Ap plica tion : to be used on bo th side of wa lls / Floors" Prep aration of area : As pe r ma nufac turers Rec om mend ation



P12Fire stopping systems




191A FIRE PROTECTION FIRE STOP JOINT FILLER:Ma nufac turer: [Hilti or Equivalent] .

Loc a tion: [For sea ling pene tration for non insulated Me ta ls pip es with low m ove me nt].Ma terial [as rec omm end ed b y Hilti or eq uivalent]Width: [ 6 to 30mm ].

Fire resista nc e ra ting : [To BS 476-21, 120/120 inte grity/ insulat ion o r to eq uiva lent Ind ian

Stand ard].Numbe r of layers: [As rec omm end ed b y manufac turer].

Installation requirements: Continuous, with minimum joints.- Fasteners: [As pe r ma nufac turers rec om mend ation].

Other requirem ents: [To com ply with Loc a l Fire Offic er's Req uireme nts].

" Bac kfilling ma terial : Non flamm able mineral wo ol (Min 100Kg/ M3)" Ap plica tion : to be used on bo th side of wa lls / Floors" Prep aration of area : As pe r ma nufac turers Rec om mend ation

191D FIRE PROTECTION FIRE STOP MORTER:

Ma nufac turer: [Hilti or Equivalent] .Loc ation: Around Ca bles and c ab le trays.Ma terial [as rec omm end ed b y Hilti or eq uivalent]Thickness : [ As pe r Ma nufac turers reco mm end at ion].

Fire resista nc e rat ing : [To BS 476-21, 120/120 inte grity/ insula tion] .Ap p lic a tion: [to b e used on full thickness of the wa ll/ floo r either manually of using pum ps.Other req uireme nts: [Civil Defense a pp rova l for the Mate rial to be p rod uce d] .

" Prep aration of area : As pe r ma nufac turers Rec om mend ation" Bac kfilling ma terial : Non flamm ab le mineral wo ol (Min 100Kg/ M3)" Prep aration of area : As pe r ma nufac turers Rec om mend ation

" Mo rta r Rat io : 3 : 1( mo rta r to wa ter)" Ap proval : Civil Defense ap proval for the Ma terial to beproduc

191E FIRE PROTECTION STRUCTURAL GRADE FIRE STOP MORTER:

Ma nufac turer: [Hilti or Equivalent] .Loc ation: Around Ca bles and c ab le trays.Ma terial [as rec omm end ed b y Hilti or eq uivalent]

Thickness : [ As pe r Ma nufac turers reco mm end at ion].Fire resista nc e ra ting : [To BS 476-21, 120/120 integ rity/ insulat ion o r equiva lent Ind ianSta ndards].Ap p lic a tion: [to b e used on full thickness of the wa ll/ floo r either manually of using pum ps.].

Othe r req uirem ents: [To c om p ly with Loc al Fire O ffice r's req uirem ents]." Prep aration of area : As pe r ma nufac turers Rec om mend ation" Bac kfilling ma terial : Non flamm ab le mineral wo ol (Min 100Kg/ M3)

" Prep aration of area : As pe r ma nufac turers Rec om mend ation" Mo rta r Rat io : 3 : 1( mo rta r to wa ter)" Ap proval : Civil Defense ap proval for the Ma terial to be

produced.

SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

210 DESIGN• Design: Com plete the d esign of the fire stop p ing system .

• Prop osals: Submit d rawings, tec hnica l informa tion, ca lculat ions and m anu fac turers'literature.

PRODUCTS

305 PRODUCT CERTIFICATION• Certific ation: For produc ts spe c ified g eneric ally, subm it evidenc e o f c om pliance with the

specification.

• Ac c ep ta b le e videnc e: Listing in CERTIFIRE Reg ister.







335 INTUMESCENT FOAMS• Ma nufac turer: Subm it p rop osals.


390 SEALANTS - FIRE RESISTING SILICO NE• Manufac turer: Contrac tor's choice .


EXECUTION

620 WORKMANSHIP GENERALLY• Ga ps: Sea l gap s be twe en b uild ing elem ents and services, to provide fire resistanc e a nd

resist the passage of smoke.

• Ad jac ent surfac es: Preve nt overrun of sealant or mo rta r on to finished surfac es.

660 INSTALLING INTUMESCENT FOAM• New joints: Rem ove builde r's deb ris, morta r dropp ings, grease, a nd the like.

• Old joints: Clean a nd rem ove existing sea lant from the joint.• Priming: Lightly moisten substrate with water.

• Ap plica tion: Fill joint to a pp roxima tely half its de pth, allowing foam to expa nd to fac e o f

join t.• Trimming: Do no t trim or cut the fac e of the c ured foam .

730 FIXING PIPE COLLARS• Co lla r fixing: Submit prop osa ls.

• Ga p around c ollar: Subm it prop osals.• Length o f wraps: Project 50 mm from ea c h side of the e lement.

750 APPLYING SEALANT TO JOINTS• De-grea sing: Submit p rop osals.

• Priming : Sub mit proposals.

• Depth of sealant: 15 mm.• Tem pe rature: Do not a pp ly wa ter based sea lants when they c ould b e d am ag ed by frost.

COMPLETION

910 C LEANING• Ma sking ta pe s: Rem ove .

• Clea ning: Clean off sp lashes and d rop p ings. Wipe d ow n finishes.

920 INSPECTION• Notice for inspe c tion (minimum): 3 da ys.







P20

Unfram ed isola ted trims/ skirtings/ sundry item s



P20 Unframed isola ted trims/ skirtings/ sundry items


LEED CRITERIATo c om ply with India n Gree n Building Co unc il LEED Co re & Shell ra ting system, Ma teria ls and

Resources Credit 6, ensure tha t wo od produc ts are c ertified in ac c ordanc e w ith theForest Stew ardship Co unc il's (FSC) Principals and Criteria fo r wood bu ild ing c om po nents.The c ontrac tor is responsible for providing d oc ume nta tion for the woo d p rod uc t's FSC d eta ils

along with Cha in-of-Custod y c ertific ation de tails.

120 HARDWOOD ARCHITRAVES - Refer Door Sched ules• Qua lity o f wo od and fixing : To BS 1186-3.

- Spec ies: to Architects ap proval.- Class: CSH.

• Mo isture conte nt a t time of fixing: 13-19%.• Preservative treatme nt: to supp lier rec om mend ation.

• Fire ra ting: As defined in Build ing Reg ulations.• Profile: squa red to A rc hitects ap prova l.

- Finished size: 100mm to outer fac e.

• Finish a s delivered: Lamina te.

• Fixing: Plugged , sc rewe d and pe lleted at 450 ce ntres.

150A METAL SKIRTINGS TO FEATURE AREAS AS MARKED ON DRAWING• Ma terial: As pe r ID Spe c ifica tion App end ices.

- Thickness: As per ID draw ings.

• Finish: As per ID Spec ific at ion Ap pend ice s.

• Fixing : Ad hesive a s sec tion Z20.• Me ta lwork: As sec tion Z11.

175 PROPRIETARY ALUMINIUM CAPPING TO CURTAIN WALL/ CO LUMNS• Ma nufac turer: TBG or eq ual ap proved .


• Size: refe r to d rawings.• Finish/ Colour: to m atc h c urtain wa ll profiles to A rc hitects ap prova l.

260 WOOD VENEERED As per ID Draw ings• Manufac turer: Contrac tor's choice .

- Produc t reference : Contrac tor's choice .

• Fire ra ting: As defined in Build ing Reg ulations.

• Veneer spe c ies: As pe r ID Spe c ifica tion Ap pe ndic es.

• Finished thickness: to b e c onfirmed.

• Edg es: Hardwood lipping to m atc h veneer.• Supp ort/ Fixing: Pinned and glued to softwo od grounds.

EXECUTION

510 INSTALLATION GENERALLY• Joinery workma nship : As sec tion Z10.• Metal workmanship: As section Z11.

• Me thod s of fixing and fastene rs: As sec tion Z20 where no t spe c ified .

• Straight runs: To b e in one p iec e, or in long leng ths with a s few joints as possible.• Running joints: Loc ation a nd m ethod of forming to be ag reed where not d eta iled .

• Joints a t ang les: Mitre, unless shown o the rwise .

• Position a nd level: To b e a greed where not de tailed.



P20Unframe d isola ted trims/ skirtings/

sund ry item s




P21

Door/ window ironmongery



P21 Door/ window ironmongery


PRE-TENDER

11 QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS• Qua ntities and loca tions of ironmo ngery are to be sc hed uled b y the supp lier .• Fixing: A s sec tions L10 and L20.

• All architec tural hardwa re should be from o ne ma nufac turer and a c om bination of sources

is not ac ce pta ble• Supp lier to c onfirm in writing that the p rop osed hardwa re is from a rep uited b rand ed

manufacturer

GENERAL Iron M ong ery Spe c ifica tion and Sc hed ules to be prepa red by the Supp lier ba sed

on the Doors & Window Sc hed ule, to Enginee r's ap p rova l.Manufacturer - Dorma or Equivalent.

121A IRONMONGERY FROM SINGLE PROPRIETARY RANGE• All Hardwa re should b e from o ne m anufa c turer and a c om bination o f sources is not

ac c ep tab le. Supp lier should c onfirm in writing that propo sed hardwa re is from a rep utab le

brand ed ma nufac turer and supp lier and must identify the source o f produc tion bypresenting a do c umente d letter from the m anufa c turer. Hardwa re sc hed ule providec onvenienc e of use a nd m aintenanc e of the b uilding sec urity ag ainst unauthorized ac c ess

(and in som e c ases exit), esc ap e from, protec tion ag ainst and preve ntion of fire, smo kespread of to xic a tmosphe res of o ther hazards and protec tion to do ors and other surfac es.The Co ntrac tor sha ll ensure tha t ha rdw are supplied me ets with the Enginee r's requirements,

and if any item propo sed or spe c ified de trac ts therefore the Engineer shall be informed .Unless sta ted , hardware to alum inium units shall be by the a luminium fa brica tor inac c orda nc e w ith this spe c ific at ion b ut w ith finishes to matc h his sec tions. Floor spring units,

bo xes and c ove r plates, master keyed c ylinders and ac c ess c ontrol hardw are shall be b ythe ge neral hardwa re supp lier.

130 APPROVED SUPPLIERS• Source : Obtain ironmonge ry from one o f the following: Dorma or equal ap proved .

• Notifica tion: Submit d eta ils of selec ted supp lier.

140 SAM PLES• Ge neral: Befo re p lac ing orde rs with suppliers submit lab elled sam p les of the following: All

ironmonge ry .- Conformity: Reta in sam ples on site for the d uration o f the c ontract. Ensure c onformity of

ironmongery as delivered with labelled samples.

141 SAMPLE BOARDS• Ge neral: Befo re p lac ing orde rs with supp liers subm it a sam p le board, c onta ining lab elled

sam p les of ironm ong ery and showing metho ds of fixing.

• Range : Include ALL IRONMO NGERY .

- Conformity: Retain boa rd on site in an a pp roved loc ation for the duration of the co ntrac t.Ensure co nformity of ironm ong ery as delivered w ith lab elled samp les.

170 IRONMONGERY FOR FIRE DOORS• Relevant produc ts: Ironm onge ry fixed to, or mortic ed into, the c om po nent p arts of a fire

resisting doo r assem b ly.

• Co mp lianc e: Ironmo ng ery inc lude d in suc c essful tests to BS 476-22 or BS EN 1634-1 on doo rassemblies similar to those proposed.

- Certifica tion: Subm it CERTIFIRE c ertific a tes .• Melting po int of c om po nents (exc ep t d ec orative non func tional pa rts): 800°C m inimum.



P21Door/ window ironmongery




DOOR HANGING DEVICES

DOOR HANGING DEVICESrefer to ap pe ndix for full sc hed ules and spe c ifica tions

DOOR OPERATING DEVICES

DOOR OPERATING DEVICESSupp lier to submit te c hnica l de ta ils for Engineer's Ap prova l.

DOOR SECURING DEVICES

DOOR SECURING DEVICESSupp lier to submit tec hnica l de ta ils for Engineer's Ap prova l

DOOR FURNITURE

DOOR FURNITURE

Supp lier to submit tec hnica l de ta ils for Engineer's Ap prova l



P21Door/ window ironmongery




P31

Holes, chases, covers and supports for servic es



P31 Holes, chases, covers and supports for servic es


110 CO-ORDINATION/SCOPELiaise w ith subc ontrac tors to esta blish loc a tions and d imensions of a ll holes and c hases

required fo r services, inc luding requirem ents for floo r duc ting/ trunking, ac c essc ove rs/ grating, and me ter c ab inets.Subm it deta ils to C A for chec king b efore proc eed ing with the wo rk.

Fire sea ling and ma king safe of servic es pe netrations to be c overed under ma in co ntrac orssc op e o f works.

PRODUCTS

371 GRATINGS/ DRAIN COVERSGENERAL• Ma nufac turer: refer to MEP spe c ifica tions.

- Product reference: to MEP engineers app roval.• Co vers/ Gratings: sta inless steel to g rad e 316 - brushed finish.

- Sizes: refer to drawings.

- Load ing grade: heavy d uty unless otherwise spec ified.• Fram e/ Supp ort/ Fixing: to ma nufac turers de tails and to the a pp rova l of MEP eng ineer.

• Ac ce ssories: as required .

EXECUTION

620 HOLES AND CHASES IN IN SITU CONCRETE• Ca st in: Holes larger than 10 mm d iamete r and c hases.• Cutting a nd drilling:

- Permitted for holes not large r than 10 mm diam eter.

- Not permitted for holes large r than 10 mm d iam eter exc ep t as indica ted o n drawings.

640 HOLES IN STRUCTURAL STEELWORK• Cutting and drilling: Not p ermitted exce pt a s indica ted on d raw ings.

650 HOLES, RECESSES AND CHASES IN MASONRY• Loc at ions: To ma intain integ rity o f strength, sta bility a nd sound resista nc e o f c onstruction.

• Sizes: Minimum need ed to a c c omm od ate servic es.

- Holes (maximum ): 300 x 300 mm.• Walls of ho llow or cellular b loc ks: Do not c hase.

• Walls of other materials:

- Vertic a l c hases: No d eeper than one third o f single leaf thickness, exc luding finishes.- Horizonta l or raking c hases: No longe r than 1 m. No de ep er than one sixth of the single

lea f thic kness, exc luding finishes.• Cha ses and rec esses: Do not set b ac k to b ac k. Offset b y a c lear distanc e a t least eq ual to

the wall thickness.

• Cutt ing: Do not c ut until mortar is fully set. Cut c a refully and nea tly. Avo id spa lling, crac king

and other da ma ge to surround ing struc ture.

660 PREFORMED HOLES IN MASONRY• Width of holes without b ridging o ver (maximum): 300 mm.

- Holes requiring b ridging : Submit prop osals.



P31Holes, chases, cove rs and suppo rts for

services




690 INSTALLING PIPE SLEEVES• Sleeve s: Fit to pip es passing through bu ild ing fa b ric.

• Ma terial: Ma tc h pipeline.• Size: One or two sizes larger than p ipe to a llow c learanc e.

• Finish: Insta ll sleeves flush w ith b uilding finish. In areas where floors a re washed dow n, insta ll

p rotrud ing 100 mm a bove floor finish.

• Ma sking p lates: Fit at v isible p ene trations, inc luding throug h false c eilings of oc c up iedrooms.

711 SEALING AROUND SERVICES-• Sea l around p ipew ork where the y pass through wa lls + floor with mo rta r where p ossible.

Com pletely fill the spa c e, leaving no ga ps and finish nea tly.

FIRE SEPERATION

760 GENERAL REQUIREMMENTS• All mec hanica l, elec trica l, duc ting, plumbing a nd drainag e servic es pa ssing throug h

op enings in floo rs, and through fire c om pa rtme nt wa lls within eac h floor, sha ll be sea led w ithp rop rieta ry fire stop p ing materia ls to resist the p assag e o f fire a nd smo ke, for a pe riod of 2

hours (ba sem ent to ground floors) or 1 hour (co mp artme nt wa lls betw ee n units, aroundsta irc ases, lifts, ga rbag e c hutes, riser sha fts and floors betw een a partme nts) as defined bythe requirements of BS476:Part20:1987.

770 FIRE STOPPING DESIGN• The d esign of e ac h installation shall provide for a m inimum of 100mm c learance be twee n

the p enetrating servic e a nd the structural op ening, to a llow for ease o f remo val, rep air or

replac em ent o f the services at a ny time in the future, which sha ll be fire stop pe d. All servicessha ll be fully suppo rted e ither integ ra l with, or close to , both fac es of the ba rrier, suc h tha t inthe eve nt o f the fire c ausing the supp orts to c ollap se, the services will rema in suitab ly

supp orted o n the no n-fire side, thus preventing their weight c ausing da ma ge to the ba rrier

780 APPROVALS, QUALITY AND INSTALLATION• All fire p rotec tion ma terials to b e fire te sted by a n indep end ent fire te st lab oratory, and to

have ap proval of the Civil Defenc e Direc torate. All materials to b e q uality ma nufac tured toBS:EN:ISO 9002:1994. All ma te rials to be installed stric tly as Ma nufac turers instruc tions by

suitab ly trained , experienc ed insta llers.

790 AVAILABILITY• Antic orrosion Prote c tive Systems, P O Box 8091, Duba i, U.A.E.

Tel: +971 4 3372877; Fax: +971 4 3377389

800 PRODUCT TYPE AND INSTALLATIONThe fo llow ing typ ica l metho ds for fire stop ping for eac h type of service p assing through fire

rated wa lls and floors sha ll be used :

810 CABLES, CABLE TRAYS, NON INSULATED M ETAL PIPES AND NON METAL (PVC) PIPES

OF DIAMETER LESS THAN 50MM PASSING THROUGH WALL OR FLOOR OPENINGS.The fo llow ing typ ica l metho ds for fire stop ping for eac h type of service p assing through firerated wa lls and floors sha ll be used :Where a ny suc h services pe netrate fire rated w alls and floo rs, the ga ps betw ee n the

pe netrating items and their op enings must b e fully sea led to prevent the pa ssag e o f fire a ndsmoke. Depending upon the particular size & configuration, and ease of access, installeither:

(a ) Nullifire B735 Ma stic Coa ted Barrier Ba tts 60mm thick, 160kg/ m3 density, using NullifireB721 Barrier Ma stic to sea l joints be twe en Ba tt sec tions, all ed ge s, and around the pip es andc ab les for a minimum o f 150mm from fa c e o f Barrier Bat t; or

(b ) Nullifire B200 or B220 Fire Stop Comp ound to the thic kness as spec ified by thema nufac turer by p ouring into floo r op enings, or trowelling into wa ll op enings.




services




820 SINGLE/ GROUPED CABLES, + NON-INSULATED METAL PIPES THROUGH SLEEVESThe a nnular spa ce a round the c ab le(s) sha ll be sea led with fire resisting sea lant to p reve nt

the p assage of fire a nd smo ke. Dep end ing upon the pa rticula r size o f ga p , insta ll either:(a ) where the annula r ga p is not greater tha n 20mm, Nullifire M701 Fire Resista nt Ma sticto the c orrec t de pth req uired , using, if nec essary, Nullifire M710 foa m b ac king rod to c ont rol

the d ep th of the sea l; or

(b ) whe re the annular ga p is grea ter than 20mm , Nullifire B200 Fire Stop Co mp oundtrowe lled into the o pe ning to a thickness of 100mm .

830 CABLE TRUNKINGWhere c losed c ab le trunking p ene trates fire ra ted wa lls or floo rs, the inside of the trunkingsha ll have a n intumesc ent sea l insta lled a round the w ires and c ab les to p revent thepassag e o f fire throug h the t runking. Insta ll:

(a) Nullifire B760/1/ 2 Intumesc ent Sea l Bag s to fill any ga ps abo ve the c ab les inside thetrunking. In vertica l ca ble trunking, it ma y be nec essary to tie the b ags in position w ith wireto p revent them slipp ing dow n.

840 INSULATED HOT OR CHILLED WATER PIPESWhere the insulat ion ma teria l is not fire resista nt to BS476:Pt20:1987 for wa ll or floo r

pene trations, either (a ) the fire stop ping m aterial sha ll be fully sea led up to the p ipe a nd theinsulation butted ag a inst the fire sea l, or (b) a n Intumesc ent wrap fitted a round theinsulation to expand and seal the void b etween the p ipe and the op ening which wo uld be

left open by the burning of the insulation during a fire. Depending upon the particular sizeand c onfigurat ion, and e ase of a c c ess, insta ll either:(a ) Nullifire B735 Ma stic Coa ted Barrier Ba tts 60mm thick, 160kg/ m3 density, using Nullifire

B721 Barrier Ma stic to sea l joints be twe en Bat t sec tions, all ed ge s, and fully up to and a roundthe m eta l pipe, and subseq uently butt joint and sea l the insulation ma terial up to the BarrierBa tt, or

(b ) Nullifire B300 Intume sc ent Wrap around the insulation inside the op ening filling anysurround ing g aps around the Wrap with Nullifire B200 Fire Stop Co mp ound , taking c a re toensure that ed ge s of Intumesc ent Wrap a re left exposed to the fire risk

850 PVC DRAINAGE OR RAINWATER PIPES (50MM DIA. OR LARGER).All PVC (or othe r plastic) d ra inag e p ipes which p ass through fire rated wa lls or floor sha ll be

sea led with an intumesc ent c ollar to expand and c omp letely sea l the hole through the wa llor floor which wo uld b e left ope n due to the c ollap se of the PVC p ipe d uring a fire.Dep end ing upon the p articula r size, co nfiguration and e ase of ac c ess, insta ll either:

(a ) Nullifire B150 Intumesc ent Pipe Collars around PVC pipes, bolting to the underside offloo r, or to the fire risk side (s) o f wa lls; or(b ) Nullifire B300 Intumesc ent Wrap around the PVC pip e inside the op ening filling any

surround ing g aps around the Wrap with Nullifire B200 Fire Stop Co mp ound , taking c a re toensure that ed ge s of Intumesc ent Wrap a re left exposed to the fire risk.

860 A/ C OR VENTILATION DUCTING:Where d uc ting p asses trough fire ra ted wa lls and floors, a fire d am per (spec ified elsew here)

shall be installed , mounted to the struc tural op ening a s de tailed b y the d am pe rma nufac turer. All surround ing ga ps be twee n the d am pe r fram e a nd the struc tural op eningin the wa ll or floo r sha ll be sea led w ith fire stop p ing ma terials. Dep end ing up on theparticular size, configuration of openings and ease of access,

(a ) Nullifire B735 Ma stic Coa ted Barrier Ba tts 60mm thick, 160kg/ m3 density, using NullifireB721 Barrier Ma stic to sea l joints be twe en Bat t sec tions, all ed ge s, and fully up to and a roundda mp er fram e, or

(b ) Nullifire B200 Fire Stop Co mp ound trowe lled into the ope ning to the thickness asspe c ified b y the ma nufac turer, or(c ) Nullifire M701 Fire Resista nt Ga p Mastic, to the c orrec t de pth req uired insta ll

either,using, if nece ssa ry, Nullifire M710 foa m b ac king rod to c ontrol the d ep th of the sea l.




services




P32

Sc hedule of builders work in connec tion with services



P32 Schedule of builders work in connec tion with services

GENERAL

To be rea d with Preliminaries/ General c ond itions/ Bills of Q uantities

The M a in Cont rac tor sha ll p rice for all builders wo rk in connec tion w ith the M .E.P. Insta llat ionwhich should include the following.

It should be no ted tha t this list is not intended to b e exhaustive.

• 110 - The e xpression Builde rs Work me ans the anc illary work c a rried out by the M ainCo ntrac to r in c onnec tion w ith the M.E.P./ INSTALLATION eithe r in existing building or newconstruction.

• 111 - The d rilling, c utting or leaving holes or ap ertures throug h structura l, floors, wa lls, beams

etc ., sha ll be a s sta ted in sec tion P31 and m aking g oo d p a rtitions, roo f etc

• 112 - Cutting and p inning ends of suppo rts for pipes, eq uipm ent, ap plianc es, fittings and thelike to walls, floors, partitions, soffits, etc., and making good.

• 113 - Cutting or leaving mo rtice s, sinkings, etc ., for holding dow n b olts, brac kets, suppo rtsand the like and grouting in.

• 114 - Cutting c hases for pipe s and the like in w alls, floors, pa rtitions, etc ., and subseq uentlymaking good .

• 115 - Cutting a nd fitting around, bo ring ho les through and ma king g ood of finishing up to

p ipes, duc ts, fans, suppo rts, brac kets and the like.

• 116 - Excav ation a nd ba c k filling of e xternal pipe o r servic e d uct trenc hes including gravel

bed and filter memb rane.

• 117 - The building of Sep tic Tanks, Soa kaw ays, meter pits, sumps, ac c ess c ha mb ers,interceptor's, grease traps ma nholes and the like, the raising o f existing m anholes, and fittingnew rec essed frame s and c ove rs.

• 118 - The c onstruction o f c onc rete bloc k and / or timb er duc ts.

• 119 - The fo rma tion of d uc ts within co nc rete slab s, toge ther with ac c ess c ove rs and fram es.

• 120 - The b uilding of timb er frame s, pa nels and d oo rs ac c ess ha tc hes in ce ilingsironm onge ry, to give a c c ess to p ipes, duc ts, equipm ent a nd the like.

• 121 - The forma tion o f c onc rete ba ses, plinths, haunc hings, co vers for wa ter ta nks., etc ., for

plant and eq uipment including anti-vibration p ad s if nece ssary.

• 122 - The p ainting o f all exposed p ipew ork, fittings, duc ting, etc .

• 123 - The w ate rproofing of all external d uctw ork to the Architect's ap prova l.

• 124 - Boxing out o f exposed soil and vent p ipes.

• 125 - Making good finishes after M.E.P. and Fire Alarm Installation second fix.

• 126 - Fire stopping. See clause P31

• 127 - Cross ove r bridge - Meta l ba se supp ort with cheruered plate step fixed to c onc rete

pe de stal should b e p rovide d ab ove the M EP servic es at roof as per the loc ation ide ntifiedby the Enginee r at site. In principle a ll the a reas of the roo f should be ac c essible by m ea nsof a c c ess p lat forms over the M EP servic es.



P32Sche dule o f b uilde rs work in c onnec tion

with services




Q

Paving/ Planting/ Fenc ing/ Site furniture



Q10

Kerbs/ edgings/ channels/ pa ving ac cessories



Q10 Kerbs/ edgings/ channels/ pa ving ac cessories


TYPES OF KERBS/ EDGINGS AND CHANNELS

112A PRECAST CONCRETE KERBS, EDGINGS AND CHANNELS• Sta nd ard: To BS EN 1340 or equiva lent Indian Sta nd ards.• Designa tions: As show n on d rawings.

• Size (w idth x height x length): As show n on d rawings.

• Special shapes:- Transition kerbs TL and TR as shown on d raw ings;- Dropper kerbs DL1 and DR1 to fo otwa y crossings;

- Dropper kerbs DL2 and DR2 to fo otwa y crossings;- Qua drant kerbs as show n on draw ings;- Interna l rad ius kerbs as shown on drawing s; and

- Externa l rad ius kerbs as shown o n d rawings.

• Finish: As ca st.• Colour: Natural.

• Bend ing strength: Class 2.

• Weathering resistanc e: Class 1.• Ab rasion resista nc e: Cla ss 1.

• Slip/ skid resista nc e: No req uirem ent.

• Bedding: As drawing .• Joints ge nerally: Dry, 2-3 mm ga p .

• Sea lant mov eme nt joints: Not required .

180 DRAINAGE CHANNEL SYSTEMS WITH GRATINGS• Manufac turer: Contrac tor's choice .


• Size: Nominal internal width 200 mm x 500/ 1000mm long.• Type of fa ll: Integ ral c ontinuous fall.• Finish: As ca st.

• Colour: Natural.

• Accessories:- Ca sting in anc hors;- Drain unions;- Tem porary b rac ing; and

- Transition units.• Bedd ing: Ceme nt mortar.

• Joints ge nerally: Bituminous mastic jointing .

• Cov er gratings: Ga lvanized steel, slotted .- Fixings: Loc king b ars and bo lts.- Loa ding g rad e to BS EN 124: A15.

- Finish/ Colour: Blac k.

250 MATERIAL SAMPLES• Sam ples rep resenta tive of c olour and ap pe aranc e o f de signate d ma terials: Subm it before

plac ing orders.

- Designated materials: All .



Q10Kerbs/ ed gings/ cha nnels/ pa ving

accessories




ROADS/ PAVING ACCESSORIES/ MARKING

315 TRAFFIC CALMING HUMPS• Ma nufac turer: Subm it p rop osals.


• Ma terial: Rubb er.

- Finish a nd co lour: Refer to Architect.• Metho d of fixing: Subm it prop osals.

• Ac c essories: Reflecto rs and end c ap s.

395 ROAD MARKING (THERMOPLASTIC)• Sta ndard : Roa d Safe ty Markings Assoc iation stand ard spe c ific at ion do c ume nt for roa d

ma rking and road stud s (Sta nSpe c ).

• Ma nufac turer: BASF or similar ap prove d.

- Produc t reference : Submit p ropo sals.• Colour: Refer to Arc hitect.

• Retroreflec tivity t o BS EN 1436: Not required (Class R0).

LAYING

510A LAYING KERBS, EDGINGS AND CHANNELS• Cutting: Neat, a c c urate and without spa lling. Form nea t junctions.

- Long units (450 mm and ove r) minimum leng th after cutting: 300 mm .- Short units minimum leng th a fter cutt ing: The lower of one third o f their original leng th or 50

mm.• Bed ding of units: Positioned true to line a nd levelled along top and front fa c es, in a m ortar

be d o n ac c urate ly c ast founda tions or on a rac e of fresh co nc rete.

• Sec uring of units: Afte r be dd ing has set, sec ured with a c ontinuous haunc hing of c onc reteor on a rac e of fresh co nc rete w ith ba c king c onc rete c ast mono lithic ally.Diag ona l cut (using g rinde r) kerb to be used on c orners where kerb c hang es direc tion.

530A CONCRETE FOR FOUNDATIONS, RACES AND HAUNCHING• Sta nd ard: To BS 8500-2 or equ iva lent India n Sta nd ards.• Designa ted mix: Not less tha n G EN0 or Sta nd ard m ix ST1.• Workability: Very low.

540A CEMENT MORTAR BEDDING• Ge neral: To sec tion Z21.

• Mix (Portland c em ent:sand): 1:3.

- Portland c em ent: C lass CEM I 42.5 to BS EN 197-1 or eq uivalent Indian Sta ndards.- Sand : to BS EN 12620, grade 0/4 o r 0/ 2 (MP).

• Bed thic kness: 12-40 mm .

547A BEDDING / BACKING OF UNITS ON FRESH CONCRETE RACES• Sta nd ard: To BS 7533-6 or equ iva lent India n Sta nd ards.

550 KERB DOWELS• Dowe ls: Steel ba r to BS 4482.

- Size: 12 mm d iame ter, 150 mm long.

• Insta llat ion of d ow els: Vertica lly into found at ion while co nc rete is plastic.

- Ce ntres: To suit holes in kerbs.- Projection: 75 mm.

• Grouting of holes in kerbs: Filled with 1:3 cement:sand mortar finished flush.




accessories




550A KERB DOWELS• Dow els: Steel b a r to BS 4482 or eq uiva lent Ind ian Sta nd ards.

- Size: 12 mm d iame ter, 150 mm long.• Insta llat ion of d ow els: Vertica lly into found at ion while co nc rete is plastic.

- Ce ntres: To suit holes in kerbs.

- Projection: 75 mm.

• Grouting of holes in kerbs: Filled with 1:3 cement:sand mortar finished flush.

560A HAUNCHING DOWELS• Dow els: Steel b a r to BS 4482 or eq uiva lent Ind ian Sta nd ards.

- Size: 12 mm d iame ter, 150 mm long.• Insta llat ion of d ow els: Vertica lly into found at ion while co nc rete is plastic.

- Centres: 450 mm.

- Distanc e from b ac k fac e of kerb: 50 mm.- Projection: 75 mm.

• Haunc hing: Rec ta ngula r c ross sec tion, ca st aga inst formwo rk, fully enc losing a nd p rotec ting

dowels.

570 C HANNELS

• Insta llat ion: To an even g rad ient, without p ond ing or ba c kfall.• Low est po ints of c hannels: 6 mm ab ove d rainag e out lets.

580 DRAINAGE CHANNEL SYSTEMS• Installation: To a n eve n grad ient, without p ond ing or ba c kfall. Com menc e laying from

outlets.

• Silt and de bris: Rem ove d from e ntire system imme dia tely be fore hand ove r.• Washing a nd detritus: Sa fely d ispo sed without disc ha rging into sew ers or wa tercourses.

590 DRAINAGE CHANNEL SYSTEMS WITH BUILT IN FALL• Insta llat ion: Top of c hannels level, insta lled in co rrec t seq uenc e to form an eve n grad ient

without po nding or bac kfall. Com me nce laying from o utlets.

• Silt and de bris: Rem ove d from e ntire system imme dia tely be fore hand ove r.

• Washings and det ritus: Sa fely disposed w ithout d isc ha rging into sew ers or wa terco urses.

600 RADIUS KERBS/ CHANNELS• Usage: Radii of 15 m or less.

610 ANGLE KERBS• Usage : Interna l and e xterna l 90°chang es of d irec tion.

• Cutting of mitres: Not permitted.

620 ACCURACY• Deviations (maximum):

- Level: ± 6 mm.

- Horizonta l and vertic al alignm ent: 3 mm in 3 m.




accessories




Q20

Granular sub-b ases to roads/ pa vings



Q20 Granular sub-bases to roads/ pa vings


120A CHECKING CALIFORNIA BEARING RATIO (CBR) O F SUBGRADES• Subgrad e va riation: If ma terial ap pea rs to vary from tha t sta ted in the site investiga tion

rep ort, or if the re a re extensive soft spo ts, test subg rad e CBR to BS 1377-4 or BS 1377-9. Sub mitresults and o b ta in instructions be fore proc ee ding .OR

Com ply with a ll the requireme nts with respe c t to the relevant Indian Stand ard.

140 EXCAVATION OF SUBGRADES• Final exca vation to forma tion or subformation level: Carry out immed iately befo re

c omp ac tion of subgrade .

• Soft spo ts and void s: Give not ice .

• Old drainag e and servic e trenc hes: Excav ate to remo ve soft or da ma nged ma terial, thenba c kfill with spe c ified g ranular sub-ba se m ate rial and c omp ac t..

• Wet co nditions: Do not exca vate or com pa ct when the subgrade m ay be d ama ged ordestabilized.

170 GEOTEXTILE FILTER/ SEPARATOR MEMBRANES• Ma nufac turer: Subm it propo sals .


• Jointing: 300 mm overlap .

• Protect from:- Exposure to light, exce pt during laying (maximum five hours).- Contaminants.

- Ma terials listed as potentially d eleterious by g eote xtile m anufa c turer.- Dama ge, until fully co vered by fill.- Wind uplift, by laying not m ore than 15 m b efore c overing w ith fill.

• Prep arat ion: Rem ove hum ps and sha rp projec tions and fill hollows be fore laying.

180 NOTICE• Give no tice: For inspe c tion of g ranular sub-ba se m ate rial befo re spread ing.

- Period o f notice : 2 working d ays.

211A BEDDIGN MATERIALS FOR INTERLOCKS• Qua lity: Free from excessive d ust, well grad ed , all piec es less tha n 10 mm in any d irec tion,

minimum 10% fines va lue of 50 kN when tested in a soa ked c ond ition Indian Standards, and

in any one layer only one of the following:- Crushed roc k (other than a rgillac eous roc k) or qua rry wa ste w ith not more b inding

ma terial tha n is req uired to he lp hold the stone tog ether.

- Crushed c onc rete, c rushed bric k or tile, free from p laster, timber and meta l.

- Gravel or hogg in with not more clay c ontent than is required to b ind the m aterialtog ether, and with no large lump s of c lay.

- Natural gravel.- Natural sand.

• Filling: Sprea d and levelled in 50 mm ma ximum layers sp rea de d to levels.

211B JOINT FILLING SANDS FOR INTERLOCKS• Qua lity: Soil free from excessive d ust, we ll grad ed , all piec es less tha n 1 mm in any direc tion

well spread ed over interloc k and c omp ac ted using rubb er sheet m ounted Platecompactor.:



Q20Granular sub-ba ses to road s/ pa vings




211C GRANULAR MATERIAL• Qua lity: Free from excessive d ust, well grad ed , all piec es less tha n 75 mm in any d irec tion,

minimum 10% fines va lue of 50 kN when tested in a soa ked c ond ition to Ind ian Standards,and in any one layer only one of the fo llowing:- Crushed roc k (other than a rgillac eous roc k) or qua rry wa ste w ith not more b inding

ma terial tha n is req uired to he lp hold the stone tog ether.

- Crushed c onc rete, c rushed bric k or tile, free from p laster, timber and meta l.- Gravel or hogg in with not more clay c ontent than is required to b ind the m aterial

tog ether, and with no large lump s of c lay.- Natural gravel.- Natural sand.

• Filling: Spread and levelled in 150 mm m aximum layers, eac h layer thoroug hly com pa c ted .

215 GRANULAR MATERIAL FOR PERMEABLE PAVING• Ma terial: Subm it for Enginee rs app roval.

- Grad ing: Submit for Engineers ap proval.

• Testing: Submit for Enginee rs app roval.• Laying : Submit for Enginee rs app rova l.

240 LAYING GRANULAR SUB-BASES FOR VEHICULAR AREAS• Ge neral: Sprea d a nd leve lled in layers. As soo n as po ssible therea fter comp ac t ea c h layer.

• Sta ndard : To Highwa ys Ag enc y 'Spe c ific a tion fo r highw ay wo rks' c lause 802.

• At d rainag e fittings, inspe c tion c overs, perime ters and where loc al exc ava tion andba c kfilling ha s taken p lace : Take p artic ular ca re to c omp ac t fully.

310 ACCURACY• Permissible d evia tion from req uired levels, falls and c amb ers (ma ximum ):

- Subgrades:

Roa ds and parking a rea s: +20 -30 mm.Foo twa ys and rec reation a rea s: ± 20 mm .

- Sub-bases:

Roa ds and p arking a rea s: +10 -10 mm.

Footw ays and rec rea tion areas: +5 -10 mm .

340 PROTECTION• Sub-b ases: As soo n a s p rac tica b le, co ver with subseque nt layers, spe c ified elsewhere.

• Subgrad es and sub -ba ses: Prevent d eg rada tion by c onstruction traffic, construction

op erations and inclement wea ther.



Q20Granular sub-ba ses to road s/ pa vings




Q24

Interlocking bric k/ block road s/ pavings



Q24 Interlocking b rick/ block roads/ pavings


TYPES OF PAVING

112 CONVENTIONAL CONCRETE BLOCK PAVING WITH BOUND BASETO FOOTPATH referDrawings

• Granula r sub -ba se: As per structural Engineers Spe c ific at ion.- Thickness: As shown on d raw ings.

• Base: As show n on draw ings.

- Thickness: As shown on drawings.• Laying c ourse:

- Ma terial: In ac c ordanc e w ith BS 7533-3.

Category : IB.- Method o f screeding, in ac co rda nce w ith BS 7533-3: Comp ac ted.- Nominal thickness after com pa ction: As shown on drawings.

• Bloc ks: To BS EN 1338: - Slip/ skid resista nc e c lass: 2.- Manufac turer: To Landsca pe Architects details.

Prod uct reference : To Land sc ap e Architects deta ils.

- Sizes: To Land sc ape Archite c ts deta ils, 200 x 100 x 50 mm; 200 x 100 x 60 mm; and 200 x100 x 80 mm.

- Spec ial blocks: As required .

- Colour/ Finish: To Land sc ap e Arc hitects deta ils.• Jointing:

- Ma terial: In ac c ordanc e w ith BS 7533-3.- Joint width: 2-5 mm.

• Sea ler/ Stabilizer: Not req uired .• Setting out:

- Bond: 90°herringbone.

- Fea tures: To Land sc ap e Architects de tails.

113 CONVENTIONAL CO NCRETE BLOCK PAVING OVERLAY ON TOP OF CONC RETE SLAB

refe r Draw ings• Existing b ase: Existing c onc rete slab .

- Prepa ration: Granular layer.

• Geo textile: Not req uired .- Manufac turer: Submit propo sals.


• Laying c ourse:- Ma terial: In ac c ordanc e w ith BS 7533-3.

Ca tego ry: IB.

- Method o f screeding, in ac co rda nce w ith BS 7533-3: Comp ac ted.

- Nominal thickness after com pa ction: As drawings.• Bloc ks: to BS EN 1338: - Slip/ skid resista nc e c lass: 2.

- Manufac turer: Submit propo sals.Produc t referenc e: Submit propo sals.

- Sizes: 200 x 100 x 80 mm.- Spec ial blocks: As required .

- Colour/ Finish: Colour Type 1 - to Architec ts ap prova l.• Jointing:

- Ma terial: In ac c ordanc e w ith BS 7533-3.

- Joint width: 2–5 mm.• Sea ler/ Stabilizer: Not req uired .

• Setting out:

- Bond: 90°herringbone.- Features: Mortar bed ded traffic c alming ram ps bed ded in mortar.



Q24Interlocking brick/ bloc k roa ds/ p avings




EXECUTION

200 EXECUTION GENERALLY - CONCRETE BLOCK AND CLAY PAVER PAVING• Sta ndard : In a c c orda nc e with BS 7533-3.

211 COLOUR BANDING• Ge neral: Unless prem ixed by m anufac turer, selec t bloc ks/ pav ers/ setts from at least 3

sep arate p ac ks in rota tion to avoid c olour ba nding.

220 SAM PLES• Ge neral: Befo re orde ring, subm it sam ples of a ll bloc ks/ p av ers/ setts tha t are rep resenta tive

of colour and app earance.

230 CONTROL SAMPLES• Ge neral: Carry out sam ple a rea of finished wo rk:

- Loca tion: Refer to Architect.- Size (minimum ): 3.0 x 3.0 m.

- Features to be included :- Kerb;- Rec essed ma nhole c ove r infill; and

- Junction with building fac ad e.• Give no tice: When rea dy for inspe c tion.

• Timing: Obta in ap proval of ap pea ranc e b efore p roc eed ing.

386 MORTAR BEDDED EDGE RESTRAINT DRAINAGE CHANNELS, PLUMBING AS PER

DRAWINGS• Foundation:

- Size: as per drawings.- Conc rete: As sec tion E10 as pe r drawings.

• Bedding:- Thickness: 10 mm m inimum to 40 mm ma ximum.- Mo rta r: As sec tion Z21 mix 1:3 c em ent:sand , grad ing MP or FP.

• Laying: Bed units on foundation, and secure with continuous mortar haunching.- Keep exposed fa ce s clean and free from mo rtar.

• Jointing: to ma tch sam e pa ving.

452 PREPARED EXISTING AND NEW BOUND BASES (ROADBASES)• Cond ition b efore p lacing laying c ourse: Sound , clea n, free from rutting or ma jor c rac king

and c leared of sha rp stone s, project ions or de b ris.

485 LAYING BLOCKS/ PAVERS/ SETTS• Setting out: Sta rt from an ed ge restraint.• Cutting: Cleanly, ac c urate ly and vertic ally, without spa lling. Do not ma rk or da ma ge visible

surfaces.

• Cut ed ge s: Turn inwa rds whe re po ssible; do no t p osition aga inst e dg e restraints or otherfeatures.

• In situ mortar or c onc rete infill: Do not use.

• Compaction: Vibrate to produce thoroughly interlocked paving of even overallap pe aranc e with reg ular joints and ac c urate to line, level and profile. Do not m ark orda ma ge p av ing units, kerbs and ad jac ent work.

- Conc rete bloc ks and c lay pa vers: In a c c ordanc e w ith BS 7533-3, Annex F, to site ca teg oryrequired for laying course material.

COMPLETION

615 COMPLETION OF PAVING• Final co mp ac tion of the surfac e c ourse: In ac c orda nc e w ith BS 7533-3.

• Vacuum cleaning machines: Not allowed.



Q24Interlocking brick/ bloc k roa ds/ p avings




Q41

Barriers/ guardrails



Q41 Barriers/ guardrails


TYPES OF BARRIERS/ GUARDRAILS

135 PROTECTIVE BARRIERSCAR PARK BOLLARDS - GENERALLY• Sta nd ard: To BS 6180.• Manufac turer: Contrac tor's choice .


• Height above da tum: 1100 mm .• Design load : 1.5 kN/m

- Applied horizontally at: 1100 mm .

• Ma terial/ Protec tion: Stee l, galva nized to BS EN ISO 1461 afte r fab rica tion.• Surfac e finish: blac k and ye llow stripe pa inted a s sec tion M60.

- Colour/ Texture: RAL 9010/ m att.

- Minimum film thickness: 60 microme tres.

• Fixings/ Found at ions: submit p ropo sals to a pp roval of structural eng ineer.• Other req uireme nts: None.

135A PROTECTIVE BARRIERSBOLLARDS - ADJACIENT TO LOBBY ENTRANCES• Sta nd ard: To BS 6180.

• Manufac turer: Contrac tor's choice .- Produc t reference : Submit p ropo sals.

• Height above da tum: 1100 mm .

• Design load : 1.5 kN/m- Applied horizontally at: 1100 mm .

• Surfac e finish: b rushed sta inless steel.

- Co lour/ Texture: RAL 9017 and RAL 1018.- Minimum film thickness: 60 microme tres.

• Fixings/ Found at ions: submit p ropo sals to a pp roval of structural eng ineer.• Other req uireme nts: None.

136 PROTECTIVE BARRIERSCAR PARK COLUMN GUARDS• Manufac turer: Contrac tor's choice .


• Height above d atum: refer to drawing.

• Ma terial/ Protec tion: high impa c t rubb er extrude d sec tion fixed / inserted onto aluminiumangle.Co lour/ Texture: RAL 9017.

Size - 70mmx70mm with 20mm c hamfe r as per draw ingFixings/ Found at ions: submit p ropo sals to a pp roval of structural eng ineer.

• Other req uireme nts: end c ap ping pa nel, sam ple to be subm itted for ap prova l.

136B PROTECTIVE BARRIERSCAR PARK WALL GUARDS• Manufac turer: Contrac tor's choice .

- Produc t reference : Submit p ropo sals.• Height above d atum: refer to drawing.

• Ma terial/ Protec tion: high imp ac t rubb er extrude d sec tion.

Co lour/ Texture: RAL 9017.Size - 70mmx70mm with 20mm c hamfe r as per draw ingFixings/ Found at ions: submit p ropo sals to a pp roval of structural eng ineer.

• Other req uireme nts: sam ple to b e subm itted for app rova l.



Q41Barriers/ gua rdra ils




138 CAR PARK SPEED HUMPSTO BASEMENT RAMP AS INDICATED ON DRAWING• Manufac turer: to a pp roval o f Engineer.

- Produc t reference : Submit p ropo sals.• Height and width: 80mm X 300mm.

• Ma terial/ Protec tion: high imp ac t rubb er extrude d sec tion.

Co lour/ Texture: RAL 9017 and RAL 1018 alte rnative ly fixed.

Fixings/ Found ations: drilled and bo lted through to c onc rete slab to a pp rova l of struc turalengineer.

• Other req uireme nts: end p ane ls to be p rovide d .

139 CAR PARK SPACE WHEEL STOPPERSTO ALL PARKING AREAS• Manufac turer: to a pp roval o f Engineer.


• Height and width: 80mm X 300mm.• Ma terial/ Protec tion: high imp ac t rubb er extrude d sec tion.

Co lour/ Texture: RAL 9017 and RAL 1018 alte rnative ly fixed.

Fixings/ Found ations: drilled and bo lted through to c onc rete slab to a pp rova l of struc turalengineer.

• Other req uireme nts: end p ane ls to be p rovide d .

190 VEHICLE CO NTROL BARRIERS• Manufac turer: Cam e or similar app roved .

- Produc t reference : New Gard 4 - G4041I .• Boom:

- Span: 3.75m.

- Type : Auto ma tic b a rrier in b rushed AISI 304 sta inless stee l with 230V AC o pe rator withcontrol panel.

- Operatat ion: Powered.

- Control system: Proximity c ard.- Colour: As supplied.

• Fixings/ Found at ions: as per manu fac turers and structural eng ineers rec om me ndat ions.

• Other requireme nts: -.

231 HEIGHT RESTRICTORSSIGNAGE TO MAIN BASEMENT CAR PARK ENTRANC E AND START OF

RAMP EXIT ON B3, B2, B1 AND GROUND• Ma nufac turer: Subm it p rop osals.


• Dimensions:- Height: 2.4m .- Width: 3.5m.

• Finish/ Co lour: RAL 9017 and RAL 1018.• Fixings/ Found at ions: hung to und erside of soffit.

• Ma rkings/ Lettering / Signa ge : 2.4m ma ximum height restric tion.

INSPECTION/ TESTING

330A VERIFICATION OF ANCHORAGESFOR PROTECTIVE BARRIERS• Ce rtifica tion: Four wee ks prior to insta llat ion, submit c ertifica tes from an indep end ent

labo rato ry, stating that for tests in ac c ordanc e with relevant Indian Stand ards, anc horage sare ca pa ble of resisting the de sign loa ding.

• Toleranc e: Certific ation m ust include the m aximum toleranc e o f hole size a nd evidenc e tha tload c an be supp orted when anc hor is installed in holes having these to leranc es.







340A SITE TESTING ANCHORAGES IN DRILLED HO LESFOR PROTECTIVE BARRIERS• Test pa rap et posts: Insta ll on site.

• Loa d ing tests: To BS 5080-1 or equiva lent Indian Sta nd ards.- Freq uenc y of testing: One fixing at every fifth post.

• Anc horag e loading s: Inc rementa lly in tension to 10% abo ve the no mina l tensile load

determined in ac co rda nce with design load ing.

- Load holding p eriods:Inc rem enta l load s: Not less tha n 30 sec ond s.

Test loa ds: Not less tha n 5 minutes.- Rea dings: Take a fter ap plying load and at the e nd of the time intervals state d.- Moveme nt: Total not to exceed 1 mm during test.

Any ev idenc e o f slip d uring loa d ing sha ll c onstitute fa ilure.• Test results: Sub mit prior to full pa rap et insta lla tion.

INSTALLATION

420 ALIG NMENT• Erec tion: Fenc es/ barriers to present a flowing a lignme nt. Top s of p osts to follow g round

profile.

• Toleranc e: ±30 mm of p resc ribed alignm ent a nd , within any 10 m length, ±15 mm from thestraight or requ ired radius.

430 ERECTION GENERALLY• Prote c tion: Coa t all internal and e xterna l surfac es of a luminium a nd stee l posts be low a nd

up to 150 mm abo ve g round leve l, with two c oa ts of b ituminous pa int to BS 6949 type 2,unless other applied surface finish is specified.

• Prevention of electrolytic corrosion: Isolate dissimilar metals.• Stee l c om pone nts: Do not d rill, c ut or weld a fter ga lvanizing.







Z

Build ing fab ric referenc e spec ification



Z10

Purpose m ad e jo inery



Z10 Purpose m ade joinery


LEED CRITERIATo c om p ly with Indian Gree n Building Co unc il LEED Core & Shell rating system, Indo or

Environm ent Q ua lity Cred it 4.2, ensure that all pa ints and c oa tings used on the interior of thebuilding(defined as inside the weatherproofing system and applied on-site) shall comply with Green

Seal Sta nd ard GS-11, Pa ints, First Ed ition , Ma y 20, 1993.

The c ontrac tor is respo nsible for providing tec hnic al d oc umenta tion for spe c ified pa int

prod ucts showing c om pliance with the a bo ve G S-11 stand ard.

To c om ply w ith Indoo r Environm ent Qua lity Cred it 4.1, ensure all ad hesives and sea lantsused on the inte rior or the building c om p ly with the requ irem ents of


The c ontrac tor is respo nsible for providing te c hnic al d oc umenta tion showing c om pliance of

adhesives, sea lants and sea lant p rimers with VOC limits sta ted in the a bove me ntionedSCAQM D standard .

110 FABRICATION• Sta nd ard: To BS 1186-2.

• Sec tions: Ac c urate in profile a nd leng th, and free from tw ist and bow ing. Formed out o f solidunless shown otherwise.- Ma c hined surfac es: Smoo th a nd free from tea ring, wooliness, chip b ruising and other

mac hining defec ts.• Joints: Tight and c lose fitting .

• Assem bled c om po nents: Rigid. Free from d istortion.

• Sc rews: Provide p ilot ho les.- Sc rews of 8 gaug e (4 mm diam eter) or more a nd sc rews into hardwoo d: Provide

c learance holes.- Co untersink sc rews: Hea ds sunk at lea st 2 mm b elow surfac es visible in co mp leted wo rk.

• Ad hesives: Com pa tible with woo d preservatives ap plied a nd end uses of timb er.

120 CROSS SECTION DIMENSIONS OF TIMBER• Ge neral: Dime nsions on d rawings are finished sizes.

• Ma ximum pe rmitted devia tions from finished sizes:

- Softwo od sec tions: To BS EN 1313-1:-Cla use 6 for sawn sec tions.Clause NA.2 for further processed sections.

- Hardw oo d sec tions: To BS EN 1313-2:-

Cla use 6 for sawn sec tions.Clause NA.3 for further processed sections.

130 PRESERVATIVE TREATED WOOD• Cutting a nd m ac hining: Com pleted as far as po ssible befo re treatm ent.

• Extensively proc essed timber: Retrea t timbe r saw n leng thwa ys, thicknessed , planed ,ploughed, etc.

• Surfac es expo sed by m inor c utting a nd / or drilling: Treat w ith two floo d c oa ts of a solution

rec om mend ed b y main trea tment solution ma nufac turer.

140 MOISTURE CONTENT• Wood and wood ba sed products: Maintained within range spec ified for the c omp onent

during manufacture and storage.



Z10Purpose made joinery




210 LAM INATED PLASTICS VENEERED BOARDS/ PANELS• Fabric a tion: To British Laminated Plastic s Fabric a to rs Assoc iat ion Ltd (BLF) fa bric a ting

standards.• Balanc ing vene er: From de c orative vene er ma nufac turer and of similar com po sition.

Ap plied to reverse side o f c ore.

• Finished c om pone nts: Free from defec ts, inc luding b ow , twist, sc ratc hes, chipping , crac ks,

pimpling, indentations, glue marks, staining and variations in colour and pattern.• Joints visible in c om plete d wo rk: Tight b utted, true a nd flush.

220 WOOD VENEERED BOARDS/ PANELS• Core ma terial and ve neers: Cond itioned be fore bond ing.• Setting o ut: Veneer fea tures and g rain pa ttern aligned reg ularly and symm etrica lly unless

instructe d othe rwise.

• Balanc ing vene er: Ap plied to reverse side o f c ore ma terial.- Moisture and te mp erature mov eme nt cha rac teristics: As fac ing veneer.

• Veneer edg es: Tight b utted a nd flush, with no ga ps.

• Toleranc e of v ene er thickness (ma ximum ): ± 0.5 mm.• Finished c om pone nts: Free from defec ts, including bo w, tw ist, sc ratc hes, chipp ing, splits,

b lebs, indenta tions, glue m arks and sta ining .

• Surfac e f inish: Fine, smo oth, free f rom sand ing ma rks.

250 FINISHING• Surfac es: Smo oth, e ven and suitab le to rece ive finishes.

- Arrises: Eased unless shown o the rwise on d rawings.

• End grain in external co mp one nts: Sea led w ith primer or sea ler as sec tion M60 and a llow ed

to dry before assembly.



Z10Purpose made joinery




Z11

Purpose ma de me talwork



Z11 Purpose made metalwork


310 METAL PRODUCTS• Standards: Ge nerally, as spec ified in the following c lauses.

• Fasteners: Generally, same metal as component, with matching coating and finish.

320A STEEL LONG AND FLAT PRODUCTS• Hot rolled struc tural steels (exc luding struc tural ho llow sec tions and tub es): To BS EN 10025-1

or Releva nt Indian Standards.

• Fine g rain ste els, inc lud ing spe c ial steels: To BS EN 10025-3 and -4 or Releva nt Ind ian

Sta nd ards.• Improved a tmospheric c orrosion resista nc e: To BS EN 10025-5 or Relev an t Ind ian Sta nd ards.

330A STEEL PLATE, SHEET AND STRIP•

Plate s and wid e flats, high yie ld streng th steel: To BS EN 10025-6 or Relev ant IndianSta nd ards.

340A HOT ROLLED STEEL PLATE, SHEET AND STRIP• Flat p roduc ts, high yield streng th fo r co ld fo rming: To BS EN 10149-1, -2 and -3 or Relev ant

Indian Standards.

• Low c arbon steel sheet and strip fo r co ld fo rming: To BS EN 10111 or Relev ant Ind ianSta nd ards.

• Narrow strip, formab le a nd ge nera l eng inee ring purposes: To BS 1449-1.8 and BS 1449-1.14 orReleva nt Indian Standards.

350A COLD ROLLED STEEL PLATE, SHEET AND STRIP• Ste el sec tio ns: To BS EN 10162.

• Flat p roduc ts, high yie ld streng th m icro-a lloye d steels for c old forming : To BS EN 10268 orReleva nt Indian Standards.

• Low c a rbon steel fla t p roduc ts for c old forming : To BS EN 10130 and BS EN 10131 or Relev ant

Indian Standards.• Unc oa ted mild steel na rrow strip fo r cold forming : To BS EN 10139 and BS EN 10140 or

Releva nt Indian Standards.

• Narrow strip, genera l eng inee ring purposes: To BS EN 10132-1, -2, and -3 or Relev ant IndianSta nd ards.

• Low c arbon steel flat p roduc ts for vitreous ena me lling: To BS EN 10209 or Relev ant Ind ianSta nd ards.

360A STEEL COATED FLAT PRODUCTS• Hot d ip zinc c oa ted low c arbo n stee l shee t a nd strip for c old forming: To BS EN 10327 and BS

EN 10143 or Relev ant Ind ian Sta nd ards.• Hot d ip zinc c oa ted struc tura l steel sheet and strip: To BS EN 10143 and BS EN 10326 or

Releva nt Indian Standards.• Hot d ip zinc-a luminium (za ) coa ted sheet and strip: To BS EN 10326 and 10327 or Releva nt

Indian Standards.

• Hot d ip a luminium-zinc (az) co ated sheet and strip: To BS EN 10327 or Relev ant Ind ianSta nd ards.

• Organic c oa ted fla t p roduc ts: To BS EN 10169-1 or Releva nt Ind ian Sta nd ards.

370A STEEL STRUCTURAL HOLLOW SECTIONS (SHS)• Non a lloy and fine g rain steels, hot finished : To BS EN 10210-1 and -2 or Relev ant Ind ian

Sta nd ards.• Non-alloy a nd fine g rain steels, co ld fo rmed we lde d : To BS EN 10219-2 or Releva nt India n

Sta nd ards.

• Wea the r resista nt steels, ho t finished : To BS 7668 or Rele va nt Ind ian Sta nd ards.



Z11Purpose made metalwork




380A OTHER STEEL SECTIONS• Equa l flange tees: To BS EN 10055 or Relev ant Indian Sta nd ards.

• Equa l and unequa l ang les: To BS EN 10056-1 and -2 or Releva nt Ind ian Sta nd ards.• Wire, mild steel fo r genera l eng inee ring purpo ses: To BS 1052 or Relev ant Ind ian Sta nd ards.

• Wire a nd wire p roduc ts, ge neral: To BS EN 10218-2 or Releva nt Ind ian Sta nd ards.

• Tub es:

- Sea mless c irc ular: To BS EN 10297-1 or Relev ant Indian Sta nd ards.- Sea mless c old drawn: To BS EN 10305-1 or Relev ant Ind ian Sta nd ards.

- Welded and c old sized square a nd rec tangular: To BS EN 10305-5 or Releva nt IndianSta nd ards.

- Welde d c irc ular: To BS EN 10296-1 or Relev ant India n Sta nd ards.

- Welded c old d rawn: To BS EN 10305-2 or Releva nt Indian Sta ndards.- Welde d c old sized : To BS EN 10305-3 or Relev ant India n Sta nd ards.

400A STAINLESS STEEL PRODUCTS• Chem ica l comp osition a nd physica l prop erties: To BS EN 10088-1 or Relev ant India n

Sta nd ards.• Sheet , strip a nd p late : To BS EN 10088-2 or Relev ant Indian Sta nd ards.

• Semi-finished prod uc ts ba rs, rod s and sec tions: To BS EN 10088-3 or Releva nt Ind ianSta nd ards.

• Wire: To BS EN 1088-3 or Releva nt Indian Sta nd ards.• Tub es:

- Welde d c irc ular: To BS EN 10296-2 or Relev ant India n Sta nd ards.

- Sea mless c irc ular: To BS EN 10297-2 or Relev ant Indian Sta nd ards.

410A ALUMINIUM ALLOY PRODUCTS• Designations:

- Designa tion system , chem ica l com position and forms: To BS EN 573-1 to -4 or Releva nt

Ind ian Standards.- Tem per designa tions: To BS EN 515 or Releva nt Ind ian Sta nd ards.

• Sheet , strip a nd p late: To BS EN 485-1 to -4 or Relev ant Indian Sta nd ards.

• Co ld d rawn rod s, ba rs and tub es: To BS EN 754-1 and -2 or Relev an t India n Sta nd ards.• Extrud ed rods, bars, tub es and profiles: To BS EN 755-1 and -2 or Relevant Indian Sta nd ards.

• Draw n wire: To BS EN 1301-1, -2 and -3 or Relevant Ind ian Sta nd ards.

• Rivet , bo lt and sc rew stoc k: To BS 1473 or Releva nt Ind ian Sta nd ards.• Struc tural sec tions: To BS 1161 or Releva nt Ind ian Sta nd ards.

420A COPPER ALLOY PRODUCTS• Sheet , strip, p late and c irc les for genera l purposes: To BS EN 1652 or Relev ant Ind ian

Sta nd ards.

• Sheet and strip fo r build ing purpo ses: To BS EN 1172 or Relev ant Indian Sta nd ards.• Rod s: To BS EN 12163 or Releva nt Indian Sta nd ards.

• Profiles and rec ta ngular b ars: To BS EN 12167 or Releva nt Ind ian Sta nd ards.

• Wire: To BS EN 12166 or Releva nt Ind ian Sta nd ards.• Tub es: To BS EN 12449 or Releva nt Ind ian Sta nd ards.

510 PREPARATION FOR APPLICATION OF CO ATINGS• Gene ral: Comp lete fab rica tion, and drill fixing ho les be fore a pp lying c oa tings.

• Paint, grease, flux, rust, burrs and sharp arrises: Remove.

515 FABRICATION GENERALLY• Conta c t b etwe en d issimilar metals in com po nents: Avoid.

• Finished components: Rigid and free from distortion, cracks, burrs and sharp arrises.- Moving pa rts: Free moving without binding.

• Co rner junc tions of id entic a l sec tions: Mitre.

• Prefinished meta ls: Do not da ma ge or alter ap pe aranc e o f finish.

520 COLD FORMED WORK

• Profiles: Ac c urate , with straig ht a rrises.







525 ADHESIVE BONDING• Prep arat ion of surfac es of m eta ls to rec eive a dhesives:

- Degrease.- Abrade mechanically or chemically etch.- Prime : To suit adhesive.

• Ad hesive b ond : Form unde r pressure.

530 THERMAL CUTTING OF STAINLESS STEEL• Ca rbo nation in the hea t affec ted zone: Remo ve, after cutting.

535 WELDING/ BRAZING GENERALLY• Surfac es to b e joined : Clea n thoroughly.

• Tac k welds: Use only for temp orary atta c hme nt.

• Joints: Fully b ond pa rent and filler meta l througho ut w ith no inclusions, holes, po rosity orcracks.

• Surfac es of m ateria ls tha t w ill be self-finished and visible in c om pleted wo rk: Prote c t from

weld spa tter.• Flux residue , slag and we ld spa tter: Rem ove.

540A WELDING O F STEEL• Me thod : Meta l arc we lding to BS EN 1011-1 and -2 or Releva nt Indian Sta ndards.

545A WELDING OF STAINLESS STEEL• Me tho d : TIG we lding to BS EN 1011-3 or Releva nt Ind ian Sta nd ards.

• Butt we lds: Double b eve l.

550A WELDING OF ALUMINIUM ALLOYS• Me tho d : TIG or MIG w eld ing to BS EN 1011-4 or Releva nt Ind ian Sta nd ards.

555A BRAZING• Sta nd ard: To BS EN 14324 or Relevant Ind ian Sta nd ards.

565 FINISHING WELDED AND BRAZED JOINTS VISIBLE IN COMPLETE WORK• Butt joints: Smo oth, a nd flush w ith a dja c ent surfac es.• Fillet joints: Neat.

• Grinding: Grind smo oth w here indica ted on d raw ings.

580A CHROMIUM PLATING• Sta nd ard: To BS EN 12540 or Relevant Ind ian Sta nd ards.

585A GALVANIZING• Sta nd ard: To BS EN ISO 1461 or Relevant Indian Sta nd ards.• Vent a nd drain holes:

- Loc ation: As per Contrac tors shop drawings.

- Sea ling a fter ga lvanizing: Req uired . Subm it propo sals.

590A VITREOUS ENAMELLING• Sta nd ard: To BS EN 14431 or Relevant Ind ian Sta nd ards.• Sub strate me ta l: Ca rbon stee l or cast iron.







Z12

Preservative/ fire retardant trea tment



Z12 Preserva tive/ fire retardant trea tment


110 TREATMENT APPLICATION• Timing: After cutting a nd ma c hining timber, and be fore assemb ling c om po nents.

• Proc essor: Lice nsed by m anufac turer of spec ified treatm ent solution.• Certific ation: For eac h ba tc h of timber provide a c ertific ate of assuranc e that treatm ent has

be en c arried out a s spe c ified.

120 COMMODITY SPECIFICATIONS• Sta ndard: Current ed ition o f the British Wood Preserving a nd Dam p-proofing Assoc iation

(BWPDA) M anua l.

130 PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT SOLUTION STRENGTHS/ TREATMENT CYCLES• Gene ral: Select to ac hieve spe c ified servic e life a nd to suit trea tab ility of spe c ified w ood

species.

140 COPPER-ORGANIC PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT• Solution:

- Manufac turer: Contrac tors' Choice .Prod uc t referenc e: Subm it Prop osa ls for Enginee r's Ap prova l.

• Application: High pressure impregnation.

• Moisture c ontent o f woo d at time of treatm ent: Not mo re tha n 28%. After trea tment, a llow

timb er to dry befo re using.

150 COPPER CHROMIUM BASED PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT• Solution:

- Manufac turer: Contrac tors' Choice .

Produc t reference : Subm it Propo sa ls for Engineer's Ap prova l .- Ap plication: High pressure impregnation.

• Moisture c ontent o f woo d at time of treatm ent: Not mo re tha n 28%. After trea tment, a llow

timb er to d ry for at lea st 14 days before using.

160 ORGANIC SOLVENT PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT• Solution:

- Manufac turer: Contrac tors' Choice .Produc t reference : Subm it Propo sa ls for Engineer's Ap prova l .

- Ap plication: Double vac uum + low pressure impregna tion, or imm ersion.• Moisture c ontent of wo od at time o f trea tment: As spe c ified for the timbe r/ c omp onent a t

time of fixing. After treatment, timber to be surface dry before use.

165 WATER BASED MICROEMULSION PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT• Solution:

- Manufac turer: Contrac tors' Choice .Produc t reference : Subm it Propo sa ls for Engineer's Ap prova l .

- App lication: Double vac uum + low p ressure impregnation.

• Moisture c ontent of wo od at time o f trea tment: As spe c ified for the timbe r/ c omp onent a ttime of fixing. After treatment, timber to be surface dry before use.

167 BORON COMPOUND PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT• Solution:

- Manufac turer: Contrac tors' Choice .

Produc t manage r: Submit Prop osals for Enginee r's Ap prova l.- Ap plication: High pressure impregnation.

• Moisture c ontent o f woo d at time of treatm ent: Not mo re tha n 28%. After trea tment lallowtimb er to dry befo re using.



Z12Preservative/ fire retarda nt trea tment




210 FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT• Solution type: Humidity resistant.


- App lication: Vac uum + p ressure impregnation.

• Moisture c ontent of wo od at time o f trea tment: As spe c ified for the timbe r/ c omp onent a t

time o f fixing. After trea tment, timb er to b e redried slowly at te mp eratures not e xc eed ing65°C to minimize d istortion and d eg rada tion.

220 LEACH RESISTANT FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT• Solution:


- App lication: Vac uum + p ressure impregnation.• Moisture c ontent of wo od at time o f trea tment: As spe c ified for the timbe r/ c omp onent a t

time o f fixing .



Z12Preservative/ fire retarda nt trea tment




Z20

Fixings and adhesives



Z20 Fixings and adhesives


LEED CRITERIATo c om p ly with Indian Gree n Building Co unc il LEED Core & Shell rating system, Indo or

Environm ent Q ua lity Cred it 4.2, ensure that all pa ints and c oa tings used on the interior of thebuilding(defined as inside the weatherproofing system and applied on-site) shall comply with Green

Seal Sta nd ard GS-11, Pa ints, First Ed ition , Ma y 20, 1993.

The c ontrac tor is respo nsible for providing tec hnic al d oc umenta tion for spe c ified pa int

prod ucts showing c om pliance with the a bo ve G S-11 stand ard.

To c om ply w ith Indoo r Environm ent Qua lity Cred it 4.1, ensure all ad hesives and sea lantsused on the inte rior or the building c om p ly with the requ irem ents of


The c ontrac tor is respo nsible for providing te c hnic al d oc umenta tion showing c om pliance of

adhesives, sea lants and sea lant p rimers with VOC limits sta ted in the a bove me ntionedSCAQM D standard .

PRODUCTS

310 FASTENERS GENERALLY• Ma teria ls: To ha ve:

- Bimetallic c orrosion resistanc e a pp rop riate to items be ing fixed.- Atmo sphe ric c orrosion resistanc e a pp rop riate to fixing loc ation.

• Ap pea ranc e: Submit samp les on reque st.

320 PACKINGS• Ma terials: Nonc om pressible, c orrosion proo f.• Area of p ac kings: Sufficient to transfer load s.

330A NAILED TIMBER FASTENERS• Nails:

- Stee l: To Releva nt Indian Standards.

- Cop pe r: To Relevant Indian Stand ards2.- Aluminium: To Relevant Indian Stand ards.

340 MASONRY FIXINGS• Light duty: Plugs and sc rews.

•Heavy d uty: Expansion anc hors or che mic a l anc hors.

350 PLUGS• Type : Prop rieta ry type s to suit substra te, load s to b e suppo rted a nd c ond itions expe c ted in

use.

360 ANCHORS• Typ es:

- Expa nsion: For use in substrate strong e noug h to resist forces ge nerate d by expa nsion of

anchor.- Adhesive or chemical:

For use in substrate whe re expa nsion o f a nc hor wo uld frac ture substrate.

For use in irreg ular substrate w here expansion a nc hors c annot transfer load on a nc hor.

- Ca vity: For use w here the anc hor is reta ined b y tog gles of the p lug locking o nto the insidefac e of the cavity.



Z20Fixings and ad hesives




370A WOOD SCREWS• Typ e:

- Wood sc rews (trad itiona l pa ttern).Sta nd ard: To Relev ant Indian Sta nd ards.- Wood screws.

Pa ttern: Pa rallel, fully thread ed shank or twin threa d type s.

• Washers and sc rew c ups: Where required a re to b e o f same ma terial as sc rew.

380 MISCELLANEOUS SCREWS• Type : To suit the fixing req uirem ent of the c om po nents and substrate.

- Pa ttern: Self-tap ping , meta llic d rive sc rew s, or pow er driven sc rew s.• Washers and screw c ups: Where required to b e o f same ma terial as sc rew.

390A ADHESIVES GENERALLY• Sta nd ards:

- Hot-setting p henolic and am inoplastic: To Relevant Indian Stand ards.

- Thremosett ing wood ad hesives: To Releva nt Ind ian Standards.- Polyvinyl ac eta te thermo plastic ad hesive: To Relevant Indian Stand ards.

410 POWDER AC TUATED FIXING SYSTEMS• Type s of fastene r, ac c essories and c onsuma b les: As rec om me nded by tool ma nufac turer.

EXECUTION

610 FIXING GENERALLY• Integrity of supp orted c om po nents: Selec t typ es, sizes, qua ntities and spac ings of fixings,

fasteners and pa c kings to reta in suppo rted c om po nents without d istortion or loss of supp ort.

• Co mp onents, sub strates, fixings and fasteners of d issimilar meta ls: Isola te with wa shers/

sleeve s to a void b imeta llic c orrosion.• Ap pea ranc e: Fixings to b e in straight lines at regular c entres.

620 FIXING THROUGH FINISHES• Pene tration o f fastene rs and plugs into substrate: To a c hieve a sec ure fixing.

630 FIXING PACKINGS• Func tion: To ta ke up toleranc es and p reve nt distortion of ma terials and c om po nents.

• Limits: Do not use p ac kings beyond thicknesses rec om me nded by fixings and fa stene rs

manufacturer.• Loc a tions: Not within zone s to b e filled with sea lant.

640 FIXING CRAMPS• Cramp po sitions: Maximum 150 mm from ea c h end of frame sec tions and at 600 mm

ma ximum c entres.

• Fasteners: Fix c ramps to f rames with screws of same ma teria l as c ramps.

• Fixings in masonry work: Fully bed in mo rtar.

650 NAILED TIMBER FIXING• Penetration: Drive fully in without splitting or crushing timber.

• Surfac es visible in com p leted wo rk: Punc h na il hea ds below wrot surfac es.• Nailed timb er joints: Two na ils pe r joint (minimum ), opp osed skew d riven.

660 SCREW FIXING• Finished level o f c ounte rsunk sc rew hea ds:

- Exposed : Flush with timb er surfac e.

- Conc ea led (holes filled or stop pe d): Sink minimum 2 mm b elow surfac e.







670 PELLETED COUNTERSUNK SCREW FIXING• Finished level of c ounte rsunk sc rew hea ds: Minimum 6 mm b elow timb er surfac e.

• Pellets: Cut from ma tc hing timber, ma tc h grain and glue in to full dep th of hole.• Finished leve l of pellets: Flush w ith surfac e.

680 PLUGGED COUNTERSUNK SCREW FIXING

• Finished level of c ounte rsunk sc rew hea ds: Minimum 6 mm b elow timb er surfac e.• Plugs: Glue in to full de pth of hole.• Finished level of plugs: Projec ting a bo ve surfac e.

690 USING POWDER AC TUATED FIXING SYSTEMS• Pow der ac tua ted fixing to ols: To BS 4078-2 and Kitem ark c ertified .

• Op eratives: Trained and c ertified as c om pe tent b y tool ma nufac turer.

701 APPLYING ADHESIVES• Surfac es: Clea n and rem ove grit and grea se from surfac e. Surfac e trea tme nt to b e in stric t

ac c ordanc e with ma nufac turers req uireme nts. Adjust regularity a nd texture to suit b ond ingand ga p filling c harac teristics of a dhe sive

• Supp ort and c lamping during sett ing: Provid e a s nec essa ry. Do not m ark surfac es of o r

distort co mp onents be ing fixed .• Finished adhesive jo ints: Fully bond ed . Free o f surplus adhesive.







Z21

Mortars



Z21 Mortars


CEMENT GAUGED MORTARS

110 CEMENT GAUGED MORTAR MIXES• Spec ific a tion: Propo rtions and a dd itiona l req uirem ents for mortar ma terials are spec ified

elsewhere.

120A SAND FOR SITE MADE CEMENT GAUGED MASONRY MORTARS• Standard: To Releva nt Indian Sta ndards.

• Grad ing: 0/ 2 (FP or MP).

- Fines c ontent w here the propo rtion of sand in a mo rtar mix is spe c ified a s a rang e (e.g.1:1: 5-6):Low er prop ortion of sand: Use c ateg ory 3 fines.

Higher p ropo rtion of sand : Use c ateg ory 2 fines.• Sand for fac ew ork mo rtar: Ma intain co nsistent c olour and te xture. Obtain from o ne source .

131a READY-MIXED LIME:SAND FOR CEMENT GAUGED MASONRY MORTARS• Sta nd ard: To BS EN 998-2 or Equiva lent Ind ian Sta nd ards.

• Lime : Nonhyd rau lic t o BS EN 459-1.

- Type : CL 90S.• Pigm en ts for coloured mortars: To BS EN 12878.

135A SITE MADE LIME:SAND FOR CEMENT GAUGED MASONRY MORTARS• Permitted use: Where a spe c ial co lour is not req uired and in lieu of fa c tory mad e read y-

mixed ma terial.

• Lime : Nonhydraulic to BS EN 459-1 or Equiva lent India n Sta nd ards.

- Type : CL 90S.• Mixing : Thoroug hly mix lime with sand, in the d ry sta te. Ad d wa ter and mix aga in. Allow to

stand , without d rying o ut, for at least 16 hours be fore using.

160A CEMENTS FOR MORTARS• Ce me nt: To BS EN 197-1 and CE ma rked or Equiva lent Ind ian Sta nd ards.

- Type s: Portland c eme nt, CEM I.

Portland limestone c em ent , CEM ll/A-L or CEM ll/A-LL.Portland slag c em ent, CEM II/ B-S.Portland f ly ash c em ent, CEM II/ B-V.

- Streng th c lass: 32.5, 42.5 or 52.5.• White c em ent: To BS EN 197-1 and CE ma rked .

- Type: Portland c em ent, CEM I.

- Strength c lass: 52.5.• Sulfate resisting Portland cement:- Types: To BS 4027 and Kitem arked .

To BS EN 197-1 fly ash cem en t, CEM ll/B-V and CE marked .

- Streng th c lass: 32.5, 42.5 or 52.5.• Ma sonry ce me nt: To BS EN 413-1 and CE ma rked .

- Class: MC 12.5.

180A ADMIXTURES FOR SITE MADE CEMENT GAUGED MORTARS• Air ent raining (pla stic izing) a dmixtures: To BS EN 934-3 or Equiva lent Indian Sta nd ards and

c om pa tible with other mo rtar c onstituents.

• Other ad mixtures: Sub mit p roposals.

• Prohibited ad mixtures: Calc ium c hloride, ethylene g lyc ol and any a dm ixture c onta iningc alcium c hloride.



Z21Mortars




190A RETARDED READY TO USE CEMENT GAUGED MORTAR• Sta nd ard: To BS EN 998-2 or Equiva lent Ind ian Sta nd ards.

• Lime for c em ent:lime :sand mo rtars: Nonhyd raulic to BS EN 459-1.- Type : CL 90S.

• Pigm en ts for coloured mortars: To BS EN 12878.

• Time a nd tem pe ra ture limita tions: Use w ithin limits presc ribed by mo rta r manufa c turer.

- Rete mp ering: Restore wo rkab ility with wa ter only within presc ribe d time limits.

200 STORAGE OF CEMENT GAUGED MORTAR MATERIALS• Sand s and a gg rega tes: Kee p d ifferent typ es/ g rade s in sep arate stoc kpiles on ha rd, c lean,

free -draining bases.• Fac tory mad e read y-mixed lime:sand / rea dy to use retarded mo rtars: Keep in co vered

c onta iners to p revent drying o ut or wetting.

• Bag ge d c em ent/ hydrated lime: Store off the g round in dry co nditions.

210 MAKING CEMENT GAUGED MORTARS• Batc hing: By volume. Use c lean a nd a c c urate ga uge bo xes or buc kets.

- Mix propo rtions: Based on d ry sand . Allow for bulking of d am p sand .

• Mixing : Mix materials thoroug hly to uniform c onsistenc y, free from lumps.

- Mortars c onta ining a ir entraining ad mixtures: Mix mec hanica lly. Do no t ove rmix.• Working time (ma ximum ): Two hours at norma l temp eratures.

• Co nta mina tion: Prevent intermixing w ith other ma terials.



Z21Mortars




Z22

Sealants



Z22 Sealants


LEED CRITERIATo c om ply with India n LEED Co re & Shell rating system, Indo or Environm ent Qua lity Cred it 4.2,

ensure that a ll pa ints and c oa tings used on the interior of the b uild ing(defined as inside the weatherproofing system and applied on-site) shall comply with GreenSeal Sta nd ard GS-11, Pa ints, First Ed ition , Ma y 20, 1993.

The c ontrac tor is respo nsible for providing tec hnic al d oc umenta tion for spe c ified pa intprod ucts showing c om pliance with the a bo ve G S-11 stand ard.

To c om ply w ith Indoo r Environm ent Qua lity Cred it 4.1, ensure all ad hesives and sea lantsused on the inte rior or the building c om p ly with the requ irem ents ofSouth Coast A ir Qua lity M anag em ent Distric t (SCAQMD) Rule # 1168.

The c ontrac tor is respo nsible for providing te c hnic al d oc umenta tion showing c om pliance ofadhesives, sea lants and sea lant p rimers with VOC limits sta ted in the a bove me ntioned

SCAQM D standard .

PRODUCTS

310 JOINTSGENERALLY• Primer, ba c king strip , bond b rea ker: Type s rec om me nded by sea lant ma nufac turer.

EXECUTION

610 SUITABILITY OF JOINTS

• Presealing checks:- Joint dimensions: Within limits spe c ified for the sea lant.- Substrate qua lity: Surfac es reg ular, unda ma ge d a nd stab le.

• Joints not fit to rec eive sea lant: Subm it propo sals for rec tific at ion.

620 PREPARING JOINTS• Surfac es to w hich sea lant m ust a dhere:

- Remo ve temp orary c oa tings, tap es, loosely ad hering ma terial, dust, oil, grease, surfac ewater and c ontaminants that may affect b ond.

- Clean using m aterials and method s rec omme nded by sealant ma nufac turer.• Vulnerable surfac es adja c ent to joints: Mask to p reve nt sta ining o r sme aring with p rime r or

sealant.

• Bac king strip a nd / or bond b rea ker insta llat ion: Insert into joint to c orrec t dep th, withoutstretching o r twisting, leaving no g aps.

• Protec tion: Keep joints c lean a nd p rotec t from da ma ge until sea lant is ap plied.

630 APPLYING SEALANTS• Substrate: Dry (unless reco mm end ed othe rwise) a nd una ffec ted by frost, ic e o r snow .• Environm enta l cond itions: Do not d ry or ra ise te mp erature of joints by he at ing.

• Sea lant a pplica tion: Fill joints c om p letely and nea tly, ensuring firm adhesion to substrates.

• Sea lant profiles:

- Butt and lap joints: Slightly conc ave .- Fillet joints: Flat o r sligh tly convex.

• Prote c tion: Prote c t finished joints from c onta mina tion or dama ge until sea lant ha s c ured.



Z22Sea lants




Z31

Powd er coatings



Z31 Powder coatings


120 POWDER COATING MATERIALS• Ma nufac turer: Ob tain from o ne only of the following: Jotun or similar ap proved .

• Selecte d m anufa c turer: Subm it de tails be fore c omm enc eme nt of pow de r c oa tingincluding:- Name and c ontact details.

- Details of ac creditation schem es.- Tec hnica l data of produc t including c urrent Agrément c ertifica tes.

210A WORKING PROCEDURES• Co mp ly with the fo llow following standards or Releva nt Indian Standards.

- Aluminium c om ponents: To BS 6496 or BS EN 12206-1.

- Steel c om ponents: To BS EN 13438.- Safety stand ards: To British Co atings Fed eration 'Cod e o f safe prac tice - App lic ation o f

thermosetting p owd er co atings by elec trostatic spraying'.

220 POWDER COATING APPLICATORS• Ap plica tor requireme nts:

- Approved by powd er coa ting manufac turer.- Current ly ce rtified to BS EN ISO 9001.- Com ply with quality proce dures, guarantee c ond itions, stand ards and tests req uired by

pow der coa ting ma nufac turer.- App licator to use only one plant.- Selected ap plica tor: Submit details before com menc ement of p owd er coating including:

Name and co ntac t details.Details of ac c red itation sc heme s.

225 GUARANTEES• Powd er coa ting m anufac turer and ap plica tor guarantees:

- Submit samp le cop ies before co mme ncem ent of pow der coating.

- Submit signed projec t spec ific c opies on c omp letion of work.

230 CONTROL SAMPLES• Seq uenc e: Prior to ordering ma terials for the wo rks, obta in ap prova l of a pp ea ranc e fo r:

- Powd er coa ted samp les: Of various grades and forms of b ac kground m etal to b e used,show ing a ny c olour, texture and gloss va riation.

- Fab rica tion sam ples: Showing joint assemb ly, how p owd er coa ting is affec ted and howany cut me tal edg es are finished a nd p rotec ted .

• Sam ples to includ e the following informa tion:

- Product reference.

- Co lour.- Reference number.

- Na me.- Gloss level.



Z31Powd er coa tings




235 INDEPENDENT INSPECTION AT PLANT• Requirement: Contractors/ suppliers of the following designated components must

commission an approved Independent Inspection Authority to carry out acceptanceinspe c tions to c onfirm tha t p owd er coa ting ap plication c omp lies with this spe c ifica tion.- Designate d c om po nents: All external aluminium work ie c urtain wall, ba lustrad e, c ano pies

louvres etc . .

• Ac c ep tanc e inspe c tions: Carry out for eac h variation of c olour and finish of ea c hc om po nent wo rk pac kage at a pp lic ato r's plant p rior to a ny fabric ation of units, in

ac co rda nce with the following:- Where three o f more produc tion runs are req uired for ap plication of c oa tings, not less

than three a c c ep tanc e inspe c tions must b e c arried o ut in ac c ordanc e w ith BS 6001-1,

ge neral inspe c tion level 2, with a n a c c ep tanc e q uality limit of 1%.- Where less than three p rod uction runs are required for app lic ation of c oa tings, one

ac c ep tanc e inspe c tion must b e c arried o ut in ac c orda nce with BS 6001-2, with a limiting

qua lity of 5% where the proba bility of a c c ep tanc e is 10%.• Components failing inspection: Reprocess or replace and reinspect.

• Inspec tion repo rts: Indep end ent Inspec tion Autho rity must submit c op ies.

250A COMPONENT DESIGN• Condition of comp onents to be po wd er co ated :

- To c omp ly with relevant rec omme ndations.- Of suitab le size to fit plant c ap ac ity.- Of suitab le thic kness to withstand oven c uring.

310A PRETREATMENT OF ALUMINIUM COMPONENTS• Condition of c omp onents to b e p retreated :

- Free from c orrosion and d am ag e.- All welding a nd jointing c omp leted and finish off as spec ified.

- Free from imp urities includ ing soil, grea se, oil.- Suitable for and co mpa tible with the pretreatm ent process.

• Conversion coating requirements:

- Chromate system : To Releva nt Ind ian Sta ndards.- Chromate-free system : To Releva nt Indian Sta ndards. Subm it de ta ils for Enginee r's

ap proval b efore using.

• Rinsing requirements: Use demineralized water. Drain and dry.

320A PRETREATMENT OF STEEL COMPONENTS• Condition of c omp onents to b e p retreated :

- Free from c orrosion and d am ag e.- All welding a nd jointing c omp leted and finish off as spec ified.

- Free from imp urities includ ing soil, grea se, oil.- Suitable for and co mpa tible with the pretreatm ent process.

• Co nversion c oa ting req uirem ents: To Releva nt Indian Standards.

Rinsing requirements: Use demineralized water. Drain and dry.

435 APPLICATION OF POWDER COATINGS• Surfac es to rec eive p ow der co a tings: Free from dust or po wd er dep osits.• Powd er c olours: Obta in from o ne ba tc h of one ma nufac turer.

• Com me nce me nt of po wd er c oa ting: To be c ontinuous from p retreatme nt.

• Jig po ints: Not visible on c oa ted c om po nents.• Curing: Controlled to a ttain meta l temp eratures and hold pe riods rec om mend ed b y

pow der coa ting ma nufac turer.

• Stripp ing and rec oating of c omp onents: Only ac ce pta ble by p rior ag reeme nt of po wde rc oa ting manufa c turer. Stripping, pretreatme nt and p owd er c oa ting are to be inac c ordanc e w ith manufac turer's req uirem ents.

• Overcoating of comp onents: Not acc epta ble.







440A PERFORMANCE AND APPEARANCE OF POWDER COATINGS• For aluminium components:

- Stand ard: To Relevant Indian Stand ards.• For stee l co mp one nts:

- Stand ard: To Relevant Indian Stand ards.

• Visual inspe c tion a fter pow de r co ating: Signific ant surfac e viewing d istanc es to be as

spe c ified in the releva nt Standard, unless spe c ified othe rwise.• Co lour and gloss levels: To c onfo rm w ith ap prove d samp les.

450 ALUMINIUM ALLOY FABRICATIONS• Units ma y be a ssem b led:

- Before powder coa ting.- From c omp onents pow der coa ted a fter cutting to size.

- Where ap proved, from c omp onents pow der coa ted b efore c utting to size.• Exposure o f uncoa ted ba ckground metal: Not a cc epta ble.

• Assem bly sea lants: Com pa tible with po wd er co atings. Obta in ap prova l of c olour if sea lants

are visible after fabrication.

460 STEEL FABRICATIONS

• Unit assemb ly: Wherever prac tical, befo re p owd er co ating.• Exposure o f uncoa ted ba ckground metal: Not a cc epta ble.

• Assem bly sea lants: Com pa tible with po wd er co atings. Obta in ap prova l of c olour if sea lants

are visible after fabrication.

470 FIXINGS• Expo sed me tal fixings: Powd er co at tog ether with co mp onents, or coa t with ma tc hing

repair paint system applied in accordance with the powder coating manufacturer'srecommendations.

480 DAMAGED COMPONENTS - REPAIR/ REPLACEMENT• Before de livery to site: Chec k all c om po nents for dam ag e to po wd er coa tings. Rep lac e

da maged comp onents.

• Site da ma ge : Submit prop osals for rep air or rep lac em ent.

510 PROTECTION• Powd er c oa ted surfac es of c omp onents: Protec t from d am ag e d uring hand ling a nd

insta lla tion, or b y subseque nt site o pe rations.• Prote c tive c overings: Must be :

- Resistant to w ea ther c ond itions.

- Partially remo vab le to suit building in and ac c ess to fixing p oints.• Protec tive tap es in conta c t with pow de r c oa tings: Must be :

- Low ta c k, self adhe sive and light in co lour.- Applied a nd removed in acc orda nce with tape a nd pow der coating ma nufacturers'

rec om me ndat ions. Do not use solvents to remove residues as these a re d etrimenta l to thecoating.

• Inspe c tion of protec tion: Carry out monthly. Promp tly rep air any d eterioration or d eficiency.

535A DOCUMENTATION• Submit the following informa tion for eac h ba tch o f pow der c oated co mpo nents for

Enginee r's App roval:- Supplier.

- Trade name.- Co lour.- Type of powder.

- Method of appl icat ion.- Batch and reference number.- Statuto ry req uireme nts.

- Test certific ate s.

- Maintenance instructions.







540 COMPLETION• Protection: Remove.

• Cleaning a nd m aintenanc e of p owd er coatings: Carry out in acc orda nce with proc eduresdeta iled in powde r coating ma nufac turer and a pp lica tor guarantees.







Z33

Anodizing



Z33 Anodizing


110 ANODIC COATING• Anod izer: Select one only of the following: Subm it propo sal for Engineer's Ap proval.• Selecte d ano dizer: Subm it deta ils be fore co mm enc em ent of ano dizing, inc luding:

- Name and c ontact details.

- Details of ac creditation schem es.- Tec hnica l data of produc t including c urrent Agrément c ertifica tes.

210 WORKING PROCEDURES• Sta ndard : To BS 3987 for anod ic c oa tings on wroug ht a luminium.

220 ANODIZER REQUIREMENTS• Proc essing :

- Ap proved : By the Aluminium Finishing Assoc iation.- Ce rtified : To BS EN ISO 9001.- Anod izing plant: Eac h anod izer to use only one plant.

230 GUARANTEES• Anod izer guarantee s: Subm it sam ple c op ies be fore c omm enc eme nt of a nod izing.

• Projec t spec ific g ua rantee s: Submit signed cop ies on c om p letion of work.• Gua rante es to c over:

- Life expectancy.

- Colour: Opa city and c onsistency.- Texture: Gloss, sat in or ma tt.- Quality of coat ing.

240 CONTROL SAMPLES• Seq uenc e: Prior to ordering ma terials for the wo rks, obta in ap prova l of a pp ea ranc e fo r:

- Anodic c oated samp les: Showing co lour and texture va riation.- Fab rica tion sam ples: Showing joint assemb ly, how a nod ic c oa ting is affec ted and how

cut m etal ed ges are finished and protected .

250 INDEPENDENT INSPECTION AT PLANT• Requirement: Contractors/ suppliers of the following designated components must

commission an approved Independent Inspection Authority to carry out acceptanceinspe c tions to c onfirm tha t a nod ic c oa ting ap plication c omp lies with this spe c ifica tion.

- Designated c omp onents: To be ag reed with the Engineer.• Ac c ep tanc e inspe c tions: Carry out for eac h variation of c olour and finish of ea c h

c om po nent wo rk pa c kage at a nod izer's plant p rior to a ny fab rica tion of units, in

ac co rda nce with the following:- Where three o f more produc tion runs are req uired for ap plication of c oa tings, not lessthan three a c c ep tanc e inspe c tions must b e c arried o ut in ac c ordanc e w ith BS 6001-1,ge neral inspe c tion level 2, with a n a c c ep tanc e q uality limit of 1%.

- Where less than three p rod uction runs are required for app lic ation of c oa tings, oneac c ep tanc e inspe c tion must b e c arried o ut in ac c orda nce with BS 6001-2, with a limitingqua lity of 5% where the proba bility of a c c ep tanc e is 10%.

• Components failing inspection: Reprocess or replace and reinspect.• Inspec tion repo rts: Indep end ent Inspec tion Autho rity must submit c op ies.

270A COMPONENT DESIGN• Condition of c omp onents to b e a nodized:

- To c om ply with relevant reco mm end ations of Indian Stand ards.- Of suitab le size to fit plant c ap ac ity.



Z33Anodizing




310 PRETREATMENT• Condition of c omp onents to b e a nodized:

- Free from c orrosion and d am ag e.- Suitable for and c omp atible w ith the pretreatm ent and anod izing p roc ess.

• Proc ess: In ac c orda nc e w ith the spe c ific at ion requiremen ts for the finish.

410A EXTENT OF ANODIC COATINGS• Ap plica tion: To visible c om po nent surfac es, and c onc ea led surfac es req uiring p rotec tion.

Coa ted surfac es will be de eme d 'significa nt surfac es' for relevant pe rforma ncerequirements.

420 APPLICATION OF ANODIC COATINGS• Surfac es to rec eive a nod ic c oa tings: Clean.

• Comm ence ment o f anod ic c oating: To be co ntinuous from pretreatm ent.• Jig p oints: To b e a greed . Not o n visible areas of a nod ic c oa ted c omp onents.

• Use o f touch-up pa int: Not a cc epta ble.

430A PERFORMANCE AND APPEARANCE OF ANODIC COATINGS• Standard: Releva nt Indian Standards.

• Visual inspe c tion afte r anod izing: Signific ant surfac es to b e free from visible coa ting/ defec tswhen viewed from a distanc e o f not less than 5 m for external a nd 3 m for internalapplications.

440 FABRICATION• Units ma y be a ssem b led:

- Before ano dizing, providing suffic ient drainage holes are included in com po nents to fullydrain components.

- From c om po nents ano dized a fter c utting to size.

- Where a pp roved , from co mp onents anod ized before cutting to size.- Exposure of uncoa ted ba ckground metal: Not ac ce ptab le.- Assemb ly sea lants: Com pa tible with anod ic co atings. Ob tain ap proval of co lour if

sea lants are visible a fter fab rica tion.

450 DAMAGED COMPONENTS - REPAIR/ REPLACEMENT• Before de livery to site: Chec k all c om po nents for da ma ge to a nod ic c oa tings. Rep lace

da maged comp onents.

• Site da ma ge : Submit prop osals for rep air or rep lac em ent.

510 PROTECTION• Anod ic co ate d surfac es of co mp onents: Protec t from d am ag e during hand ling and

insta lla tion, or b y subseque nt site o pe rations.

• Prote c tive c overings: Must be :

- Resistant to w ea ther c ond itions.- Partially remo vab le to suit building in and ac c ess to fixing p oints.

• Protec tive tap es in c onta c t with anod izing to be :

- Low ta c k, self adhe sive and light in co lour.- App lied a nd removed in ac co rda nce with tap e and anod izers rec omme ndations.

• Inspe c tion of protec tion: Carry out wee kly. Promp tly rep air any d eterioration or d eficiency.

530 DOCUMENTATION• Submit the following informa tion for eac h ba tch o f anod ic co ated co mpo nents:

- Supplier.- Trade name.- Colour (if required).

- Batch and reference number.- Statuto ry req uireme nts.



Z33Anodizing




540 COMPLETION• Protection: Remove.

• Cleaning a nd m aintenanc e of a nodic c oatings: Carry out in ac co rda nce with proc eduresdetailed in anodizer's guarantees.



4327 Architectural Specification

Documents

Transcript of 4327 Architectural Specification